VOL. 114, PARTS | & 2 31 MAY, 1990 Contents Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Incorporated Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters V. Lecanidae (Rotifera: Monogononta) - - - - - - - - - Jones, G. K. Growth and mortality in a lightly fished population of garfish + Hyporhamphus melanochir), in Baird Bay, South Australia - Austin, A. D. & Burnyoczky, V. Catalogue of invertegrate type specimens held in the collections of the Waite Agricultural Research Institute and the South Australian Department of Agriculture - - - - Lansbury, I. Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta: Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of Australia with descriptions of three new species - - - - - Locket, N. A. A new genus and sia of scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae: Buthinae) - - - - - = - - = Tyler, M. J. Geographic distribution of the fossorial hylid frog Cyclorana platycephala (Glinther) and the taxonomic status of C. slevini Loveridge - Burton, T. C. The New Guinea genus Copiula Méhely (Anura: Microhylidae): A new diagnostic character and a new species - - - - - Brief Communications: Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. On the taxonomic status of the Australian Chiton Parachiton verconis (Cotton & Weeding, ne cutee is Sis ara Leptochitonidae) - - - - Hutchinson, M. N. Leiolopisma trilineatum (Gray, 1838), an addition to the herpetofauna of South Australia - - - - - - Pledge, N. S. & Sadler, T. A new subspecies of the sea urchin Peronella lesueuri from the quaternary of South Australia - - - - - - Barker, S. Two replacement names in Castiarina (Buprestidae: Coleoptera) - - PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000 37 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED VOL. 114, PART 1 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INC. CONTENTS, VOL. 114, 1990 PARTS | & 2, 31 May Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters V. Lecanidae (Rotifera: Monogononta)-— - - - - - - - - - - | Jones, G. K. Growth and mortality in a lightly fished population of garfish (Hyporhamphus melanochir), in Baird Bay, South Australia - : 37 Austin, A. D, & Burnyoezky, V, Catalogue of invertebrate type specimens held in the collections of the Waite Agricultural Research Institute and the South Australian Department of Agriculture - - - - - - 47 Lansbury, I. Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta: Hemiptera-Heteroptera) of Australia with descriptions of three new species - - . - - - = 195 Locket, N. A. A new genus and species of scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae: Buthinae) = - - - - - - - - - - = Of Tyler, M. J. Geographic distribution of the fossorial hylid frog Cyclorana platycephala (Gtinther) and the taxonomic status of C. s/evini Loveridge - - 81 Burton, T. C. The New Guinea genus Copiula Mehely (Anura: Maier) A new diagnostic character and a new species - - - = NY, Brief Communications: Gowlett-Holmes, K. L. On the taxonomic status of the Australian chiton Parachiton verconis (Cotton & Weeding, 1939) (Mollusca: Polyplacophora: Leptochitonidae) - - - - - - - - - a= 9S Hutchinson, M. N. Lefolopisma trilineaium (Gray, 1838), an addition to the herpetofauna of South Australia - - - - - - - - - 99 Pledge, N. S. & Sadler, T. A new subspecies of the sea urchin Peronella lesueuri from the Quaternary of South Australia - - - - - - 103 Barker, S. Two replacement names in Castiarina (Buprestidae: Coleoptera) - - 105 PARTS 3 & 4, 30 November Wells, A. New species and a new genus of micro-caddisfly from northern Australia, including the first Australian record of the tribe Stactobiini (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) - - - - . - - Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters. V1. Proalidae, Lindiidae (Rotifera: Monogononta) - - - - - - - - McDonald, K. R. & Davies, M. Morphology and biology of the Australian tree frog Litoria pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura: Hylidae) - - - Twidale, C. R., Parkin, L. W. & Rudd, E. A. C. T. Madigan’s contributions to Geology in South and Central Australia - - - - - - Barker, S. New species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and redescriptions of C diversa (Kerremans) and C. e/deri (Blackburn) - - - Lee, D. C & Shepherd, K. J. Magnobates (Acarida: de am Haplozetidae) from South Australian soils - - - - - - McDonald, K. R. Rheobatrachus Liem and Toudactylus Straughan & Lee (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in Eungella National Park, Queensland: distribution and decline - - - - - - - - Hartmann-Schréder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian records of the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description of a new species - Hartmann, Schroder, G. & Parker, 8. A. First Australian record of Hesionura (Polychaeta: Phyllodocidae), with the description of a new species Davies, M. & Richards, 8. J. Developmental biology of the Australian hylid Irog Nyctimystes dayi (Gtinther) - - - - - - Read, J. L. & Tyler, M. J. The nature and incidence of post-axial, skeletal abnormalities in the frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South Australia - - - - - - - - - - Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, 1. Pseudochristianella (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha), a new genus for 7entacu/aria minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensy Southwell, 1929 and its relationships with the family Eutetrarhynchidae Brief Communications: Bird, P. & Tyler, M. J. First South Australian record of the fossorial leptodactylid frog genus Uperoleia Gray - - - - - - - Twidale, C. R. & Bourne, J. A, Comment: Preliminary investigations of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island - - Short, A. D., Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, D. G. Reply: Preliminary investigations of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island Johnston, G. R. Cyc/orana maini and Notaden sp: additions to the frog fauna of South Australia - - - - - - - : - - fnyert 1 Tranwacions of the Raval Soctery af South Australia Val dd, paris + & 4, 30 Nevembern ley 107 129 145 157 169 179 187 195 203 207 213 ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS V. LECANIDAE (ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA) BY W. KOSTE*, & R. J. SHIELT Summary Diagnositic keys are given to genera and species of the rotifer family Lecanidae (Hemimonostyla, Monostyla, Lecane) recorded from Australian inland waters. All species are figured and available distribution data and ecological information given. Some widely-distributed taxa not yet recorded from the continent are included. KEY WORDS: Rotifera, taxonomy, Australia, known species, Lecanidae Durrisan dite bf the Rowe Sete ty ef 8. dase. (1990), DIAN), 1-36, ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS Y, LECANIDAE (ROTIFERA; MONOGONONTA) by W. KosTe*, & RJ, SHIFLT Summary Kusre, W,, & Suit, Monogonontia), Trans, R. Soe, R.J. (1990) Rotifera from Australian inland waters. V. Lecuniday {Rotifera S. Aust. 140). 1-36, 31 May, 1990, Diagnositic keys arc given to gener and speciés of the rouifer family Lecanidae (Heniininnostvie, Monastvla, Lecane) recorded from Australian infiand waters. All species are figured and availuble distribution dara and ecological information given, Same widely-distribvced taxa net yet recorded from the continence ure included. Key Woros Ronfera, taxonomy, Australia, known species, Lecanidae Introduction In this part of our revision of the Australian Rotifera (Koste & Shicl 1986b, 1987b, 1989a, b) we review the Australian representatives of the family Lecanidae (Monostyla, Hetninonasivla, Lecane), which generally are littoral (epiphytic or epibenthic) in habit. They are common in the shallow vegetated ateas of billabongs and other wetlands, with some species (Monostyla lunaris, Lecare Inna) occurring regularly in the plankton communities of open water, In eight billabongs of the Maacla Creck, for example, Tait er a/. (1984) recorded 16 species af Lecane/Monostyla from a single net tow in Mine Walley billabong (131.79). Such high species diversity is-exceptional, a result of concentration as the dry season progressed; more commonly, in temperate Australia, two to four congeners ina collection may be expected. Diagnostic keys, bricf desoriptions and figures of all known Australian represenratives of the family are provided to enable ident fivation of species. Sure widely distributed taxa not yet recorded from Australia are included. The tormat follows that of earlier parts; dichotomous kevs are followed hy individual speeics’ descriptions and known Australian records, Relative abundance is indicated by: “common” (more than 30 widely dispersed recorus), “uncormmon” (1-30 loealities} “rare" (<10 records). Brief ecological data ace included where available, Early Australian records cited in Shiel & Koste (1979) are not repeated here, nor are the majority of northern hemisphere citations given by Koste (1978), which contains a detailed treatment of the Rotifera outside Australia. Keys to families are included in Koste & Shiel (1987b). Family Lecanidae Bartos The family was erected by Bartos (1959) to * 5 Ludwig-Brill-Strasse, Quakenbriick D-4570, Federal Republic of Germany, + Murray-Darling Fresbwater Research Centre, PO. Bow 921, Albury, NSW 2640. separate the genus Lecave from the taxonomic group containing Proales, Proalinopsis, Bryceella and Tétrasiphon, The subgenus Hemimonosivla was erected lo acconimodate lecanids with incomplete fusion of their toes (Bartos 1959; 497-499), Mortostyle (Ehrenberg), with a single toe, had previously been relegated to subgeneric status (Edmondson 1935). Nor all subsequent reviewers accepted subgeneric status for the three groups; their differences are naw considered to be yufficiently distinet to warrant ecneric separation (W.T. Edmondson pers, comm,). Accordingly, we have separated Monostyla, Herntimonostyla and Lecane (s, sir) in the following keys, and rather than provide an exhaustive synonymy, note here that in previous references {6 species of Monostyla and Hemimonosivla, authors may have referred cither to their nominate genera or Leare (M,)/Lecane (H.) respectively (cf. Kaste {978}. Lorica undivided; foot with three segments, first two fused with ventral plate, only distal segment moveable; one or two tocs with free or more or Jess fused claws. Corona with supraoral buccal area, most without pseudotrochus; mastaX malleate, but also capable of a virgate function by means of strong muscles attached to the inner pharyngeal wall. Three genera are recognized in the family. Key to genera of the family Lecanidae 1 ‘Two. roes, separated along their full lengeh (Fig, 6:5a).. 1 . Lecane Nitzseh, 1827 Single toe or toes partly fused... 22... 2 2. Distal half of toes separated (Fig. 4:3).....- Paigite _. Hemimonostyla Bartos, 1959 elkglPt we :, Why. - _. Monostvia ‘Ehrenberg, 1830 Key 10 species of the genus Monostyla \, Toe with two claws or a single Tused claw. ..2 Toe without claw......0.....--.....20--. 20 20}. Dorsal totica anterior margin with median curved spines. iii AD quadriderdtete Ehrenberg Dorsal lorica margin Without median spines .3 342), Lorica anterior margin(s) more or less deeply 4(3). 5(a), ftp. 76}. (7), He), Wich). (iy. 13(12). tif). 1S{14), 16(15), 1715). KOTINERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 5 HIXtWALS 6 ate 4 105 NTT Ve Les eee netamnn SE Lovica margin(s) relatively straight socapett Claws beld wea together or fused with aaly 4 median gragves sc, .) ces ccc cy ween & Claws diverging, immuibile (bp- “p4) e a Ventral lorica with paired postervlaleral ‘spines (“hip spurs’),, --- ....M. bifurca Bryce Ventral lorica withour hip spurs... ---- ain 'ahn a Corer ceeesen ree A fuertata Murray ‘Toe with anly one claw, or indistinct dividing line + Claws separate (Fig. 4: Ay M_ obyuse Murray Dorsal lorica with distinct parifcloney Ralisraiaes Ofamemation ... 2.2... eee 8 Dorsal Jorica smooth... -..e, We Dorsal and ventral surlaces heavily wrinkled and folded; total length <&5ym MW. rvgose Harring Regolar facettation, less distinct; lorica SO Mm) saad So Sty peewee 3 Dorsal Pavettition regular, cach faces bounded by double longitudinal lines: ventral lorica patterned vevvee ceceyeu Md, tetfis Harring & Myers Only antesioy facet row regular, no double boundaries; no ventral patiern (single transverse fotel in frant of footp. Pe or Fee wrens cee ME etachis Harring & Myers Ventral plate ¢onstricted just behind anterior margin M, subulata Warring & Myers Veritral plate mot constrigted,........---.. il Toe tpimdle-shaped, widest in the middle (Fig. 2:1) — .M, copeis Harring & Myers Tor tapors evenly (Fig. 46). ~~~ sean e M. sculata Harring & Myers Dorsal and ventral anterior margins concave, ee tice tae natele the ae scicict Pe wleleloleaag ons Dorsal Margin straight, ventral with sinus. .13 Ventral sinus shallow, with strongly convex sides, externally with two short, stoul, incurved hooklike lrontal spines. (Fig. 5;2),..........-...-00-- te ac aaellet 6) AI ie abs om M. srenreost (Meissner) U-shaped shallow sinus Maring anteriorly, sides nov convex; frontal spines absent (Fig. Al). ... we RE cha _....ML unguitara Fadeev Lorica ourline nearly circular (Fig. 2:2)... .... beet tees fenlis 242d M. cornvta (Muller) Lorica outline oval to pepid........-....- 1 Lorica ovaid, tapers co Harrow head upertuie t << + hody width) (Fig. 1S), ..-- ajx _.16 Lorica subcirentat to elongate oval, taper less acute, head aperture wide | > 44 body width) (Figh 3:3 $:5...... sacl? Toe long, slender, ea. YA hody lent: claw 4 We fengilt..... 0... wee oe MW Belle Gasse Toe > 4 body length; claw extremely long. > 4 toe length.... M. sty/ax Harring & Myers Lorica < eu tae >'4 body length, long, (hin, parallel-sided ... 0.2... ,-..-.-- 1 Lorica >200 am tae <\e boy length, stout ‘with medial bulge. __ .. bits Ue eee Lé a M. lamellata thalera (Harring & Myers) [8(17}, Dorsal and ventral anterior sinuses deep... .1¥ Dorsal marvin only slightly concave; ventral margin with deep U-shaped sinus with convex sides. eee, M. crenata Harring (9/18). Identical broadly V-shaped sinus in both dorsal and ventral margins, latter projects:slightly beyond dorsal margin (Fig. tla)... M4. aeus Harring, Ventral sinus deeper than dorsal, rounded aj posterior margin (Pig. 3:3). 0.0.0.0... eevee eres atyisi fupeeap M, lunarix (Ehrenberg) 201). Lorica with lateral curved spine-like processes, SS pf se Bade! fiat M. monosiyla (Daday} Lateral processes absetit.,, ...- asndeh 21420). Lorica anterior margin with more or tess large fromtal corner cusps/spines, .... -- +33 Front corner cusps absent... y ...22 22(21). Verral lorica margin somewhal concave... ,24 Ventral lorica margin straight .....0 -....- a ete CEB petal allele C M. pyriformis Daday 23/22), Venital Jorica plate in wpper third bilaterally wunstvicied, co...) -..22-..M. orevdta Bryce Ventral lorica plate mot constricted... ...... mats tory of, clasterocerca Schmarda 24(22), Head apertuce margins straight, coincident; corner spines small......M4. opiae Harring & Myers Head aperture with dorsal and ventral sintises oF (lifferent size; corner spines large... 6.60... ,25 25/24). Posterior sezment of ventral lorica with sinuate maryin and (wo lateral acie triangular cusps. of Ag titipttorse. : M. batilliter Murray Posterior margin smoothly oval or elliptical 26 26(25), Dorsal lorica surface smooth, unomamented. He parser ent amelie y pe sSeetire weary 4s) Dorsal lorica willy regular well-marked Facets (Fig, be) ee a a M. kemata Stokes 2726), Head aperture with deep, coincidem dorsal and ventral amargins, (Tanked by pointed cusps (extensions of ventral lorica).-.......-..-.-. ad ad .... MM. decipiens Murray Darsul anterior sinvs shallow, rounded posteriorly with convex edges; ventral sinus a much deeper, narrow cleft (Fig. 5;1b); truncate rather than pointed anterior corners of ventral plare coho pA rettes ay M. sirtuata Hauer Monostyla acus Harring FIG. 1:1 Monostvle acus Harring, 1914, 6. 398, Pl, 36, Figs 1-3. Lecane (M.) acus: Myers 1937, p, 4. Diagnosis: Head opening with V-shaped sinuses dorsally and ventrally, latter projecting slightly beyond dorsal plate margin; posteriorly, ventral plate extends beyond dorsal margin as broad shield over foot; lateral sulci deep; toe approx. 4/5 body length, slightly decurved: claw very long, Total length 180 ym; dorsal plate $5 x 32 um: ventral plate 100 » 72 ym; depth of anterior sinus Fig, 1, 1, Monostyla acus Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, Ad. arcuata Bryce: (a) dorsal, (b) ventral: 3, Av. butillifer Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, bifurca Bryce: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Mf A. enfarne (Berzins), dorsal 5, M. bulla Gosse: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, 4. clasterocerca Schmarda: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. bcd. 2, 3, 4a- b, 5, 6, after Harring & Myers (1926); 4c, redrawn from Berzins (1982), Seale lines SOum. 4 W. KOSTE & RJ. SHIEL 10 xm; posterior shield projection 15 pm; distance beiween inner edges of lateral sulci 53 um; toe 64 xm; claw 12 xm; greatest depth ef body 38 ym. Distribution: Palearctic, Nearetic, Indonesia, acidophil in moor and Sphagnin pools. Rare: Tas. 16,5~17,0°C, pH 3.1-5.8, 46.2-80.6 pS cm!, Literature: Koste 1978; Kosle & Shiel 1986a. Monostyla arcuata Bryce FIG, 1:2 Monostyle arcuata Bryce, 1891, p. 206, text fg, Lecane (M.).arcuata: Pax & Wulfert L941, p, 143, Pig. 8. Diagnosis; Head aperture dorsal margin slightly concave, ventral margin with shallow median sinus Hanked by lwo siraight sections; transverse fold of ventral plate anterior to foor, toe tong and stout, > '4 body length, parallel sided or bulging slightly in middle, then tapering to point. Resembles A, closteracerca {Pig_ 1:4). Dorsal plate 45-69x49-63 jon; ventral plate 60-73 *41-50 um; roe 23-28 pnt. Disiribation: Between inass and algae in Springs and flowing waters, Rare: N.SW., N-T, Old., Vic, 10.5-28.5°C, pH 5.4-7.9, DO 60-101 mg 1 | 23-750 hS cm |, #7 NTU, alkal. 2.7 me 1 -!. Literature: Russell 196); Kuste 1978, Monostyii butitiifer Murray FIG, 1:3 Monostela barillifer Murray, 913b, p, 458, Pl 19, Fie. 7 Diagnosis; Head aperture with deep V-shaped ventral sinus flanked by large spine-like cusps. dorsally with narrow, shallow U-shaped sinus; veltral plate constricted anteriorly; relatively deep lateral sulci; footplate small, narrow, undulare posteriorly with two distinctive laterally projecting, acutely triangular cusps, projects beyond dorsal nlale; toe approx, 44 body length, parallel-sided for va of its length, conical posteriorly, ends in bristle- like point. Total length 120 ym; dorsal plate $3 um long! ventral plate 95 yin} anterior dorsal margin width 7 pm; ventral margin width 26 pm; toe 30 jm. ODstribution: Endemic, rare, Described from a pool near Sydney, later recorded also trom the NiT, Literature: Shiel & Koste 1979; Berzins 1982. Monastyla bifurca entome (Berzins) FIG. lide fevone (M.) biferce entome Berzins, 1982, p, 9 Diagnosis: Original description and figure inadequate, but as we have not encountered this Taxon, are reproduced here: *. .. the loricu does nol [have} a straight frontal margin, It has a very small sting [’spinule] on the frontal corners. and the dorsal lorica has a short fold on the necipilal end. The dorsal frontal margin has two notfe|hes and the ventral margin has a shallow sinus in the middle.” (Berzins 1982:9). Dorsal plate 50% 45 pm; ventrul plate 55*43 um: toe 14 xn. Oisteitution; Endemic. Only record Creswick Creek, Vie. Comment: The typical form, ML bifierea (Bryce 1892; 274) (Fig. Ida, b) is described as follows: Very flexible integument; body length approximately equals width; outline broadly oval; anterior margin straight; lateral sulci lacking; small posterior segment, extending beyond dorsal plate, carries two small lateral spines at sides of foot; ine > 4 body length, tapers distally; claw doubled, spread and immobile. Dorsal plate 45-54*42-52 ym; ventral plate 48-58x 44-52 yin; toe 15-19 wm; claw 3,2-5 pm. Comment: Of the integument, Harring & Myers (1926:416) noted that it “can not by any stretch of the imagination be called a lorica’. M, difnirea enrome appears loricate, with characteristic margin morphology markedly different from the nominate species. We retain the ssp, ranking as proposed by Berzins until further material is examined to deletmine if the variant as cescribed represents ecorypic variation, or i! specific status is warranted. Moanostyla bulle bulla Gosse FIG. 1:5 Monostyla bulla Gasse, 1851, p. 200 Lecune (M,} bulla: Wiseniewski 1954, p, 63, Diagnosis; Head aperture with shallow V-shaped sinus dorsally, U-shaped notch at posterior margin of sinus for protrusion of dorsal antenna: ventral anterior margin with very deep sinus (Fig, 1:5,5b), rounded at posterior end; transverse fold on ventral surlage in front of foot; toe long, ca. )4 badly leneth, terminates in slender avunte claw with basal spicules: claw with median ling, undivided. Dorsal plate 100-133* 74-105 ym; ventral plate 93-140 68-97 pam, toc 48-85 ju) claw to 20 amy; resting ege 90%70 jun. Distribution; Cosmopolitan in littoral. Mosi common lecanid in Australia: curytopic, pancontinental in billabongs, lake margins, and occasionally in the plankton.of reservoirs and rivers, cg. R. Murray (Shiel et a/, 1982). 8.0-31,0°C, pH 3,5-9.4, DO 3.0-13.8 mg 1', 16-6. 600 «S cm", <1-160 NTU, “iterature; Harring & Myers 1926; Koste 1978. Monastyla closterocercu Schimardy PIG. 1:6 Monostpla clasierocercea Sohmarcda, 1859, 7.59, Pl. 14, Pip, 125. Lecaxe (ME) vlaserocera: Cdmondsan 1435, p 302. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 5 ¥ 3a 5b 6a Fig. 2. 1, Monostyla copeis Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, M. corauta (Miiller): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3, M. crenata Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, M. decipiens Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5, M. elachis Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, M. furcata Murray: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. 2: 1-6, after Harring & Myers (1926). Scale lines 50 wm. ROVIPERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 7 Digenosis; Head aperture dorsal and ventral margins similar, shallow V-shaped sinuses with widely faring convex sides; faint dorsal fold near apex of anterior sinus; transverse ventral fold in trome of foot lateral sulci shallow; toc long, <\% hody length, parullel-sided for > length and Tapering to slender acute point, Dorsal plate 54-85x40-60 pm; ventral plate 57-82% 39-49 yim; tae 21-38 pm. Pasrbution. Cosmopolitan in standing and flowing waters, salinity tolerant (to 16 g I''), In Europe found in branchial chamber of Astacus fluviatilis, Common: pancontinenral. 11.8-26.0°C, pH 3.4.7.9, DG §,1-10.3 me 1), 42-6, 120 nS.cm', 08-67 NTU. Liseratures Koste & Shiel 1987a, Moarostvla copeis Harring & Myers FIG. 2:1 Monostyla copets Harring & Myers, 1926, pp, 398-9, Fi. £1, Fles 1, 2, Lecane (M.) capeis: Voigt 1957, p. 238. Diagnosis; Head aperture margins coiicident, slightly concave; transverse ventral fold in front of fool, short curved folds each side of loot, ive spindle-shaped, enlarged in middle, approx, ' body lengili, terminating in stout acute claw. Dorsal plate 75-R8%*72-80 pm; ventral plate 36-94% 60-65 jum; toe 29-33 pm; claw 4-5 pm. Distribution: Europe, N. America. Unconfirmed record from Vic. Literature: Berzins 1982. Monostyla cornuta (Miller) FIG, 2:2 Trichoda carnuta Muller, (786, p, 208, Pl. 40, Pigs 1-3, Monosivila corntta Ehrenberg, R30, p, 46. Lecane (MM) cormuta: Edmondson 1936. p 214. Diavnesis: Head aperture with similar deep lunwte dorsal and ventral sinuses; angles of sinuses obtuse, without spines: in retracted animal, dorsal fold obyrmus commencing al base of dorsal sinus, reaching margins behind antenor points; watsverse fold in front of foot; toe parallel-sided, ca, 4s body length, (¢rminates in large claw with median groove and two basal spicules, Dorsal plate to 102x%88-H0 jm: ventral plate $5128 X105 pm: Loe 38-46 pam; claw 8-10 ym, Distribution; Cosmopolitan between submerged plants, periphyton, Rare: N.SW., (sd. Literature: Sud?vuki & Timms 1977; Shiel & Kaste 1979, Monostyla crenata Harring FIG, 2:3 Manosiyla crenata Harring, 1913, p. 399, Fig, 364-6. Leeune (ML) crenan Voigt 1957, p, 232. Diagnasis: Head aperture slightly concave dorsally, ventral margin with deep sinus, rounded posteriorly; forica lateral marzins lightly convex, running to frontal corners; deep lateral sulci; toe extremely long, slender ‘+ body lengih, straight, parallel- sided, ending in shorr claw with two basal spinules, Dorsal plate 90-120%75-105 um) ventral plate 94-[29% 67-93 pm; tae 60-92 vm; claw 8-12 pm. Distribution: Abundant in tropical and subtropical shallow littorals, therrmophile, Rare; N-T., Qld, Vic. 21.29C, pH 7.5, DO 7.8 me I', 1,080 pS em |, 3.0 NTU. Litevarure: Russell 1961; Koste 1981, Menosiyla decipiens Murray FIG, 24 Monosrvla decipiens Murvay, 1913a, p. 36, Pi, 15, Fig. 43, Levane (M.)} decipiens: Wiszniewski 1953, p. 375. Diagnosis; Head aperjure dorsal and ventral margins coincident, with deep V-shaped sinuses, rounded posteriorly; two triangular acute cusps between anterior sinus and edges of loriva, no frontal spines; lateral sulci deep; toe long and slender, “4 hody length. ‘Yotal Jenerh 175 pm: dorsal plate '76-116% 60-98 gm; ventral plate 90-128 50-78 yum; width anterior cusps 44 wm; toe 25-43 wm. Distribution: Sth and Central America, Sn Lanka, Europe, Identified from Nth Qld (C.H. Fernando pers. comm,). Record unverified. Literature: Chengalath & Fernando 1973; Kaste 1978, Monostyle elackus Harring & Myers FIG. 2:5 Monostyiaelachis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 406, Fig. 7 Sct, 2, Lecane furcata elachis,; Wisemewski 54, p, 65, Diagnosis: Head aperture wath lighily convex dorsal margin; veninal margin with shallow median concavily, convex towards exterion angles; dorsal lorica ornamented with regular tew ol facets anteriorly, remainder of surface patterned (Fig. 2:51), deep lateral sulci; toe > 14 body length, terminating in short, acute claw. ‘Total Jength 90 ym; dorsal plate 62x62 pm; ventral plate 68%54 pm; anterior dorsal margin 40) Tig. 3. 1, Monostyla goniata Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) vetttral. 2, M. Aanieate Stokes: ta) dousals (b) veniral; (ce) M1. humata victoriensis Koste & Shiel. 3, M4. Andris Ehrenberg: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral; (c) another morph, ventral; (d+) morphs of M, Mdnaris perplexa (Ahlstrom), ventral; (f-2) morphs of M. dneris consrileta (Mittray), ventritl. Fig. 3:1, 2a-b, Jac, Aller Haceiie & Myers (1926), 2o, alter Koste & Stel (1980); 2c, c alice AbIStront (1938); Je-g, afler Koste (1978), Seale lines 50 pm. s W. KOSTE & RF, SHIEL pm, ventral 50 um; toe 20 pm; claw 4 pm. Distribution. Pond littarals, U.S.A., Sri Lanka. Rare: N.T,, Tas, 16.0-24.3°C. pH 6.3-7.1 DU 5.8 mg J’, $9-1020 pS em !. Literature: Chengalath & Ternando 1973; Keste 1978. Monostyla furcata Murray PIG, 2:6 Monostyla farcata Murray, 1913a, p, 358, Fig, 15:40 fecane (M.) furcara: Edmondson 1936, ps. 215, Diagnosis; Ventral and dorsal margins of head aperture straight; yentral plate parallel-sided behind {triangular areas extending beyond dorsal anterolateral margins; toe short, stout, {4 body Jeneth, terminating in two distinct claws, ammubile, separated by V-shaped notch, Dorsal plate $8-76% 57-70 am; toe 21-35 pm; claw 5-65 wim. Psstribution; Casmupolitan in periphyton, Rare: No, Qld, Tas., Vic, 15.0-24.5°C_ pH 5.3-7.9, DO $.8-6.12 mg t', 28-80 aS env. Monostyla goniata Harring & Myers FIG, 3:1 Monoastyla goniatu Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 39), Pl. 37, Figs. 5, 6. Lecaté (M,) eoniala: Vaigr 1957, p. 238, Dyignosis, Lorica broadly ovace, somewhat angular posteriorly, almost pear-shaped; head aperture resembles that of Af. Audla, Le shallow dorsal V- shaped sinus with median semicircular excision, very deep ventral sinus; dorsal lorica more anewlar than M. bulla, pointed posteriorly; ventral phate narrows in front of foot; posterior segments small, angular, concave terminally; first foot sepment broad, indistinct, second segment larger, trapezoidal; toc very long, spindle-shaped, x bady length, terminating ia acute conical point with median line, Total length 200 pm, lorica Jength 145 jum, wiceb 115 jm, aniteriot margin width 40 am, toe 65 pm, Distribution: N. America, eastern Purope, shallow waters, Rare: unconfirmed reporr from western Vic. Evferature. Berzins 1982. Carurent; Although synonyimised with M4. dudla by various authors (eg. Koste 1978), this caxon 1s immediately recognizable and separable from that species. The specific status proposed by Harring & Myers is retained here. Monosivie hamata Siokes FIG, 3:la, b Monoslyla hamata Stokes, (896, p21, PL. 7. Pigs 6-8. Lecane (M.) hiamuta: Myers 1937, p. 4. Diagnosis; Head aperture with narrew L-shaped sinus dorsally, ventrally with deep V-shaped sinus havihg (wo cusps in middle of margins, rounded posteriorly; ventral plate extended anteriorly to form Two acute cusps on either side of head aperture; dorsal plate with conspicuous regular lacetting; transverse fold and several longitudinal folds on ventral plate. Dorsal plate 61-88% 52-66 ym; ventral plate 77-98 40-60 pm; toe 26-38 pm. Distribution: Cosmopolitan in periphyton, moss pools, Common: probably panvontinental, nor recorded from 5. Aust. 10.0-30.7°C, pH 3.8-8.4, DO 4,8-13,.0 mg f', 23-3330 pS em, 4-160 NTU, alkal. 19-4.) mg 1-'. Content, A vanant from a Goulburn R, billabong, described as Lecune (MJ) hamata victorierisis [Koste & Shiel 1980 (Fig, 3:2c)] has a deep trapezoid nuich in the anterior ventral margin, and congruent points of antertor dorsal and ventral margins. Literature: Shicl & Koste 1979: Green 1981; Koste 1981. Monostyle lumetlata thatera (earring & Myers) FIG. 6:1 sgernenone thalera Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 394, Fig. M, lametlata thalera; Koste (978, p, 254 Diagnosis: Head aperture with concave sinuate dorsal margin; ventral margin with deep, V-shaped sinus; two small anterior spines at external angles; toe Tong and stout, <4 body length, spindle Shaped and enlarged near middle: claw long, stout, acutely pointed, with basal spicules and median mucus groove. Dorsal plate 109-167%90-128 «am; ventral plate 146-173%90-155 yum, toe 42-82 em; claw to 16 pm. Distribution: N. and $, America, Europe, N. Africa. Halophile. not found in freshwarer. Rare: saline waders in S. Aust, Tas., W.A. ‘Comment, Described by Harriti2 & Myers (1926) as specifically distinet from Af. Jumellata, which has a lunate anterior ventral sinus and distinctive posterior latcral triangular cusps, however interzrades have been reported in varying salinities, These variants may represent ccotypic responses to extremes in the biotope, Only the thalera morph has been identified from southern Australian saline walers. Literature: Koste & Shiel 198'7a, Monastyle linaris Ehrenberg FIG. 3:3 Monostyla lunaels Ehrenbers, (B32. p. 127, Lecane (M,) lunoris: Edmondson 1935, p. 302. Diagnosis: Head aperture narrow dorsally, with V- shaped posteriorly rounded sinus; ventral margin wide, sinus deep; transverse dorsal fold at base of ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 9 anterior sinus; transverse ventral fold m fron: of foot; toe long and slender, >! body length, with two annular constrictrans; claw long. slender, acurely pointed, two minute spicules at base, Dorsal plate §7-115270-95 ym; ventral plate 96-[22%54-89 yum; toe 42-76 pms claw 6-12 pr, Distribution: Cosmopolitan in a remarkable range of habitats: standing and Nowing waters, fresh to saline, soda lakes, acid muss pools, elc. Common: pancontinental. 6.0-29.8°C, pH 3,1-8,9, DO.4,9-14,4 mg}, 13.4-3330.0 uS cm ', 04-160 NTU, alkal, 2.3 me |, Comrment; Extremely variable eurytopic species, possibly a specics-complex. Recognizable variants recorded from Australia include M, Januris consiricia (Murray 1913b) (Fig. 3:3f, 2) from the R. Murray at Blanchetown, S.Aust. and M. /umarts perplexa (Ahlstrom 1938) (Fig. 3:3d, ¢) from Victoria, M. lunaris australis described by Berzins 11982) from Victoria falls within the range of variation of the parent species and is flere synonymized. Literarure: Koste 1978, 1981; Shiel & Koste L979: Koste & Shiel 1983, 1986a_ Monestyla sronostvla Daday FIG. 4] Mavostyla menostva Daday, 1897, p. 143, Fig. 10. Leowte (MJ manosivle: Wiszoiewsk 1954, p, 48, Diegnosis: Head apenure margins seaighr and coincident; two small spines atexternal angles; long moveable curved spines hinged to lateral margin of dorsal lorica, can be rotaled and swung back into Iateral sulcus when animal swimming, conforming to margin of posterior Jorica. Total length (contracted) 125-153 «zm; dorsal plare 30-58x47 ams ventral plate 62-80%46-5S0 wm; toe 25-40 pm, Distribution: Panctropical and subtropical, also in temperate latitudes in summer, Single recurd from L. Euramoo, Qld. Literature: Koste 19738, Green 1981, Monastvla obtusa Murray FIG. 4:3 Manostyla obtuse Murray, 1913, p, 357, Pl US, Fig. 37. decane (M) nbtusa: Wiszniewski 1953, p. 378. Diagnosis; Head aperture margins straight, coincident; two minute Frontal spines at external angles; lateral sulci shallow, indistinct; loe 14 body length, slightly enlarged distally; claw long, acurely pointed, with median dividing line, bul unseparated; two basal spicules, Contracted length to IIS pin; dorsal plate 33-78% 45-73 pm; ventral plate 62-80%45-58 pm; anterior margin width bo 58 wm, roe 22-40 pm, claw 6-13 um, Distribution; Cosmopolitan, pH tolerant, eurytopie Known only from L, EBuramoo, Qld, and Yackendandah Creek, Vic. Liferature. Kastte 1978; Green IY81. Monostyla opias Harring & Myers FIG. 4:2 Monostfa opits Harring & Myers, 1920, p. 411, PL AS, Fizs 5, 6. Lecane (M.) opias: Voigt 1957, p. 229, Diagnosis, Head aperture margins ooifeldent, straight, with two small acute frontal spines; transverse ventral old in front af foot; toe long, >Vs body length, tapering gradually to bristle-lke point. Contracted lengih 95-100 pm: dorsal plate 59-66% S4-6l) xm; ventral plate 67-99x42-55 pm; lor 26-30 ym, Distribution: Europe, Americas, between Sphagnum, Aulwuchs. Acidophil. Single record Yarra R., MeMahons Creek, Vic., necus confirmation. Literature: Koste 1973; Berzins L982. Monosiyla pyriformis Daday. FIG, 4:4 Monostyla pyriformis Daday, 1905, p. 330. Lecane (M.) pyrifermis; Edmondson 1936, p. 214. Diagnosis: Anterior margins coincident, medially straight or weakly convex, strongly rounded at lateral rims; rudimentary lateral sulci; toes variable, generally dagger-like. Dorsal plate 51-67x40-60 jum; ventral plate §3-70% 39-49 jum; (oes 22-36 yarn |Daday (1905) gave toe length of 57 pm]. Distrihutian: Cosmopolitan in inundation zones, periphyton, moss, margins of standing and Nowime waters. Rare: N.SMW., NUT, Qld, View 14.7-28.5°C, pH $.4-7,1, DO 4,1-6,.2 mg I’, 23-240 pS em, 5 NTU, alkal. 2.7 mg, Literature: Green 1981; Koste 1981; Berving 1982. Monostyla quadridentata Ehrenberg FIG. 4:5 Monosivla yuadridentaia Elirenberg, 1832, p, 130. Lecune (M.) quadridentata: Edmondson 1935, p. 302. Diagnosis. Anterior dorsal margin with pyriform median sinus flanked by two long outeurved and decurved spines (which ean be crossed in strongly contracted individuals) ventral plate with deep, sharply pointed V-shaped sinus; two minute frontal spines presenl; dorsal plate with tavo ribs originating on anterior spines; toe long, '4 body length, with indistinct annular constriction near distal end: claw long, slender with two basal spicules. Dorsal plate 105-106% 90-125. wns ventral plate 130-170X 90-118 pm; Loes 45-90 pms claw 14-20 pam, ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS Wl Distribution; Cosmopolitan, warm-stenorherm, between macrophytes in littoral or fresh and slightly brackish waters. Rare: Na., Qld. Tas., Vie, WA, (Kimberley), 12.0-16.0°C, pH Io 8.8, to 3820 pS em’. Literature. Koste 1978. Fiz. 5, Monostyla rugosa Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) veniral. Scale line $0 pm, After Harring & Myers (1926), Monostyla rugosa Harring FIG. 5 Monostyla rugosa Harring, 1914, p. 548, Fig. 24:4-6, Diagnosis; Head aperture margins nearly coincident, veniral straight, dorsal lightly concave; dorsal plate wider than long, anterior margin narrower than rhatof ventral plate; dorsal wrinkles deep and irregular; ventral ornamentation constant as shown (Fig, 5b); lateral sulci shallow, indistingt; ioe approx. 4 total length terminating in long double claw, Total length 84 um, lorica length 37 pm, dorsal plate §4% 62 zm, ventral plate width 45 ym, anterior margin dorsal plate 34 um, ventral plate margin 45 wm, We 21 pm, claw 6 wm. Distribution: Panama, US.S.R. Furst Austealian record Ryan's #1 billabong at Albury, N.SW, 12y.88, in Eleocharis reedbed. 15.8°C, pH 7.)6, DO 7.42 mg 1', 82.2 pS cm. Monostvla scufata Harring & Myers FIG, 4:6 Mowostyla seutata Matring & Myers, 1926, p. 401, Pl. 40, Figs, 1, 2. decute (Ad) scufatd: Wisznicwski 1954, fp. 378. Diugnosis: Head apertuvé pargins coingident, lightly concave; sharp corners but no allerior spines; lateral sulci shallow, indistinct: transverse fold of ventral plate; toe long, stout, 4 coral length, purallel-sicded (hen tapering to slender acute claw. Dorsal plate 62-78%63-72 ym) ventral plate 68-80% 50-72 wm; toe 26-34 pm; claw 5-7 pm, Distribution; Cosmopolitan acidophil, in Sphagnum, Rare: NT, S. Aust., Tas. 110-285 8, pH $.4-7.8, DO 6.2 mg! |, alkal. 2.7 mg 1! Literature: Koste 1981; Koste & Shiel 1986a, Monostyla smauata (Hauer) FIG, 6:1 Leeane sinvata Hauer, 1938, p. 545, Hig. 67. I. hamata var. sinus, Koste 1978, pr, 259 Diagnosis: Head aperture conspicuously small, both margins with V-shaped sinuses, but nor coincident: dorsal with convex sides, ventral very natrow, twice as deep as dorsal, with straight sides; minute frontal apine on either side of head aperture; dorsal plate smooth, rounded posteriorly; ventral plate same width as dorsal anteriorly, much narrower medially, has transverse fold, longitudinal lines as tigured; posterior plate extends beyond dorsal margin: we ‘A body length, no claw. Dorsal plate 74-76%53-55 pm; ventral plate 80-82% 41-46 wm; tue 28 pm. Distribution; Sumatra, India, Rare: 18,0-21.5°C, pH 6,8-7.7, 92.1-3330 pS cm. Comment: Described from a single specimen, 4, sinuata was noted by Hauer (1938) to resenible M. hamata and was so synonymised by Koste (1978). The distinctive head aperture and lack of ornamentation OF the dorsal plate renders the species immediately recognizable as distingl front M. hamata. The specific determination ts retained here, Literarure: Wulfert 1966; Koste & Shicl 1986a. Tas. Monosivia sienroosi Meissner FIG. 612, Monostyla stenroosi Meissner, 190K, p. 22, Fig. L:8. Legane (M,) stenroosi: Wiszoiewski 1953, p. 378. Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsally straight, ventrally with shallow raunded sinus with strongly convex sides; two short stout, incuryed hooklike frontal spines; lateral sulei very deep, parucularly in anterior halt, with characteristic consiciction in ventral plate; toe long, stout 14 body length, slightly enlarged in middle; claw short, stout, acutely pointed, with two basal spicules, Dorsal plate 90-117%83-100 wm; ventral plate Y8-122x 85-103 xm; foe 40-51 pms claw 10-41 jun. Distribution: Widespread, but isolated. Abundant in algal mats in ephemeral pools, in periphyton and littoral of larger waters; Warm stenotherm. Rare: Fig 421, Mrmesiela monpstv/a Daday: (a) dursal; (by ventral 2, AZ opis Hariing & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3. At. obtuse Murray: (a) dorsal: (by venteal. 4. Af. pyrvfarily Daday! (4) doeak (tl) ventral 4, Mo ewadridontara khrenberg: (hy dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, Ad seufate Harring & Myers: (a) dorsi; (bh) ventral, Pig, 4: |-6, allen Harring & Atyeys (1926), Seale tines 50 yen. ROTIFERA FRUM AUSTRALIANS INLAND WATERS 15 NSM, Qld, 13.5-20,0°C, pH 7,5-8,1, DO 7.2.9.0 ng 1, 400-575 uS cmt, 50-160 NTU. Literature: Stwel & Koste 1979, Monostyla styrax Harting & Myers FIG, 6:3. Monosiyla stvrax Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 389-40, Pl. 37, Figs 3, 4, Lecune bulla siyrax: Myers 1937, pe 2. Diagnosis. Head aperture n#rrow, dorsally with wide median elliptic notch, ventrally with deep straight-sided sinus, rounded posteriorly; lateral sulci very deep; toe long, slender, >! total length, increasing slightly. in width in distal half, wapering to blunt polnt; claw extremely long, slender, acutely pointed. Can be distingurshed fram M. befia by claw alone, however anterior margin, foot and toe also differ significantly. Dorsal plate 124%90 wm} ventral plate 128x960 em; toe 78 uni; claw 24 xin, Distribution; Notth Amenca, N.Z, Single record from Qk. Literature: Russell 1961; Koste 1978; Shiel & Koste 197%, Monostyla subulaia perpusitta (Hauer) FIG. 6:5 Monestyla perpusiila Haver, (929, fv 156, Fig, 14 Lecane (Mi) perpusitla; Wiseniewski 1453, p 378, L. sebulata perpusilla; Koste 1962, p. 113 Diagnosis: Ventral plate bilaterally consiricied just under anterior margin: anterior margins lightty convex, coincident; dorsal and ventral surfaces may have indistinct foles; tov long, with distinct constriction in posterior third, > '%s body lengch; claw long, acutely pointed, Large red eyespor, irregularly Formed, seen in fresh material. Total length 69-72, pm; length, dorsal 44-50 yin, ventral 55 xm; width, dorsal to 54 um, ventral 41-48 xm; anterior margin width 41 pm; toe 19-29 pm; claw 10-11 pm, Distribution: Sphagnum, capillary water of beach sands, Single record from Yarra R. near Lvanhoe, Vic. needs verification, Comment, The typical form, M. subulara Harring & Myers (1926) (Fig. 5:4) has not been recorded from Australia, 1¢ can be dislinguished [rom the above taxon by its larger size and relatively shorter toe and claw: Total length (contracted) &7-100 jun; dorsal lengih 53-64 ym, width 51-65 ym; ventral leneth £9-68 ym, width 46-55 ym; anterior margin 39-50 yarn) Loe 16-27 wm; claw 8-10 pm, filerature: Kosie 1978; Berzins 1982. Mornostvia féthis Harilig & Myers FIG, fi Monosiylas terhis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 405, PL. 38, figs L, 2. Levine (M.) fethis: Wiazniewshi 1954, p. 71. ’ L. fureara var, thetis (sic)! Kaste 1978, p. 242, Fig, Bh:7a, h, Diagnosis; Head aperture with coincident straight dorsal and ventral margins; regular facetting of dorsal plate, with each facet bounded by double longitudinal lines; ventral plate also with longitudinal markings, transverse fold in front of fool, two small semicircular folds; toe long, “i bady length, straighe with slight taper; claw tong, slendes. Total length 100 pin; dorsal plate 70%62 jan; ventral plate 74%62 um; anterior margin width, dorsal, 42 um, ventral 53 wm: toe 24 pm; claw 6 wm. Distribution; Rare in N, America, Central Europe. Single record from L. Euramoo, Qld- Comment: Synonymised with Af. frcata by Koste (1978), Mo tevhas lacks the distinctive divided claw of Ai. fiurvata, and its lorica morphology only superficially resembles that species. which does not have the dorsal and ventral patterning as described. M, tethis.is of resteicied occurence, probably of precise habirat requirements, Literature: Koste 1978; Green 1981, Monostyla unguitata Videev FIG, 7:2 Munasivia unguituta Fadeov, 1925, p. uM, Cig. 4:7- Lecane (M.) ungauitata: Wisniewski 1954, p, 72. Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin straight, ventral with mediati U-shaped noteh in broad, shallow funate sinus (Fiz, 6:2b); dorsal plate narrower and shorter rham ventral; ventral obliquely Leuncated on end; small front corner spines point inwards as in Af. sterroosi, toe parallel-sided, slightly swollen distally; claw long, separated or fused. Dorsal plate 83-t10%86-92 xm, veniral place 93-322 93.45 pm; toe 37-44 pm; claw to (5 pm, Distetbufion: Rare in East Europe, N. America, Asia, Sri Lanka, Billabongs at Albury, N.S, and Jabiluka, N.T, 25.0-31,0°C, pH 6.2-6,3, DO) 3,2-10,3 me lL, 48-140 pS em. Comment; A single ?ecotypic vanant was identified from a billabong of the Coleman R., Cape York, Old, lacking the characteristic amterior projections, and slightly smaller in some dimenstons. Measuremenis; Dorsal, plate 104 x 72 pm; ventral plaic [04% 83 um: toe 28 wm; claw [2 jm) (Shiel & Koste 1985). Fig. 6. 1, Monosztpla sinuata Haver: (a) dorsal: (b} ventral. 2, M. stenroost Meissner= (at dorsal; (b) ventral. 3. Ad: sryrax Harring & M siettvlate perpusilla rs! (a) dorsal; ¢b) ventral. 4. Mf. sebidota Harnng & Myers: (a) dorsal; (h) ventral 3, Ad auer: (a) ventral; ¢b) dorsal. 6, W. rerhiy Harring & Myers: {a} dorsal: (hb) ventral. My & 1-3, 5, after Harring & Myers (1926); 4, atter Hauer (1929), Seale tines 3) pm, ROTITERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 13 Literature: Hauer 1938; Wulter) 1966; Kost [Y78, Of fourteen taxa of lecanids with part fusion of the toc listed by Koste (1978), only two variants of a single species, Hemimaneastvla (nopinata (Fig. 7:3, 4) are known from Australia, No key is provided for the genus. For details reler 16 Koste (1978). Heminonascyla Jnopinata (Harring & Myers} FIG, 7:3 wee inopinata Harritig & Myers, 1926, p. 274, Fig, rs) Diagnosis; Head aperture margins coincident; slightly convex: no frontal spines; dorsal plate smooth, narrower than ventral plate anteriorly, slightly truncate posteriorly; ventral plate with two transverse and several longitudinal ridges; lateral sulci deep; toes long, slender, \% total length, fused for distal +4 of their Jength, terminate in distinct claw. Dorsal plate 36-75* 54-62 yom; ventral plate 59-8Ux 40-58 xin} toe 21-32 yan: claws 3-5 pm. Distribution: Probably cosmotropical - subtropical, warm slenotherm. Single record [rom Wyangala Dam, N.SW. A record of H. inopinata syerpoda (Hauer 1929) (Fig. 7:4) from Cairns, Old (C.H- Fernando pers, comm.) is unverified, Also a warm stenotherm, possibly pantropical, sympoda is distinguished from the nominate species by the bilaterally constricted anterior ventral plate, presence of friangular cusps at the anterior corners, and variable lineation of dorsal and ventral plates {see Koste 1978), Dorsal plate 55-33%49-73 pm: ventral plate 58-87 48-68 ym; claws 3-9 am. Key to species of the genus Lecane I. Lorica with acule cusps. or rounded projections at anterior external angles... 6... 0555 as Lorica without spines or projections al anterior 111-4 a ne Ae eT es ene, 5 2 21), Toes with claws ov pseudoclaws. .,,. 8 Toes withoul claws of pscudloclaws,,, ..4 Xd). Toes with claws or pseudoclaws.,.......- 26 Toes without claws or pseudoclaws.. .... 7 4(2), Dorsal plate at leasr as long or longer lian ventral plute. g .L. clare (Bryce) Dorsal plate noticeably shorter than ventral POTD pn se Lice!) jc le SmonpecobatsSohageln! ju! tp oon ous 5 5(4), Anterior margin almost straight or lightly COMVEN ieee ep tee eee pibtbbe nF ot +6 65). 716). 3(2). (8), 10(8), 11(10), 1h). 13(12), 1413). 1512). 16(t5). 17(3). 18(17), Anileniornrargin (dorsal) with regular undulacing, lines, - L. ixdosw Hauer Toes 14 body length) dorsal and ventral surfaves with complex partern (Fig, 1r3¥, 6.060044) ody venuste Harring & Myers Toes “i “Vi ‘body length; Jorsal surface smooth or coarse? lined, ventral plate with single transverse fold and some longitudinal folds, 7 Lorica wider than long; 2nd foot segment Projects well beyond posterior margin, ...... . £. hornenianni (Ehrenberg) Lorica Ionver than wide; 2nd foot segment beneath lorica margin, ,.. L, rand (Murray) Lorica 180-200 am; Loes > 70am... .. wd Lorica <180 pm; toes <50 pm... --.. 10 Barrel-shaped lorica (L:W ratio 1.25); broad footplate withoul marked constriction of Jorica MATIN, ee ea L. grandis (Murray) Lorica more clongate (L:'W rao 1,5), with anterior constriction behind head aperture and marked constriction of margins at foorplate. : L, baorali Koste & Shiel Toes long (A iA ‘beay length) clearly visible beyond footplate....., area | Toes remarkably short (=1/10 body length) barely protruding, beyond footplare in dorsal VIEW. eee L, prrrtite Rousselet Lorita elongated (IW ratio 1B 2... 8... wpe ene e wee eh igreennibes L. inermis (Bryce) Lonica broadly ovate (LW <1Sy..-. .- 12 Dorsal and ventral plates distinctly patterned !5 Dorsal plates’ smooth, ventral with single transversé fold or light ornamentation... . 13 Claws short (claw:toe ratio <3.0).....-...14 Claws Jong (mtio >3.0),, 4, tenwisera Harring Ventral plate with posterolateral corners anterior to foolplate producing rectangular appearance o--epefintebiete acne! a! fla 's Spoue’ ob ettece meme! L. ruttneri Hauer Veniral plate posterior margins smoothly curved, without corners... formesa Harring & Myers Claws short (10 pra). 20.000 eee If Claws Jong (13-18 am). .,-L. doryssa Harring Dorsal plate subcircular; fooiplate projects beyond dorsal plate to cover 2nd foot segment....... -£. pusilla Harring Dorsal ‘plate “parallel sided End foot stgment projects. beyond foatplate. . by conan L subuiis ‘Harring & Myers Caudal margin of lorica broadly truncate or Wounded oo ee eee eee eee ee 18 Caudal margin tapering to point, bilaterally constricted tongue or ‘fishtail’. Caudal margin straight, with obtuse angled COMETS pee. eens Dette tis Lh Fig. 7, 1, Monoscyla lamellata tholera (Harring & Myers (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, Ad, unguitata Fadeev: (a) dorsial; (b) ventral. 3, Hemimonostyla inopinata (Harnng & Myers): (a) dorsal: (b) venital. 4, H. inopinate sympoda Hauer: a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 5, Leeane acronycha Harring & Myers: (a) ventral; (b) dorsal, 6 1. aeuleata (Jakubski); (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, Fig. 7: 1, 3-4, after Harring & Myers (1926); 2, after Haier (138); 6, after Waltert (1965), Scale lines $0 pm. 16 19(18), 20(18), 2120), 23420). 2322). 24(23), 25(17). 26(3). 2:7(26). 28(27), 2y(28) 329), 31130). 32(31) 3331). W. KOSTE & R.J, SHIEL Caudal margin smoothly oval elliptical, .. 20 Tow <30 ym, short and stout...........--- sabe! Olle oS Oe Rema L. hrachydacivia (Stenroos) Joc >30 ani thin, with finer faper....,...- _L, tudicnla Harring & Myers Second rout segment protrudes at least 42 its length beyond caudal margin. -,,.,....21 Second foot segment not protruding,..... 22 Toes <50 wat ventral loriva >150 pum... ... L. pertica Harring, & Myers Toes “<40 it; lorica <100 vanes stove ape Lorita surfaces, sygoth, : etecoeaerritt 23 Surfaces (particularly dorsaly clearly ornamented _ L. signifera (Jennings) Frontal margins siraight or slightly concave; caudal margin smoothly rounded...,..... 24 Margins deep V-shaped sinuses; caudal margin lobate. so... secses ge Rerziet Kaste & Shiel Lorca clongated, 200 pm; toes 74 pm... i... «oho $) 5) O(a feichebe| esetede ja “. pyrrha Harring & Myers torica <150pimy toes <20umi.......-2..0., ciiithe-stettes cose) La devisiyta (Olofsson) Posterior Jorica tapers to poimt oo... cscs L, dud wisi (Evkstein) Posterior iariva a bilaterally constricted blunt tongue or ‘fishtail’, _2, ofjoenyiy (Merrick) Frontal corners of lorica with acute spines on CUSPS ..,.. we or bs Bape. 2H Frontal commer projections rounded rather than BCU. ee eee L. papuand (Murray) Claws with kroblike availing te renin Ile a pete ater Leen ene Chess wL. hasteta (Murray) Claws without swelling. a, vee dd Ventral plate with Ltenanett footplate.. 2... neff atapictotictts vate L. feontina (Varner) Ventrat vaudal margin symmetrically rounded f Hcsemmmess ae, Olin le olotatalace dete oo a loabe aebaitedetetaeg 24 lorica ventral hee projects beyond dorsal. eee. kh. elsa Hauer Margins “eoincident | or dorsal “projects beyond ventral , oe i 1 30 Dorsat anterior margin seraiub ar lightly convex a ee so nasa eee 34 Dorsal anterior margin concave,.......... aD Heid appre margins coincident V-shaped sinuses . rings 32 Both niafaitts broudl lunate sinuses. 33 Smooth or weakly ornamented lorica: head aperture margins smpoth, . ve ks wy See Curvicornis (Murray) Both surfaces distinctly ysis newer head Aperrure margin andulate.. 4. sitida (Murray) veneer Dorsal surface unormamenied; no noticeable constriction of posterolateral margins at footplate. 0... 6... eee es L. tuna (Muller) Dorsal surface stippled; tootplate elongated, with distinct bilateral constriction af posteralareral margins , _.. £. spereert (Shephard) 34(30), 35(3A). 36(35). 37(36), 38(34). 39(38). 40(39). 4i(38). 42(41), 43(42), 44(43). Dorsal margin strawht between cusps, veniral erg coincident or ghaly coneave 45 Dorsal margin convex between cuss, vehtral margin coincident, straight or concave... , .38 Distal foot segment nor visible beyond lorica margin... ial oe prtite. tess 36 Disial foot ‘segment visible beyond lorica marein ole 'ohe tortie feiss ES, Ly trite (Murray) Ventral Margin concave; dorsal plate smaller than vetitral; toes >60 pm long -, 437 Margins. coincident; dorsal plate larger than ventral, toes <60 ym long. , . PREVA. nails selene Cl. tasmaniensis ‘Koste & Shiel Claws short (olawsroe ratia >S)..0222 00.088. Pe REL FIERKAE LE ee L, acronycha (Jakubskit Claws long (ratio <3,5).,L. uneulata (Gosse) Last foot segment visible beyond dorsal marpin zleelolejeag an atoe) © wlevete sees . Al Last foot segment not visible: beyond margin39 Heed aperture margins coincident, convex; lorica not noticeably eloneated.-...2 0.022... 40 Dorsal margin convex, ventral concave: lorica elongated, .......,L. glvpta Harring & Myers Lorica <80 pm long; veriral plate constricted anteriocy; small semicircular footplate projects slightly beyond patertar Jorica. ,.. 22, mena L, _flexilis (Gosse) Lot ica >100 yn “tome: ventral plate vot constricted; foorplate broad, extends well beyond posterior margin of dorsal plate. . : Heth sely aspasia Myers Ventral nae sttonaty édpsi ict in ‘hip? region eT Te Bab be eden ie le. L. crepida Harting Ventral plate not constricted... _- 42 Dorsal plate covers all yeniral plate and footplute wea tos ale! [alot are L. mylacris Harring & Myers Footplare visible posteriar to dorsal plate. 43 Cusps large, outer margins convex, pointing outwards, ....-..2.- £. aculeata (Jakubski) Cusps sinall, outer margins concave, point ahead Oe “WW rds, 6 iii ees sy nici ere! Toe points short with disidet step on inside distinguishing claw. --....L, sti¢haca Harring Toe pois elongated, claws indistinct, . - meet abit 1. hatielvsta. Harring & Myers ee Lecane acrorycha Harting & Myers FIG, 7:5 Lecane acronycha Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 322, Pl. R Figs. 3, 4, Diagnosis: Dorsal anterior margin straight, ventral slightly concave, with two triangular cusps al external angles; unmarked dorsal plate not reaching murgin of ventral plate; transverse fold of ventral ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 17 5a 6a Fig. 8. 1, Lecane aculeata arcula (Harring): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 2, L. aspasia Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3, L. boorali Koste & Shiel: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, L. brachydactyla (Stenroos): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5, L. clara (Bryce): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, L. crepida Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Fig. 8: 1, 2, 4-6, after Harring & Myers (1926); 3, after Koste ef a/. (1983). Scale lines 50 ym. W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS ih plate anterior to foot; slight indentation of posterolateral margins at footplate; toes long {> 4 body length) with slight distal bulge; claw shor, with small basal spicule. ‘Total length to 290 wins dorsal plate 111-142% to 136 pm; ventral plate $25-182x95-113 pm; toes 60-102m; claw 10-12 pm. Distribution: N. America, Asia. Acidophil Two Australian records; billabong, Jabiluka, NT, river at Kinglake West, Vie. 25.0°C, pH 6.2, DO 3.0 me i', 48 pS cm". Lirerature: Koste 1978, 198); Berzins 1982_ Lecane aculeata (Jakubski) FIG. 7:6 Msivia aculeatu Sakubski, 1912, p.$43, Figs 3,4 Diagnosis: Resembles L. /lexilis (Fig. 8:4), bul can readily be distinguished from it by oblique, outwardly directed frontal cusps, narrower lorica, second fvat segment visible at posterior ond, steaight toe and bilaterally constricted needle-like claws. Dorsal plate usually truncated, with Iwo transverse pleats beneath (Fig. 7:6a). Dorsal plate 62-67%45-55 um; ventral plate 73-87% 46-52 ying Woe 22-28 yn; claw S-7 pm. Distribution: Warm stenatherm in subtropical and Inupical vegetated waters, particularly neefields. Rare: Wyangala, N.SW., Jabiluka, N-I, Qld, southeast S.Aust,, Vic. 24.0-27.0°C, pH 6.3-7.4, DO 3,1-7.5 me b, 42-245 uS erm, 0,5-15.0 NTU, Convrent A subspecies, Lecane aculeata arculea (Harring) (Fig. 8:1), recorded trom Magela Creek, NUT, and Gippsland, Vic. Similar lorica ornamentation, but outline more circulir, particularly posterior margin of dorsal plate; transverse pleats posterior to dorsal plate Jacking; frontal cusps reflexed upwards; overall dimensions smaller: Dorsal plate 57-63x%49-56 um; ventral plate 67-78x44-51 pam), toe 22-27 pm: claw 4-6 wm. Literature: Koste 1978, 1981; Berzins 1982. Lecane aspasia Myers BIG. 8:2 Levande aypusve Myers, 1417, p.d76 Pl 40, Pigs 48. Diagnosis Lorica broad, nearly parallel-stded anteriorly, posteriorly tounded; head jperture margins coincident, slightly convex; two small cusps al external angles; posterior segmence projects beyond dorsal plate; toes > 4 body length, srraighr, tapering; claw long, pointed. Total length 132 pm; dorsul plate 82x75 «am; ventral plate $4%75 pm; head aperture width 63 am; toes 30 am; claw 8 jan. Distribujion; California, Single recerd fram Victoria needs. veritication. Literuture: Berzins 1982. Lecane boorali Kaste & Shiel FIG, &3 Lecune bourali Koste & Shiel, 1983, pp. 14-15, Figs 6-8, Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident, dorsal straighc, ventral concave, occasionally with median V-shaped groove; no cusps at external angles; dorsal plate narrower, shorter than ventral: characteristic tiangular depressed foot cavity hounded by raised cuticular ridge (Fig. 8:36); elongated foot plate deposed from body; toes with laterally opposed claws, Total length 260 ~m; dorsal plate 180x120 ami: ventral 200132 pm; anterior margin width 104) pam; toes 82 pm; claw LO jum. Distribution: Endemic, recorded only from a pool near Meekatharra, W,A, pH 8.6, 68 wS ¢m!. lecane brachydactyla (Stenroos) FIG. 8:4 Cuthypra brachvdacisla Stentoos, 1898, p,160, PL 2, Fig. 20. ‘Lecune brochydactyla; Harring 1913, p.60. Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin slightly undulate with prominent lateral cusps; ventral margin with median concavity; lorica dorso- ventrally compressed, no markings; fooiplate prominetl, trapezoidal; toes short, straight on inner edges, with long conical points, Dorsal plate’ 100-130%92-115 pm; ventral plate 128-150* 78-119 psn; toes 20-40 ym, Distribution: US.A., in soll acid waters with Sphagnum, Single record from Old Literature; Koste (978: Striel & Kaste 1979. Lecane clara (Bryce) FIG, 8:5 Cathypnd clara Bryce, WRI, p.271, coxr te, Lecute clara’ Harring 1913, pad, Diagnosis: Very Nexible membraneous lorica; anterior margins mnt coincident, dorsal lightly convex, ventral concave; no spives at external angles; no markings on dorsal plate; toes long, Fig, 9 1, Lecane curvicornis (Murray): (a) dorsal; (by ventral. 2, L. dorysse Beartings (a) dorsaly (bY venteal, 3,,L. else Hauer: (4) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, 2. flevilis (Gosse): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 5 5, L. Jormiosa Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 6, 7. giypta Hai clit & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) veniral, Fig. a: i, 4-6, after Harring. & Myers (1426), 2, atter Haiicr (1938); 3, alter Liauer (1931), Seale lines $0 am. 20 W. KOSTE & 8), SHIEL robust, 1 total length, terminating im byistle-like spicule, Total length 170-200 pm; dorsal plate 92-83x40-62 ym; ventral plate 75-90%40-55 jm; toes 25-40 wm, Distribution: N, America in Spheaenum, Single unconfirmed record from Vici Literature: Berzins 1982. Lecane créepida Harring FIGs &6 tacune crepida Harring, 1914, p.$43, Pl 22. Figs 4-7, Diagnosis: Head apervure dorsal margin slightly convex, ventral slightly concave; two short stout incurved cusps at external angles; dorsal plate smaller than ventral, strongly convex; three pairs of divergent wavy ridges on dorsal anterior surface; ventral plate with interrupted longitudinal pleats; no lateral sulci; toes > 4 tora! leneth; claw long, slender. Dorsal plate 75*45 yn: ventral plate 10068 pm; tues 40 pmy claws 9-10 po. Distribution: Often numerous it tropical and subtropical shallow waters, Single record; L, Mulwala, Vic, 24.2°C, pH 7.7, DO 8.6 me I', 60 uScm'!, 22 NTU. {ireratitre; Koste 1978. Lecane vuevicornis (Murray) FIG. 9:1 Cathypne eurvicornis Murray, 1913a, p. 446, Fig. 14:22. Lecane curvicornis! Harting 1914, p.535, Fig. 17:3. Diagnosis: Head aperture margins coincident, both with broad V-shaped sinuses; two large cusps al external angles; ventral plate much wider than dorsal, with transverse fold; posterior segment rounded; toes. '3 total length, Dorsal plate 110-120%95-12 pm; ventral plate 130-145x 105-116 pin; Loe 48-79 xm; claw 8-13 am. Distribution’ Abundant in tropical and subtropical shallow waters. Rare: Finnis R. and Magcla Creek, NT, Coongie Lakes, S.Aust, and southwest W.A,. 24,5-29.8°C, pH 5,2-6.3, DO 3,0-6.1 mgl!, 28-59 1S em'!, alkal. 1.9 mg}. Literature: Koste 1978; Berzins 1982; Koste & Shiel 1983. Lecane doryssa Harring FIG), &:2 Lecane doryssa Harring, 114, p 342, Pl. 21, Figs 4-f. Diagnosis; Nead aperture margins not coincident; dorsal slightly convex, ventral «lmost straight; 10 cosps at external angles; dorsal plate facetted, ventral plave with complex pattern (Fig, 8:2b) posterior s¢gment projects well beyond dorsal plate; > second foot segment projects beyond lorica margin; toes Jong, slender, reducing to needle-like pseudoclaw at approx, '4 their length, Dorsal plate 58x60 ym, ventral plate $8%58 pm: head aperture width 52 ym; toes 30-32 am; pseudoclaw 13 pm, Distribution: Central Europe, Central America, Amazonia, Asia, Indonesia, in penphyton. Rare: Magela Creek. NT. and acid waters of western Tastnania. 12.0-29,0°C, pH 31-6 3, DO 3.5-5,.8 me I, 26-81 pS em’. Literatures Koste 1978, LY8l: Koste ef at. (1988) Lecane elsa Hauer FIG, 9:3 Lecane elfsa Hauer, tO, p. 8. Fig. 2. Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident: dorsal convex, ventral biconvex (with median notch); occasionally tiny spines at frontal angles; dorsal plate smooth, smaller than ventral plate; ventral plate with distinct (transverse fold; posterior plate with tongue-like clongation over foot segments! lateral sulci deep; toes slender, <1 body length, tapering to distinct claw. Dorsal plate 122-140% 102-113 ym; ventral plate 133-160 106-128 pm; foes 60-66 ami claws 9-10 pm. Distribution: Rare in littoral of Jarge water bodies, bucabundant in floodplain waters and inundation zones of central Europe, Amazonia, Rare: N/E, W.A., Vic. 20.0-31.7°C, pH $,4-7,2, D0 6.7-9.1 me I", 25 pS cm*, Atk, 2.3 mel! Literatere: Koste 1978, 198k; Koste er al. 1983. Lecane flextlis (Gosse) FIG. 9:4 Disa flexili¢ Gosse In Hudson & Gouse, 1886, p, 17, big. 24:7. Lecane flexiliy’ Harring 1913, p:6l, Diagnosis: Wead aperture margins coincident, convex, with two shetrc cusps at external angles; dorsal plate facetted, rounded posteriorly; ventral plate narrower than dorsal, less distinctly ornamented; lateral sulci indistinct; toes: lore, Slender, Vi body length, tapering distally to small, acute recurved claw with small dorsal basal spicule. Dorsal plate 72-76x63-66 ym; ventral plate 66-90 x 50-60 ym: toes 22-50 ym: claws 3-5 wm, Distribution: Cosmopolitan, eurytherm, regarded by Koste (1978) as a possible alkalophilé, N,T,, Tas., Vic, common, abundant in humic acid waters in Tasmania. 8.2-29.0°C, pH 3.1-8.4, DO 6.1-10.7 mg 1, 9.780 pS em! 17.4 WU Literature: Koste 1978, \981) Koste ef af. 1988. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 2 Lecane formosa Harring & Myers FIG, 9:5 Lecane formosa Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 360, Figs 29:1, 2. Diagnosis; Head aperture margins straight, coincident; no corner spines; dorsal plate smooth, narrower than ventral plate at anterior margin; ventral plate with single transverse fold, two longitudinal lines; posterior segment broadly rounded, projects beyond dorsal plate; toes 4 total length, straight, slightly tapered; claw long, acute, slender. Total length 110 um; dorsal plate 74x68 pm; ventral plate 80x68 «xm; toes 25 um; claws 7 xm. Distribution: U.S.A. Single unverified record from Hunter R., N.S.W. Literature: Literature: Berzins 1982. Lecane elypta Harring & Myers FIG. 9:6 Lecane glypia Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 360, Figs 26:1, 2. Diagnosis: Head aperture dorsal margin convex, ventral slightly concave, with two small spines at frontal corners; dorsal and ventral surfaces intricately patterned; lateral sulci indistinct; toes 4 total length, slender, parallel-sided; claws small, acute. Dorsal plate 75-80x50 ym; ventral plate 80-86 42-46 um; toes 22-27 xm; claws 5 pm- 4 Fig. 10. t, Lecane grandis (Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, 2. Aaficlyst@ Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3, L. herzigi Koste ef al.: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, L. mitis Harring & Myers: ventral. 5, 2. ordwayi Bienert: ventral. Fig. 10; 1, 2, 4, after Harring & Myers (1926); 3, after Koste er a/. (1988); 5 after Bienert (1986). Scale lines 50 jm. 22 W, KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 33 Disiribufion: N. America, Eurupe, Middle-East, Asia. Single record, Bichheno-Freyeinel area, easter Tasmania, 14°C. Literature: Koste 1978; Koste & Shicl 1985, [987u, Lecane grandis: (Murray) FIG, 10:1 Catlivpre wrandts Murray, 1913a, p, 344, Fig. 13:20. Lecane grandis Vadeev 1925, p. 20, Fig. 1:6, Diggrosis: Head aperture margins straleht: smoot dorsal plate projects slightly ahead of ventral plate; dott plates of similar shape: single transverse fold of ventral plate; posterior segment broad, truncate; toes long, blade-shaped; conical claw with basal sptcule. Dorsal plate 165-[80 L18-140 xm; ventral plate 175-200 «118-140 pm; toes 72-80 pm; claws 10=)2 pam. Distuibation: Possibly cosmopolitan in brackish/athallasi¢ saline waters, Euryhaline. Single record, billabong, Jabiluka, N.T. 25.0°C, pH 6.2, DO 3.0 mg | ', 48 nS cm |, Literature: Koste 1978, Lecane haticlysta Harring & Myers FIG, 10:2 fecune fuliciystu Warring & Myers, 1926, p, 34K Figs 21:3, 4, Diagnosis! Head aperture margins coincidens, straipht, with two small spines at frontal corners; Gorsal plate facetted. each facet with double margins, ventral plate also patlerned, less regularly than dorsal; caudal plate rounded, projects slightly beyond dorsal plate; tocs > 4% body length, straight, ending in indistinct acute claw, Dorsal plate 71-90%58-78 pm; ventral plate 82-105 «56-74 win; anterior margin 55-160 pm; toes 31-42 pm; claws 8 pm, Disiribution: Eurape. Asia, North and Suurh Americas, care in sofr vegetated waters, Single record: South Esk R,, Perth, Tas. 12.7°C, pH 6.0. f iterature Koste & Shicl 1987a, fxcune Austata (Murray) FIG, Ls Cuthepia besa Murray, 1913a, p, 344, Fig 14:25 P becane hasrata: Harring & Myers 1926, p. 363, Figs 28:5, Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident: dorsal slizhily convex; ventral straight; two small spines at external angles; dorsal plate snialler than veutral, tuneate posteriorly; both surfaces finely suppled: ventral plate also with transverse fold and two longitudinal lines; no: lateral sulei) toes long, >! coral leneth, with distal dilation, terminating in long acule claw. Dorsal plate 74-97%50-79 am; ventral plate 96-115 «741-90 pan; toes 37-41 am; claws 14-18 pm. Distribution: Possibly cosmopolitan In periphyton, fresh and slightly saline waters, Recarded in L. Grace, southwest WA. with a possible record from Cairns, nth Qld (C. H. Fernando pers. ecomm.). Literature: Koste ef at, 1983, Lecune hercigi Koste, Shiel & Tan FIG, 10:3 Lecane herzigi Koste, Shiel & Tan, 1988, p. 125, Fig, 12-14. Diagnosis: Lorica widest medially, ovate; unterior margins with deep rounded sinuses. ventral deeper: short, incurving, pointed cusps at external angles: dorsi! plate ovitte, truncate posteriorly, slightly wider than ventral plate: ventral plate with clearly demarcated posterior lobe commencing at second fool, segment; deep lateral sulci; coxal plates small; toes straight lo acule point, no claws. Dorsal plate 96x 74 jan, ventral plate 177% 70) pm, width anterior margin 41 um, toes 38-39 wm, Dispibution: Endemic, dune pools, western Tasmania, 17,0°C, pH 3.14.3, $0,6-98.3 [S$ cm! , 0.8 NTU. Cuntient; Aluhough we noted the broud similarity al L. Ferzigito 2. mitis Harring & Myers (Fig. 10:4) (Koste ey al 1988) we missed the strikingly similar /,, ordwayi Bienert, 1986(Fig, (0:5), deseribed Irom Florida. Comparative measurements are: Dorsitl plate 113-121% 88-99 zm, ventral plate 125-142% 82-92 um. width anterior margin 40-52 pm, toes 40-44 yi. Both L. hergigiand @.. erdwayiwere recorded from highly coloured, low pH waters, The affinity of the cwo taxa may be defined hy comparative SEM tropti analysis, however at this time, in view of the morphological differences, we are satisfied that they are nol conspecilic. L. Rerzigi differs significantly in body proportions, it has a proportionately smaller dorsal plate, with a more elongate, narrowel ventral plate, Une head aperture margins are more rounded, it lacks a transverse fold above the second foot joint, the lobate postenor segment is distinctive, and there are obvious differences in the coxal region, Lecane hornemanni (Ehrenberg) FIG. li Euchilanis hornemannj Ehrenberg, $834, pp. 206, 220 Jecane hornemenni: Harring 114, p. 543 Pig Th 1, Lecane hestata (Murray); (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, £. kornenanni (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3, 1. inermis (Bryce): (a) darsul, (bh) venival. 4, h./euetinu (turner): (a) dorsal; (by ventral. 5, £, fevistyda (Olotsson): (al dorsal: (b) ventral. 6, L. dwolwiie (Rekstein): (a) darsals (bp ventral Fag. He 1-6, ater Pharring and Myers (1926), Scale tines. 50 pin. W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL ROTIFER.A FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 25 Diagnosis; Lorica broader than long, with very deep cross-section: head aperture margins coincident, convex; no Frontal cusps; dorsal lorica ormamented. with embossed hemispheres corresponding to usual Facets (only anterior rows shown on Fig, 11:2a) without distinct demarcations between; ventral plate pyniform with transverse and Jongitudinal folds; posterior segment projects beyond. dorsal plate: second foot segment projects beyond posterior segment; toes 4 total length, tapering to long, conical ouleurving points without claws, Total fengih 100-140 ym; dersal plate 72-10% 82-100 um; ventral plate 84-115 72-110 pam; toes 30-35 pm, Distriburion: Widespread in fresh water, particularly tropics and subtropics. Occasionally in slightly saline waters. All slates exeept S,Aust., rare: 19.9-24.5°C, pH 6.3-7,2, DO 5.4-8.5 mg i, 59,55 ws om! Literature: Koste (978, 1982; Green 1981; Berzins 1982; Koste ef al. 1983; Shiel & Koste 1983. Lecane inermis (Bryex) FIG. th:3 Disrylo inermis Bryce, 1892, p. 274, vext Ne, fecane inermis' Harring 1913, pél. Diagnosis: Membrancous, very Flexible forica; atilerior margins coincident, (usually) straight; ventral plate wider than dorsal, both withovt omamentation; foot segment rounded, projects beyond dorsal plate, sccond lout segment projects beyond Jorica; toes short, straight, terminate in acute recurved claw aloiost as long as toe, Total length 92-154 pm; dorsal plate 52-80 36-48 um; ventral plate to 96% to 48 wna) toes 14-16 pm; claws 10-12 ym. Distribution: Io athallasic saline waters, in thermal springs and warm waters, curylopic (pH 4.8-10.0, 5.9-43.0°C) (Koste 1978), Kinikova (1970) recorded L. inermis from a geyser at 62.5°C. Rare; not recorded in this study, but noted by Berzins (1982) fram several localities in Victoria (presumably vooler waters: April, July). Lecarie feantina (Turner) FIG, ti Carhypna lenutina Turner, 1892, p, ot, Pig- 112 Jocwne leontino: Harring 1913, p 61, Diagnosis: Head aperture margins nor coineidenr, dorsal concave, ventral with broad V-shaped sinus, rounded at apex; two sinall cusis at external angles: dorsal plale unormamented, ventral with indistinct transverse fold; posterior segment protrudes over toot as a quadrangular plate with undulate posterior margin or two divergent lateral spines; toes extremely long, almost body length, terminating in long claw with basal spine. Dorsal plate 138-170% 115-147 amy ventral plate 168-249 118-152 ym; toes 92-154 jam, claws 11-15 (emt, Distribution: In vewetated shallow waters, tropical and subjropical lake litlorals. Rare, possibly widespread in northern Australia, although records are few: N-T., Old, S.Aust. (Coonsie Lakes), W.A- (Kimberley} (last two records: Shiel unpubl), 2A025.0°C, pH 6.6.3, DO 5.1-5.8 me |"', 42-59 pS cm |, Literature: Shicl & Koste 1979: Koste 1981. Lecare levistvia (Olofsson) FIG, 15 Cathypna levisryla Olofssan, 1917, p. 280, Fig. 10. Lecane scobis Harring & Myers, 1926. Diagnosis; Uend aperture margins not coincident: dorsal straight, ventral concave) iweurved Small cusps al external angles; ventral plate narrower than dorsal, both unornamented; second foot scgment projecis slightly beyond dorsal margin; toes > 4 total length, tapering from | their length to acute points (no claw). Dorsal plate 95-113x%93-113 yim; ventral plate 130-140x61-L00 um; toes 35-45 pnt, claws 15-18 um, Oistribution: Cosmopolitan in inundation areas, Rare: single record from Magela Creek, NT. 28,5°C, pH 5.4, DO 6,2 mg! ', 23 pS cm, Literature: Koste 1978, 198), Lecane tudwigi (Eckstein) FIG. 13:6 Disivla ludwigt Eckstein, 883, p. 383, Fig, 24:37. Lecane dwight Harting 1913, p, 6. Diagnosis; Head aperture margins voincident, concave; Iwo stout cusps at external angles; dorsal plate Jrancate posteriorly, ornamented with four rows of tesselations (o pive shingled appearance (Fig. 1:6a); ventral plaie with transverse fold and several longitudinal ridges; latral sulci yery deep; posterior segnient produced to long, triangular pointed spine; toes long, slender, 2 rocal lengrtt, tapering to acute conical points (no claw). Dorsal plate 104-121%77-34 wm; ventral plate to 162x to Sf) wmy toes 40-44 wm, subitaneous egg 102*45 um, Distibutians Cosmopolitan warn stenotherm. Tin 12. 1, Leceve aps ventral, 2, 4. /udwigi vervdes (Harring): dorsal. 3, 2. dena (Muller): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 4.0. mira (Murray): (a) dorsal; tb) ventral. 5, LZ. wewieeris Harring & Myers: (at dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, L pore (Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral 7, 4. @fieea (Murray): (a) dorsaly (5) venrral, Fig, 12; 3-6, atrer Harring & Myers (W926), 7, atrer Hater (1998), Seale lines 50 jam, W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND) WATERS 27 Rare: the typical form 1s kvewn from Na, Old, southwest WA, 12.0-17.0°C, ph 4,4-4.8, 26-98 4S em |, L. duedwigs farieaudam Wauer (1938) queues in Coongie Lakes, S,Aust..(Shiel unnebl,), Lecane lune (Miiller) FIG. 12:3 Cercaria luna Muller, 1776, p. 280. Leeune luna: Nitasch 1827, p, 64% Diagnosis; Head aperture margins nor coincident: both with deep funate sinuses, dorsal anteriorly 35 width of ventral; external angles of ventral sinus cusp-like, dorsal sinus angles more blunt; snrouth dorsal plate almost circular with broad median anterior hump (Pig. §2:3a), ventral plate stightly narrower with single transverse fold; posterior segment small, rounded, projects slightly beyond dorsal plate; toes V3 total length, terminate In claw with basal spicute, Dorsal plate 122-163 102-150 am; ventral plate 132-177 104-80 am; tocs 44-64 pm; claws 8-10 ym Distribution: Cosmopolitan in littoral of fresh-, athallasic saline and esiwarine watery, Pancon- tinental, common. 10,0-27,0°C, pH 4.6-8.4. DO $.8-10.0 mg | '; 37-3330 pS om '. 2 second foot segment projects beyond posierior margin; toes inserted ventrally part way along seginent rather than at usual distal end; external margins of toes curve in distally to small pointed claws, Dorsal plate 145%108 um; ventral plate 130%82 wm, anterior margin width 72 wm; toes 32 wm; claws 7pm. Distribuciom: North America, Nol recorded in ou collections. Unconfirmed record trom central Vic, Literviure: Koste 1978; Berzins 1982, Lecane nana (Murray) FIG. 12:6 Cathypne nina Murray, W13a, p. $3, Fig, 14: 29arc. Lecane nena: Hurring 1914, p. 536. Diagnosis: Antetior margins coincident and convex, without corner spines; dorsal plate smooth, wider than ventral plate, which has several disconnected lines (Fig, 12;6b); posterior segment. small, truticate, projects beyond dorsal margin, covers second foot segment, foes straight on inner edges, ouler margins laper 10 point, no claw, Total length 85-90; dursal plate 45-64%44-62 pm; ventral plate 52-68% 52-00 pm; frontal width 36 wm; toes 20-30 wm. Distriburoan: Cosmopolitan in fresh aid brackish water, Rare; Qld, Tas., Vie. 15,.5-18.5°C, pH 6,4-7.4, DO to 11,0 mg I-', 70-565 pS em |. fsteratwre: Kosle 1978; Shicl & Koste 1974; Green 198l; Berzins 1982. Lecaneé ritida (Murray) FIG. 12;7 Calhypna nitida Murray 19134. p. 347, Fig. 14:24a, b. Lecanme curvicornis Harring & Myers, 1926, p. 421, Fig. 72 L. curvicornis nitida: Uauer 1998, p. $14, Pid. 37a, by, Diagnosis, Lovies broadly resembles L. curvicornis, however, unlike that species both dorsal atv ventral plates are distinctively ornamented: posterior plate also with distinct lines and more rectangular than that of L, curvicornis; head aperture margins show Se EEE ees Fig. 13. 1, Lecane aodosa Hauer; (a) dorsal; (h) ventral, 2, £ ohinensis (Herrick): (2) durwals (h) ventral, 3, L. ohivensis ehehyowid (Anderson & Shephard): (a) dorsal; (hj ventral 4, £. paguuna (Murray): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 3, L, pertica Tfaccing & Myers; (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, £. puntila (Rousselet), (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. Pie. 13: 1, 4, after Hauer (1934), 2-5, aller Harring & Myers (1926); 5, after Haver (1938). Scale lines 50 wm W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL 28 ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INIANIY WATERS 1] some irfegularity oF broad V-shape; dorsal plate relatively hroader; toes impinge on distal end of second Foor segment rather than on ventral surface as in L. curvicarnis, No measurements are given fur L. nitida by Harn & Myers (1926) or Koste (1978), however those by Hauer (1938) indicare @ larger animal than L. cervicnenis. Dorsal plate 127é*117 ums ventral plate 124 ui wide; head aperture 62 ym} toes 78 yum; claw 12 pm, Oisieféution: South America, Single record fram Maeela Ck, NUT, Literature; Koste 198), Lecane nodosa Hauer VIG, 131 Lepane sodosa Hauer 1938, p. $20, Fig. 42a, h Diagnosis Head aperrure margins coincident, convex, nO corner spines; dorsal plate wider than long, rounded posteriorly, covered with regular knobby hemispheres (cf, £. fernemanai: ventral plate narrower (han dorsal, with indistinct lateral margins; no lateral sulci; broad posterior plate covers foot segments; toe stout, broad, parallel- sided for 4 its length, tapering to oulward-curved peint; no claw. Total length 87-120 pm; dorsal plate Atl-81%67-82 pm; ventral plate 70-90 67-77 zm; frontal width 58 int foes 23-30 um. Distribution; In periphyton, Java, India. Rare: Jabiluka, NT..and L, Catani, Vic. 24.5°C, pH 6.3, DO 5.8 mg I-', 59 pS cm 3 Comment: The possible synonymy of L. aedasa with L. hornemann and L. neta was noled by Koste (1978). Protrusion of the second foot segment beyond the lorica margin, non-curving toes and larger overall dimensions in £. Aornemanni readily separate this taxon. L. manu is similar in size and outline, dilfering apparently only in toe rnorphology ani dorsal lorice ornamentation, which may represent ecotypic variation of a single species. Lileratyre, Koste 1981; Berzins 1982. Lecane ohioensis Herri¢k) FIG. 13:2 Distyla ohiownses Herrick, IBS, p. 54, Fie, £ Lecane ohioensis\ Harring 1913, p, 62. Diagnosis: Head aperiure margins concave, almost coincident (ventral slightly shorter), two stout cusps at external angles; dorsal plate ornamented with four prominent rows of tesselations; ventral plate with a few folds and ridges; posterior seament tapers to median, truncate projection extending Vs length of toes; tocs parallel-sided, (erminate in conical points; no claws, Dorsal plate 97-100%78-93 jn; ventral plate 14-146%70 am; toes 35-40 ym, Distribution; Cosmopolitan in littoral of fresh- waters. Rare! N-T., Qld, S.Aust., Tas. (in moderately saline stock dams, east coast), Vic. 10.2-29.9°C, pH 5.5-8,1, 44-6600 wS cm’, alkal. 2,6 mgt |, Conmmeanr A variant, described from Victoria by Anderson & Shephard (1892), Distyla ichthyoure (Lecane ichttyoura) (Fig, 13:3) was synonymised with £L. ohioensis by Koste (1978). The only difference between the two is the fishtail form of the caudal process in the former. which is varjable. 4. ohivensis ichthyoure apparently is a cosmo- politan halophile. Rare: S,Aust,, Vic. southwest WA, Literature; Koste 1978; Koste & Shiel, 1983, Lecane papuane (Murray) FIG. 13:4 Disivla popuana Murray, 1913, p. S51, Fig. 22:2. seein papuana: Harting & Myers 1926, p, 336, Pies Diegnosis. Head aperture margins not coincident: dorsal almost straight, ventral with broad shallaw V-shaped sinus with undulate sides, rounded posleriorly; mo cusps at external angles, but distinctive rounded lobes of ventral lorica project well beyond dorsal margin; lateral sulci moderately deep; ventral plate slightly narrower Ihan dorsal, with same circular outline; posterior seginent rounded, projects slightly; toes >‘ total length, slightly dilated distally before stout claw, which has two basal spicules. Dorsal plate 92-120%82-I1D2 pm: ventral plate 112-115%91-98 jum; toes 34-30 am; claw 8-12 wm, Distribution: Between macrophytes in jropical and subtropical shallow waters. Rare> N,T., Qld, S.Aust.. Vic. 17.0-29.8°C, pH $.3-8.2, DO 61-9,7 mz I |. 23-1000 45cm |, 40-88 NTU atkal 19-2.7 med! Literature: Koste 1978, 1981. Levane pertice Harring & Myers FIG. 15:5 ; fecane perticu Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 340) Pu. 1221, Didgnesis: Blongale lorica, dorso-ventrally compressed; head aperture margins almost coincident: dorsal straight, venjral slightly concave; two small spines at external angless dursal plate trimcate posteriorly, indistinctly facetted; ventral eee eS Ne 14,1, Lecene pusilla Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) yentral. 2.4, pyrehe Harring & Myers: (a) daisal; (b) ventral, 3, _tAytidda Barring & Myors: (a) dorsal; (b) yeniral, 4, L. roranddieia (Olutyson): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 5, 2, ruzinev Maurer: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, £. signifera signifera (Sermings): (3) diyrsal; (b) venttal. Fig. 14: 1-3, & after Hav rine & Myers (1926); 5, wlter Hauer (1938). Seale tines 50 ym. W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIELD. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 3] plate clearly marked (Fig. 13:56); deep lateral sulci: semiciular posteriar sexment projects well beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment projects almost all its length beyond posterior segment; toes very long, '4 toral leneth, straight, parallel-sided, terminate in acute points; no claws. Total lengih to 260 gm; dorsal plate 97-140% 66-10) um, ventral plate 119-160%60-88 pm; anterior margin 46-64 yom, toes 60-845 yum. Distribution: North and South America, Indonesia. Acidophil. Rare: billabongs of Magela Creek, NT. 24,5-29,9°C, pH 5.5-6,3, DO 5,5-5.8 mg |-', 44-59 4S cro! alkal. 2.62 | |. Lilerature; Kosle |978, Wat Lecane puny (Rousselet) FIG, [3:6 Nofarmmata pura Rousselet, in Murray, 1906, p. 183, Fig. 6:28. Lecaune pumila; Hauer 1936, p, 134, Figs 1-3. Diagnasis:. Lorica (exible, although form constant: lateral sulci absent; toes extremely short; claw points curved backwards, Joral length 75-170 pm; dorsal plate 60-75 x 90-140 pm; ventral plate 80-110 wm; toes 3-5 ym, Distribution: Burope, Indonesia, N.America, in moss in standing and flowing water. Single record from L. St Clair, Tasmania, 17.0°C, pH 7,3, 241 wSem !- Literature: Koste & Siuel 1986a, Lecane pusilia Harring FIG. 14:1 Feciee pusilla Harring, 1914, p. 541, Fig, 204-6. MPayaosis; Head aperture margins straipht, dorsal projects slightly beyond veniral; no corner spines; dorsal plate distingtly facetted, ventral plate less conspicuously patterned; lateral sulci deep: posterior scement tourded, projecting well beyond dorsal plate margin; toes long, slender, > 4 toral length, tapering io long, recurved, iacule claw. Tots! length to 75 wim; dorsal plate $4%52 «am; ventral plate 6045 jum; anterior margin 50 pm} toes 20-26 ms claws 5 pm, Disterfution, Central America, E. Europe, fran Rare: Bronifield Swamp, Qld, Vic. No ecological information available, Literafure: Koste 1978; Green 1981; Berzins 1982, Lecane pyrrha Hartine & Myers FIG, t4;2 sheet prrrha Harring & Myerk 1926, p. 31, Fiz. 2:1-6. Diagnosis, Head aperture margins coincident, concave; Two stout tdangular cusps al external doles; no patterning of dorsal or ventral lorica; posterior segment projects slightly beyond dorsal plate; toes long slender, \4 total length, withour claws. Total length to 280 pm; dorsal plate 193%145 pins yentral plate 210X125 ins auterior margin 80 pm; tpes 75 pm. Distribution; North America in soft acid waters. Not recorded in this study. Single report from Victoria by Berzins (1982) needs confirmation. Lecune rhytida Warring & Myers FIG. 14:3 Lecune rhytida Harring, & Myers, 1926, p. 346, Vig. 20-3, 4, Diagnosis: Head aperture margins cvincident, slightly concave; two stout Wiangular cusps al external angles, dorsal plate distinctly facetted, ventral with prominent markings (Fig. 14:3): lareral sulci indistinct; posterior segment small, projects slightly beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment robust, projects 42 its length beyond posterior margin; toes long, slender, 4 total length, tapering fo very long acute points, Total length to 126 zm; dorsal plaie S0%69 ym; ventral platc 87X65 pm; anterior margii 42 pil), loes 39 patty, Distribution: North America, soft acid waiter. Not recorded in thissiudy, Single report frown Victoria by Berzins (1982) needs confirmation, Lecane rolundata (Olofsson} FIG. 14:4 Cathypna rotunddta Olofyson, 1918, p. $93, Fip. $3. Lecane rotundata, Remane (932, p. 110, ?Lecane latissima Yamamoro, 1955, p33, Fig. da, h. Diagnosis; Head aperture margits coincident, convex; frontal spines absent: dorsal plate smooth, almost circular, much wider than ventral plate; fateral sulci absent; posterior plate semicircular, projecis beyond dorsal margin; toes long; claws short, pointed, Dorsal plate 90x106-112 zm; ventral plate 103-113% <103 pm; toes 37-39 pm; claws 6 wm, Distribution: Northern Europe, Japan, Only known eee Fig. 15. 1, £ signifera ptoenensis (Voigt): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2, L, sfichqea Harring: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral: 3. £, siivhaed intrasimuate (Qlotssan): (a) dorsal; (b) ventral. 4, /, sudbsitiy Harring & Myers: (a) darsal: (b) ventral, 5, L resetaniensis Koxte & Shiel: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 6, L. fenwiseta Harring: (a) dorsal (b) ventral. Fig. 15: I-4, 6, after Harring & Myers (1926); 5, afler Koste ef al, (1983), Scale lines 50: jm. 32 W. KOSTE & R.J. SHIEL ROTIPERA PROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS $3 fran 1..Pediler, Tas, 13,3-14,3°C; pH 4.6-6:1) BI -3BF nS ony. Lileratire: Koste YTS; Kosle ef a/, 1988, Lecune ruttneri Hauer FIG, 14:5 Lecune rulérert Hauer, 1938, p, 523, Fig, 46x. b: Diugnosis; Lorica oucine rectangular; head aperture murgins coincident, weakly convex, dorsal margin wider than ventral: corner spines absent; dorsal plate narrower than ventral, tapers (© truncate posterior margin; both surfaces weakly ornamented as Ngured; lateral sulci absent; posterior seement bilaterally constricted, rounded posteriorly; second foot segment not projecting beyond caudal margin; tucs 44 body length, straight on inner margin, tapering on outer margin fo shurl, acute claw. Dorsal plate 53%48 ym; ventral plate 62% 50 jum; anierior manins 46 «m (dorsal), 40 jan (ventral): toes 17-19 pm: claws 4 pn Distribution: Indonesia. Single record, L.Boort, Vic. 20,0°C; pH 7.4; DOSS mel |, 1500 pS em-!. Literature: Koste 1978. Lecane signiferd (Jennings) FIG. 14:6 Oistvlu signifera Jennings, 1896, p, 92, Figs 1, 2 Lecune signifera: Harring 1913, p.62. Diaenosis, Head aperture margins coineident, straight; two small cusplike spines at external angles; unusual lorica ornamentation: beadlike hemispheres closely spaced on slopes of elevated ridges; shallow lateral sulciy posterior segnient projects slightly beyond dorsal plate; toes 4% total tength, ending in acule points without claws. Dorsal plate 124.135%90-96 pm; ventral plate 136-148 82-88 jam; toes 52-60 am. Distribution: Cosmopolitan, possibly acidophile. Rare; NT, Qld, Tas., Vic. 20.0°C; pH 7.44 DO 8,8 me) ', 1500 45 cin. Cuméent: A subspecies, Lecane signifera ploes- ensis (Voigt 1902) (Fig. 15:1) also known trom NASW. NUL, Old. I has larger cusps at the external angles than L. signifera, and may be larger m some dintensions, althoygh probably subject to ceotypic variarion, Dorsal plate 80-185x66-112 ym: ventral plate 9D-1S5%55-185 am; toes 35-86 pm, Literature: Koste 1978, 1981; Shiel & Koste 1979. Lecane stivhaea Harring FUG, 13;2 Leen stichvea Harring, IS13, p. 397, Fig, 3424-6, Diagnosis: tlead aperture margins coincident, slightly convex; Lwo sIDur cusps at external angles; intricate surface markings on both dorsal and ventral plates as figured; lateral sulci shallow; ventral plate parallel-side, considerably. narrower than dorsal; postener scgment projects well beyond truncate dorsal plate; second foor segmentextends > ‘4 its length beyond posterior margin; toes > 4 total Jength, ending in acute claw without basal spleule. Dorsul plate 85-92%69-76 jm: ventral plate 75-97% (o 75 wm; toes 27-39 pm: claws 4.7 um. Vistribulion: Cosmopolitan in standing «waters, springs. Rare: three records, all flowing waters; Magela Ck, N-T., R. Murray, $,Aust. and Macquarie R., Tas. L, sticheew Jntrasinveta (Olofsson 1917) (Fig, 15:3) also occurs in the Magela Ck region, {i may be difficult 10 distinguish From L. stichee, however the dorsal lorea generally is smooth or weakly sculptured, and most dimensions are larger, Dorsal plate 61-105*78-85 um; ventral plate H3-110% 41-72 yim; toes 24-45 yom; claws 5-7 jun. Literature: Koste 1978. Lecane subtilis Harring & Myers FIG, (4:4 Lecane subtilis, Harring & Myers, 1926, p, 370, Pig. 5,6 ais, Diagnosis: Anterior lorica almost rectangular; head aperture margins slightly convex, coincident; no fronts) spines; very distinctive ornamentation of both surfaces as figured; dorsal plate rounded posteriorly, same width as ventral plate, slightly shorter; lateral sulci indistinct: second foar segment projects slightly; toes es. 14 cowl length with long slender claw. Dorsal plate 5$4-70%50-60 pm, ventral plate 60-75% 50-55 xm, anterior width 56 um, toes 25-32 pm, Claws 5-8 «um, Distribution, Probably cosmopolitan. Nol recorded in this study, Unconfirmed report from Sunbury, Victoria, Literature: Koste 1978: Bervins 1982, Lecane tasmaniensis Sbiel & Koste FIG. 15:5 Lecane tasmaniensis Shiel & Koste, 1985, pp. 7-8, Fig. 3. Diagnosis, Head aperture margins straight, Vig. If, 1) Leeane sucievite Harring & Myers: (a) dorsal; (b) ventral, 2. 7. unputata (Gasse): (a) dorsal: (b) ventral; Cel L. unyulate australiensis Koste, dorsal; 3, £. venuyia Harting & Myers: (a) dorsal: (b) ventral, 4, L. Spencer] (Shephard), ventral. big. 16: 1, 2a, 3, after Harring & Myers (1926); 2b, c, after Kaste (1979), 4, after Anderson & Shephard (1892). Seale tines 50 ym, 44 W KOSTER & RI. SHIEL coincident; prominent frontal cusps; smooth dorsal plate wider than ventral plate, slightly truncate posteriorly; ventral plate with transverse fold over first foot joint, with two longitudinal ines running anteriorly; toes < 2 body length, parallel-sided to short-claws with basal spicules. Total length 155-158 pm. dorsal plate to 15x86 nm, ventral plate to 126%79 ym, anterior margin 58 win, toes 6) wm, claws 0-12 yn. Distribution: Appatentty endemic to Tasmania {west coast and Tasman Peninsuled, 10-19,0°C, pH 3,1-5.8, 26-334 pS cm“. Lecane tenuiseta Harring FIG, 15:6 Lecane tenuiseid Haremg. 1914, p, 543, Fig. 22:1-3, Miegnosis: Head aperture margins parallel, slightly convex; dorsal plate smooth, rounded posteriorly; ventral plate with series of ridges; lateral sulci shallow; posterior segment broad, rounded, protrudes beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment nol proiruding; toes long, slender, ca. > cotal length, terminating in extremely long spinelike claw: Dorsal plate 64-78%56 pm, ventral plate 37-83% 56 am, lots 20-33 wm, claws 13-18 pm. Distribution: Cosmepulitan, eurytepic, Two records, NIL, WA. 25.0°C, pH 39, DO 22 mel -, 2 aS em |, Lecane tudicala Harting & Myers FIG, 16:1 fecane tudicola Hurring & Myers, 1926. p. 328, Fig. Li:h, 2. Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not comadent; dorsal straight, ventral with shallow V-shaped sinus; 1wo small cusps at external angles; smooth dorsal plate narrower than ventral both anteriorly and posteriorly, similar width medially; ventral plate smooth; lateral sule: shallow; posterior plate broad, rounded, with two lateral indentations, projects beyond dorsal plate; second foot segment does not reach lorica rims toes ca, 4 roral length, taper to acute points, no ¢laws. Dorsal plate 105-120%85-104 pm, ventral plate $10-140. am, anterior width 58-96 am, toes 37-48 jam. Distribution; Asia, N, and SAmeriea. Unconfirmed record from Victoria. Literature, Koste 1978; Berzins 1982. Lecane unguiata ungulata (Gosse) FIG, $6:2a, b Cathypna ungalirte Gosse, 1887, p. 301, big. 8:1 Tecane ungulate: Tlarcing 1913, p.62. Diagnosis: Head aperture marging gut coincident: dorsal almost stralght, ventral slightly concave; bwo large triangular cusps at extemal angles; smooth dorsal plate smaller than ventral, with indistince anterior margin (Tig, 16;2a); ventral plale with single indistinct transverse fold; lateral sulci deep; posterior segment broad, covers toot; toes > 1% total length, end in Jong, stour claw with basal spicule. Dorsal plate 140-220 138-180 jum, venical plate 185-255% 139-195 ym, toes 73-120 pm, claws 20-45 put. Distribution: Cosmopolitan. Rare: NTL, Old. 24.5°C, pH 3.4-6.3, DO 4.8-6.2, 23-59 pS cm |, alkal, 2.7-4.1 mg l-*. Comment. A variant, at present considered a subspecies (Lecene ungulata australiensis Koste, 1979) (Fig, (5:2c) is known trom Magela Ck, N-T. and Goulburn R., Vic. billabongs. It has distinctive median dome on the dorsal atiterint lorica margin, and iy considerably larger than £.. ungulata. Dorsal plate 230-240 x 184-200. nm, veniral plate 268-280% 216-240 «am, toes 120-130 xm, claws 20-45 pm. Literature: Kosté (978, 1979, 1981, Lecane venusia Harring & Myers FIG, 16:3 Lecane venusta barring & Myers, 1926, p, 328, Fig. 27. Diagnosis: Head aperture margins not coincident; dorsal slightly convex, ventral nearly straight: no corner spines; both surfaces with cumplex ariamentation as figured; posterior segment broadly rounded, projects beyond dorsal plates second foor segment visible beyond posterior segment; Locs lung and slender, incurved to acute points; na claws. Dorsal plate Sfx 75 pm, ventral plate 84%70 pin, anterior murgins 62 pm, toes 42 pm, Distribution: N.America, USS.R, Rares Noy recorded in this study. Unconfinned record from Victoria, Litvratuire: Koste 1978; Berzins '982, Incertge sedis A lecanid resembling, L. (ane was described by Anderson & Shephard (1892) from Brighton, Vic., but ‘with some hesitation regarded as new,’ Lt was not named, and the figure (redrawn in Fig. b4) of doubtful quality, Subsequently, Shephard (1892) gave w brie? redeseription and named the rotifer Cathypna (=lecane) spenceri, Warring (1915) accepted L. spenceri, but in view of the lack of taxonomically accurate figures we must regard it as micertae sedis, every though the description suggests it may be a Valid species. The original description is reproduced below, and L. spencer? is included in the Lecane key for ready identification should it be encountered agate Lt is ROTITERA TROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS ai] notable that other taxa desctibad as ilew by Alderson & Shephard (1892) and Shephard (1911) (eg. Brachionus dichatumus, B lvratus), but synonymised with northern hemisphere taxa by Jater reviewers, subsequently were validated us distinctive Australian endemics (see Roste & Shield 1987b). Lecane spenceri Shephard FIG. lésd kal eb, Jung Anderson & Sliephand, 1892, p. 77, ip. decd, ‘Cathypna spencer! Shepbard, 1292, p. 4. fecone spencer’. Harring. Wd, p 42. Diagnosis; Resembles (. luna; ',. . the points of difference are...in the lorica being broader anteriorly and the dorsal occipital edge more deeply excavated, the posterior possessing more of a lobed character, having a decided inward curve on either side and w rounded termination everhunging the tocs; the most marked departure being in the sctting of the claws, which, instead of tapering from the shoulder to the end, are recessed so as to form a recessed barb; the surface of the lotica was also stippled’ (Shephard 192), Assuming Shephard's figure is drawn ta scale, the given length (1/130" or [92 pm} suggests that the Approximate measurements of this Iecanid are: dorsal plate 111«109 pm, ventral plate 144% 109 urn, anterior width B3 xm, toes 43 ym, claws 13 em, it coiriparable in size to L. fine. Distritution: Recorded from Brighton, Vie. Ne other details given. Acknowledgments This work. wus supparted by Australian Biological Resources Study grants to collect in Tasmania (RIS and to defray graphic costs (WK), Sonte ecological data were collecied during a zauplankton ecology project funded hy an Australian Research Grants scheme grant (to RJS) at the Botany Department, University of Adelaide. Our thanks to the then Chairman, George Ganf, and the secretarial staff, Bronwyn Burns and Carol Robinson, for access to word-processing and photocopying facilities. Final stages of MS preparation were al he Murray-Darling Freshwater Research Centre, Albury, also the source of much of our material from the upper Murray over a ten year perlod. This material, particularly. collections by John Hawking, Terry Hillman and Dan Omond, is gratefully acknowledged. Collectors acknow- ledyed in our earlier papers also contributed further material (o this work, Their assistaiice is apprect- ated. The Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschatt, Bonn-Bad Godesburg, provided microscope and Photographic lxcilities to WK. References AJLLSTROM, E.H, 41938) Plankren Rotaioria from North Carolina. 2 Elisha Mirckell Set. Soe. 54, 88-110. Anotrson, H,H, & SHEPHARD, J. (1892) Notes on Victorian rotifers, Proc. R. Soc. Vier. 4, 69-8(. ne E. (1989) Virnici — Rotatovia, Aauna €.5.R, 15, 969. Hir/ins, BK (1982) Contribution to the knowledge of Ratgtoria of Australia. (University of taind, Lund). Biencer, RW. fr (1986) A new species of Leeore {Roiitera: Lecanidae) from subtropical Florida, Hivarabiolusia 143, 175-177. Bryce, 1, (1891) Remarks on Disty/a, with descriptions of three new rotifers. Sei Gossip 27, 204-206, (1892) On same moss-dwelling Cathypridae; with descriptions of five new species, Sch Gossijt 2B, 271-275. CHENG ATH, R,, & FeeManne, C,H, (19739) Rotifera from Sri banka (Ceylon). b. The genus Lecoe with descriptions of Iwo new species. Bull fish Res Sta Sri Lanka (Ceylon) 24, 14-27, Dana, BE, VON (0897) Uj-Guinesi Rotaleriak Adele fermesz. Erles. Budapesi 15, 131-148. 15 (1905) Pameuay mnikifaunajak alaprajea. Mid 23, 342-353, FrcksTein, K. (1883) Die Rotatorien der umeegend von Giessen. Zeits, Wiss. Zool Leipzig 3%, 34343, EDMONDSON, WIT, (1935) Some Rotatoria from Arizona, Frans, Am, Mycrase, Sav, 54, 459-473. ~——— (1936) New Rotaloria from New England and New Brunswick. (bid 55, 214-222. BHRengerG, C.G, (1830) Organisation, Systenratik unl feographisches Verhaliniss der Infusionsthierchon. 44h, Akad. Wisy. Berl (for (828 and 1830), pp. FDS, a — (1832) Zur Erkenntnis der Greanisation in der Riehtung des Kleinsten Raumes. 2. Entwickelung, Lebensdawier und Structur der Magenthiere ind Raderthiere, oder sovennanten Infusorien, mebst einer physiologischen Characteristik beider Klassen und 412 ‘Wien derselben AA, Akad, Wiss. Berl, (for 1831), ppe 1-154, (1834) Beitrau zur Erkenntnis prosscr Oreanisation in.der Richtung des klemsren Raumes. 3. bio {for 1833), pp. 145-336 Evans, J. (E951) The roliler record of Victoria. Prac. Microsc. Sau Viet, 4-7, Faneey, N, (1925) Materialen air Rowtorien-fauna dey SSSR, Kuree diagnasen net: Rolatonen der russischen Fuuina, Russk. Gidrobiol. Zh. 4, 72-74. Gosse, PA. (SSL) A Catalogue of Rotifera found Ip Britain, with descriptions of tive new genera and thitty- two new species. 44n, Map. Nal. Mist, Ser 2, 8 197-203, ___ (1887) Twenty-four new species af Rotifera fa, Micrase, Soe, 1-7, GREEN, J. (1981) Assucialions of rotifers in Australian erator Jakes. 2 Zool. (Lond.) 193, 464-486, Haknine, H. K. (1915) Synopsis of the Rotatoria. Bult vt, Mis, 81, 1-226, —. — (1914) Report on Rotacwria from Panama with (lescriptions of new species, Prac (5, Nat Mis. 47, 525-564, & Myers, & J. (1926) The rotiter fauna of Wisconsin. Hf. A revision of the genera Lecane and Monostyla, Trans, Wiese, Acad Sti, Arts Les, 22, TIS—-433. tlauca, §. (1929) Zur Kenmpnis der Rotacotiengenera Levare and Manostria, Zool, Anz. 83, 143-164, its W. KOSTE & Ro. SEMEL (1931) Zur Retatorienfauna Deutsehlands. UW. fia Hh. (1936) Radervere aus den Naluescliulzecbre Hered Moor, Seite, aatyrk. Forse, SA-Deutschi, 11938) Die Rowuuelen von Sumatta. Tava vind Ball fach aor Ergcbnisscn der Deutschen Limnilogischen Siinda-Expeditian. U1. arch Hydrobiel Suppl. 1S, SU7-A02, Hlexkicn, ©, L (1885) Notes-on American rotifers. Budi. Sen Lab Dennisan Univ, Qhie 1, 43-62, Hursen, ©. T. & Gots, PH. (1886) The Rotifera or whesl-anmrmalules. both British and farce 2 vols, (Longman, Lumdon.) Hanciaskt, Ay MW, (1472) Retdge zur Kennrniss der Stisswassermikrotauna Gsialrikes. | Die Radertere der Lkangusleppe Zon! Anz 39. 536-550. Jesninds, H, 5, 11896) Report on the Rotatoria, with Bre ol anew species, Ball Mich, Fish, Comm, h, 85-93. Kosre, W, (1962) Uber die Radertierfauna des Damsees in Epe be) Bramsehe, Kreis Bersenbiuick, Ferasyi Nasturw. Vor, Osnabrack 30, 73-137 (1978) ‘Rotatoria. Die Radertiere Mitteleuropas- Beationnungswerk begrunde: von Max Voigt® 2 vols, (Borniraeper, Stultwart) (1979) New Rovifera fram the River Murray, sanrheasrern Australia, wirh @ review of the Austrahan. speeies of Arachioris Avil Aeratella, Auwse ab Man Freshwat, Res. 30, 247-253. (98st) Zu Morpolents Sysremarik ind Oxolopic ' yon neue nioueZzonouln Radertieren (Rotatarig) aus dem ubersclnvernmungszebier des Mavela Ck in der Alligator River Region, Australiens, NT Teil L Osnelracker netapwiss. Mit. &, 97-126. a Sriri, Ro J (1980) New Ratifera [rom Austialia, fame A. Soe 8. Aus Wid, 193-144. & (1983) Morphiolugy, Systerjarics and ecology of new monogonont Kotifera from the Alligater Rivers Region, N.I. fAza 107, 109-12), & (1Yk6a) New Raritera (Aschelminches) (rom Tasmania. /bid LU 93-109, (198 6b) Rotifera fram Australian inland wilers, |, Bdellenda (Role: Digononta), dsr Moar Freshwai, Res. 37, 765-792. (9874) Tasmanian Roalifera: affinities wih che Austislion lund. Aydrahiolneie 147, 31-48, (L987 b) Rotifers from Australia ila waters NW. Epi Epiphonidae and Brachionidae (Rotifera: Monapouontal Saver, Taxon. 1, 949-1026. ime (1949) Ratilera (rom Australian inland walere TT, Luchtanidae, Mytilinidae and Trrehotdicae. Trans. &. Soe. S. Ausi. 113, 88-114, & (198%) Rocifera tram Austoatian inland waters. LV. Calureflidae, Yrams. #, Soe. So dus 113, 119-143. & - & Brock, M, A. 11983) Rotlera rom Western Australian wetlands, with ra a Of hwo Hew! species. noMronielont ia, 9-|7 — & TAs, lL. W (1988) New rariters (Rovifera) from Tasmania. Trans R. Soc. & Aus WL W9-1341 Rurikeva, L.A. (L970) [Rotier fauna of the 115.S.R,. subclass Euratatoria). Panne CCCP 14, |-744 (Akad Nauk. CCCP. feningrad.) [Rassian.] MENSNbR, V1 108) Zooplankion Of the Aral Sea anid Ure irMowing rivers, in Connegtion wrt) He qucsnen of their distribution requirements.) fou. /urkesten. it tinp. Ressk. Grape Obskeh. fashhwrl, 4, 1-102. [Russian | MuLiee, GO F776) ‘Zoologicae Datieae prodrevitin seu Solmidtium Usiviae ér Norvegine indigenarum charaeteres, naomiinu. cl synonyms popularium.' (Copenhagen). 282 pp. (786) ‘Animateuta intusoria Huvinuilig et niaeinig, quae defexil, syslentatice desuripsit et ad vivurmn delineuri curavic.' (Copentiagen.} 367 pp: Murray, J. (40h) The Retitera ot rhe Seatyish teks, Trans. R. Sac Fading, a5, 145-91, —— — (4 13a) South American Rolitera, 4. R. Migros. Soc, (41-362 (1414b) Australasian Roritera flid, 455-461 ____N913e) Notes on the family Cathiypnidse Jb, $9564. Myce. PF. 7. (1917) Retatoria af Loe Angeles Calitornia and vicinity wilh descriptions of a few species Prag US Nat, Aius 52, 472478, 1937) Roufer from che Adirondack regign of New York. Avr Mia. New 803, IE Nes Cob 1427) Cerearia, Alle, Eney, iss, Kilisee 16, 6 Lops, oO (1917) Susswasser Fntomostraken tnd Rotsterien von der Murmnankuse und aus deny flordlichsten Norwenen, foal Ridn Uppsele 3, 259-24, (1918) Studien dber die Susswasserfauna ~ Spitshergens. thid 6, (83-648. Pax, F.& Woireet, k. 941) Die Raratorien Dewiselres Schece eiauectlely und Theron, Arc, Mydrobial. 38, $213 REMASE, A 41929-1933) Rotatoria. fn ‘Klassen nd Crdnungen des Tierteichs’, (Ed. H. ti. Brann) 4, 1-574, Rosspir, Co KR. (1961) the Rotatoria of (Qucenstanc, Austraha. Tryas, RL Saw ALZ NAS 1, 238-239. ScHMARDA, L. K. (185%) Noue wirbetlose Tivre beobachtet und gesammell auf einer reise ur di Fre 1853 bis 1457. Leipzie 1, 1-h6, SHEPHARD: J. (1892) Nate on a mew volifer. Piet Nei. 9 HH primis SHier, R, J. & Koste, W, 11979) Rotifera reoorded tram Australia, Traus. & Soe. 5. Atist, 103. 57-68 L983 New species und new recends bt ~ Ronfers (Aschelmiches) (rom Austnlian waters JAnd Wy, 1-15. SHIEi. Ro, Walker, Koh, de Wott, W, 1a, 1982) Plankton af the lywer Kiver Murray, South Avisrratia Anse id Mor Hreshwar Rex 33, 301-327. Stenkuus, Ko E. (1898) Das Thierleben im Surmijaryi See. Fin faimistische-biologische Studie. Acta Sac. Flor. Foun, bean. 17, |-284. Stokes, A, ©, (846) Some new Morals ol America Rolilera. ann Mag, The fist. Ser, 6, 18, 17-27. Suivi, M & Trams. Bo V. (1979) A new species of Hrovhioniws (Roritera) trom the Myall | akes, New Sourli Wales. Pron Linn Soe, NSW OWL, 162-166. Tath, RD, Stik. Ro, & Koste. Wo 1984) Simucture and dynamics at zaojslankton cammnities, Allreatar Rivers region, NT. Australia, Aydrobatogdd ENA, 1-13, TV RAPR, © Ho (IR92) Notes upoo (he Cladocera, Copepoda, Ostragads and Roufera oF Ciavinnati, with descriptions of new species, Bull Sen Lad, Denatsan Univ, Oto a, 58-74 Voigt, M. (19571 “Rotatoria. Die Radertiere Mitteleuropas® 2 Vals, (Bormraieger. Berlin.) Wis7sifWSEE (1933) Fadna wrothow Polski 1 reyonow preyleglych, Pol ebro Haedrvdiod, 1, 317-490, (1954) Miarerigus relatifs a li nomenclirure era la bibhographie des Rotiferes, Said 2, 7-244, WUTPERT, K. (1995) Radertiere aus einigen alrikaniseher OGewassern. Limnoleetoa (Berl. 3, 347-366. (9861 Rotatorien aus dem Stausee Ajwa und der Trinkwasser Aufbereitung der Stadt Baroda (Indien), Thiel 6. AO5-416, YamMamora, K. (1955) A new moniter (Quer Ploini) drone Japan. Ani Zool dupa. 28, 33-34, GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH (HYPORHAMPHUS MELANOCHZR), IN BAIRD BAY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA. BY G. K. JONES* Summary The age composition, natural mortality and growth rates of garfish Hyporhamphus melanochir, were investigated in Baird Bay, a shallow embayment in South Australia which has been closed to commercial and recreational netting for a number of years. Sampling was by beach seine and gill nets of various mesh sizes over four sampling periods in 1984/85. Otoliths were used to estimate Von Bertalanffy growth parameters and the growth equations for male and female fish were Lit) = 36.7 (ee???) and L(t) = 38.7 (ee?) respectively. The instantaneous rates of natural mortality were estimated by two methods: the slope of the catch curves determined from the age composition data (0.53 for males and 0.36 for females) and using the estimated growth parameters, mean environmental temperature and Pauly's (1981) equation (0.57 for males and 0.56 for females). The results are discussed in relation to fishing strategies for this species and the use of the population in Baird Bay to model the garfish fishery in other parts of State waters. KEY WORDS: Growth, natural mortality, garfish, Hyporhamphus melanochir, fisheries biology. Tramnienians of the Royal hdaety oF So Mast, (SYM, MAL, F745 GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH (UWYPORHAMPHUS MELANUCHIR), IN BAIRD BAY, SOUTH AUSTRALIA, by GK. JoNeEs* Summary Jones, G. BK. (1990) Growth and mortality in a Tightly fished population of garfish (Alyporhamphus melanochir) in Baird Bay, South Australia. Trows, . Soe, 5, Atst, WAC) 37-45, JL May, 1990. The age composition, natural morfalicy and giow th rales ot parlish Avporhemphus melunochic, were iuvestimaled in Burd Bay a shutlow embayment in South Australia which has been closed to commercial xnd recreational netting for a number of years. Sampling was by beach seine and gill nets of various mesh sizes over four sampling peridds in 1984/85, Oroliths were used ber éstiinate Vou Bertulantfy arowih parameters wnd the growth equations for male and female fish were L(Q = 36.7 1a!" and Lip = 38.7 {LeU 403) respectively, The instantaneous rates.of natural mortality were estimared by two methods; the slope of the carch curves determined trom the aye composition data (0.53 for males and 0.36 for females) and using the-estimuted vrowth parameters, meu environmental temperature arid Pauly's (1981) equatian 10.57 for males and 0.56 for females). Vhe results are discussed in relation co fishing swateeies for this species and the ase of the population in Baitd Bay to model the garlish (shery in other parts ol Siage waters Key Woks, Growth, natural mortalitt, garfish, Mygarhamphus mefenachir, fisheries oralogy, Introduction Gathsh (Ayyorkampkus melanechir) is & commercially (Ling 1958; Jones 1979') and recreationally (Jones, 1981, 1983) important species taken in inshore walers of South Australia. In 1987/88 the commercial catch was 433 tonnes and this was mainly taketrin Speticer Gulf and Gull'S} Vincent (Fig. 1). Although the catch by recreational fishermen is not known, a large proportion of the total catch is taken by commercial net fishermen using three ventimetre mesh ring nets. Some arcas of the inshore waters of the State have been closed to netting for a number of years, but hand dab netting and handlining for the species has. contifiued. Baird Buy, $. Aust. (33°06'S, 134°1R' B) (Fig. 2) was partially closed to netting since 1950 and fully closed in 1979, however, fishing by handline and dabnetting is permitted. The Bay has an average depth of two metres and a limestone/sand substrate, the southern areas dominatyd by stands of the seagrasses Posidonia ausiralisand Zostera mucronata, and the northern areas by “4. mucronata and the brown alga Hormosira banksit. The bay totalling 3,800 hectares has | narrow entrance to the Great Australian Bight al its southern end. Because of the high surface area to depth ratio and the small-entrance, waters of the Bay are subject to relatively large ranges in water Temperature and salinity. dependent on the season = Departmera of Fisheries, 135 Pirie Street. Adelaide. 5. Amst, S000, ' Jones, GK, (1979) Biological jwestigatious ou Ube marine scule fishery in South Austria, SA. Deot. Aw. & Fish, Unpubl. Rep, 72 pp. and location. High temperatures (2! - 239 C} and salinities (37.6 - 50.3%0) occur in the northern Tegions during the months October - March, and in the southern part, conditions are clase to those of the Great Australian Bight (19 - 23°C, 37.4) - 37.B ati). Until 1979, a small fishery for garfish existed.in this Bay, producing annual catches of up to. 4001 kgs, In 1950, the bay was partially closed to netting, with the exception of Dunn's Bay (Fig, 2); however, the fishery continued in the latter area until 1979 when the whole of Baird Bay was closed to netting. Since then, catches of only Lt - 10 kg by handline have been reported. Recreational catches are also believed to be of the same magnitude. With the large decline in fishing effort and landings im (his Bay, most of the mortality of garfish can now be considered to be due fo natural causes. The natural mortality rate (M) is one of a number of parameters used to model the dynamies of fish populations, For most fished populations, it is often difficull to separate natural mortality from chat of fishing mortality (F), if fishing effort of catches are not known. (Guiland 1983). However, in the case of populations which are subject to little or no fishing, information on the age composition of the population can be used lo determine she natural mortality rate by estimating the rate of decline in the number of fish in consecutive age groups (Hughes 1974; Vuoren 1977), This method of estimating the natural mortality rate on the population of garlish in Baird Hay is used in this paper, ak well as another independent method (Pauly 1981). The second tnethod assumes that the size of the fish (length or weight), growth rate of the fish (expressed as the growth constunt, kK) and 38 Gr. Kk. JONES me ™’NT 134E ere Net L ORS Fou LP Met Stole Lan) Gulf St Vineernt © Wy ae ae Sy, pute t] Fig. 1. Annual commercial catches (kg, live wt) of garfish in west coast, Spencer Gulf and Gulf St Vincent in 1987/88, showing the relative importance of hauling and dab netting in each area, (he mean environmental temperature significantly affect the natural mortality rate of the fish, A relationship in the form of a multiple linear regression has been determined between these factors and the known natural mortality rates for 175 fish stocks. There are two assumptions underlying the estimation of natural mortality rate for any species of fish, Fhese are that: 1) the entire stoek 75 investigated, ie there is no emigration nor immigration, and 2) the sampling method representatively samples the whole popula(ion. Although the natural mortality rate is stock specific, the parameter can be used as a guide for other heavily fished populations of garfish in State waters, as an aid in determining management options. In addition to the estimation of natural mortality, knowledge of the growth parameters for this species is beneficial because of their importance in determining of the Beverton — Holt yield per recruit relationship and other population dynamic models, Ling (1958), who studied the growth and spawning cycle of garfish in S. Aust. waters, included. data on growth from a number of arcas in the State, These are compared with the present results for Baird Bay. Growth was estimated from the aging of otoliths, a technique validated by Ling (1958) from the seasonal change in the proportion of hyaline rings ai the edge of the otolith. Materials and Methods Garfish were sampled four times in northern and southern Baird Bay beiween July 1984 and March 1985 (Fig, 2), using a beach seine (120 metres length, gem mesh wings and 0.5cm mesh centre bunt) and four floating gill nets (each of 50 metres length, 2 metres depth and mesh sizes 3.0, 3.8, 4.8 and 3.0cm respectively) in each area, Beach scine shots were undertaken during daylight hours at low (ide, and vill nets shot at dusk, parailel to the tidal current and hauled at dawn the following day. Garfish were measured from the tip of the upper jaw to the extremity of the caudal tin, sexed, gonad stages recorded and pairs of otoliths extracted and placed in paper envelopes for subsequent aging. GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY PISHED POPULATION OF GAREISH Bb) 134°20' OUNN’S BAY” & Beach seine ~~=— Set nats BAIAD BAY No (north) Q § en km, fig. 2. Location of Baird Bay, Soult: Australia and the stations where beuch seining and gill netting were undertaken. Jn the taboratory, one of each pair ol otoliths was cleaned iia weak solution of detergent and water, broken in half, and one of the halves zround smooth with an electric grinder (5,000 revs./min.). Vhe orolith was then lightly burnt using a medical spirit burner for {0 - 15 secs, and mounted in plasticme. The ground edge was. pained with a small. drop of atycerine and observed under 4 25 x binocular microscope. Burning, blackened the hyaline cones (or annult) and these were counted. Although the age composition of male and female garlish was determined for each sampling period, there Was litte difference between the four sampling periods and the two areas and so the data were therefore combined. To determine growth curves for the two sexes, mean Jengths ar ape were calculated and the data incorporated in “FISHPARM"” program (Saila, Recksiek & Prager 1988) which gaye the von Bertalantfy srowth parameters (k, Loo, & 1)). Catch curves tor sexes separately and combined were calculated by plouiug the log.of the total numbers of fish caught in the gill nets for each age class of the captured fish. The slope of the regression is the mortality rate (Gulland 1983). Lines of best fit and their standard errors were calculated using a lincar tepression software package (Hill pers comm), Natural mortality rate (M) was also calculated by using, the estimated growth parameters, the average water temperature (20°C) in Baird Bay, and (he following equation developed by Pauly (1981): logy, M = -0.0066 - O.279Lop,, Loo + 0.6543Log,, K + 04634Lop yy Vow... (1) Where M- = natural mortaliry cate, I.o = von Bertalanify theoretical maximum length, K = won Bertalanty growth constant, T = medn enviranmenial temperature. Results Size composition of garfish. The size composition Of garfish taken by: beach seine and different sized gill nets (Fig. 3), indicate major differences for the type of net used. The relatively small fish taken in the beach seines might have been related to differences in the areas sampled, or differences in the sampling time (day v’s night sampling), or u combination of both factors. Data for the gill nets show that they were size selective, with major differences between 3,0, 3.8 and 4.8cm mesh nets (Fig. 3). There was little ditference in the selectivity between the 4.8 and 5,0) cm mesh nets; but this was possibly because no larger garlish were available in the sampling areas. Seasonal differences in catch rate and size composition of garfish and their spawning time. As the same level of fishing effort was expended during tach sampling period, the results for the four mesh sizes were combined. Catch rates (Fig. 4) were greatest in Oct. 1984 with the main size group being 30 - 39em S.L.- The eatch rates tor smatler fish (20 - 25cm.) were also the greatest during this periad. At this tine, also, both male and female lish greater than 28 em length were found to be in spawning condition, with eggs coating Wie meshes of the gill mets as they were being hauled, For fish inthe length range of 20-25 em, the gonads were found in-an advanced stage of development, with eges Visible and testes coloured white, but ho evidence of sperm discharge, During January, the fish sampled at lengths 23 - 27 cm were found in running ripe condition, however, all those greater chan 27 em were in spent condition, During the other sampling periods, (July a) G. K. JONES 40 35 n= 2394 30 3 bd _ hdbd E i é c£ 20 DP @ ‘c it ef Lx] 5 15 b ale : JM Be a: gue | I Agia | | \ele Ay on aes Won Eee galaiciaiaigiaiiaig ‘ Py aldddrd ARC 9 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 Standard Length (cm.) (a) B.Seine KN 3.2cm. 3.8cm. BE 4.8cm. CX) 5.0cm. Fig. 3. Cumulative size composition of garfish in Baird Bay according to fishing method and meésh size of gill nets. 1984 and Match 1985), the gonads of all fish greater than 20 cm were threadlike and in resting condition. Relationship between sex ratio and fish length. Immature fish were found at lengths ranging from 9 - 20.cm, and at greater than the length of 20 cm both sexes were able to be determined (Fig. 5). Ai lengths 20 - 26 cm females predominated in the catches, whereas at lengths greater than 27 cm males were more numerous than females. Growth rates and erowth curves. Otoliths from 210 fish were examined tor aging, with a success rate of 93.4%, Table 1 shows the calculated growth parameters and standard errors using the “FISHPARM” sofiware package. The calculated mean lengths at age and those predicted from the von Bertalan{fy growth parameters are shown in Fig. 6 and show good agreement. The ‘FISHPARM” software package was used to obtain growth parameters on #7. melanochir trom other areas of the State, using raw data of Ling (1958). These data-show similarities between the two studies, for one and two-year old fish, but there were higher growth rates for older fish from this study. This was true for both sexes (Fig. 7), where both the present data and that of Ling (1958) show that growth rates for female H. melenochir were higher than for males: Estimation of natural mortality rate. The log, of the number of fish at each age group was plotted for both sexes individually and combined (Fig. §). Full recruitment into the sampling year was assumed to occur at that age group which had the peak in abundance. For both sexes this occurred at the age of four years. The instantaneous rates of natural mortality were the slopes of the regression equations for the respective sets of data fur fish of four years and over and these were.0,53 (+ 0.13), 0.36 (+ 0.10) and 0.55 (+ 0.13), These were converted to annual survival rates of 50.7%, 65.7% and 48.2%, using the formula S = e“, where x = instantaneous mortality rate. Using (he growth parameters determined (Table 1) and a mean water temperature of 20°C and equation (1), the estimated of M for male and female H. melanochir were 0.93 and 0.95 respectively. Pauly (1981) mentions that for some species which show schooling behaviour, (eg. GROWTH AND MORTALITY [IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISIT a clupeids), d conversion factor of 0.6 should be used to convert M ta more likely estimate. This would give for A, mefanochir (alsa an intensively svhooling species), new estimates of 0.56 for males and 0.57 for lemtales. Discussion (its importance of Haird Bay to parlish is probably related ta the extensive srands of seagrass in the Bay, which are used for feeding (Klumpp & Nichols 1983), and spawning (Ling 1958} The observations ow. the reproduetive status are similar to those fur olhes parts of the State (Ling 1958), in which spawning took plave in October and the sive al [isk maturity was at 2f - 220m standard length. Also, at this time, catch rates of all sizes of fis) Were [ileher than st other times of the year, suggesling an increase m catchability due to spawning aggregations. The only published data on whe erowth Parameters of other species af the same family (Hemirhamphidac) are for H. drasilieasis. Pauly (1984) estimated the parameters forthe lar(er species a Leo = 32.6cm,, k = O58) and uy, = -1i3yrs. The data for both speeles indicate thitt thew are relatively fast growing. with most Ilnear growth occurring in the first tive years of life, Comparisen between the growth data from Ling (58) froin other party ol the State and the present data slow good agreement for two vear olil Tish. However, after this age the muan lengths at age were higher for fish (rom Baird Bay than for ether warers. The reasons for the differences are unkown, but may be due (o biological differences, or errors in gine of otoliths. Ling (1958) used a slightly different method for aging oroliths (couuting the annuli on cletned whole oroliths with ine aid of a hand lens), And rélinement of the aging wehnique needs to be undertaken hy comparing the (wu methods an the same pair ef otoliths. in spite of the problems jn aging them, otoliths tous! be used becuuse t) scales are nol easy to saliple bouayse of their case in shedding when the fish 18 handled, 2) the lack of prominent nodes in lenall frequency distributions in older year classes (Fig, 4). and 3) che unsuitability of lagging hecanse mf high mortaluy during handling and the lack af any substantial fishery by which lage numbers of (ags can be returned, Therefore, because of the present inability to. differentiate benweern biological and technical reasons for differences in growth esUimalion, if mortality rates are ta be estimaled far other areas and compared With the present results, age-leneth keys should be calculated using the same aging technique us that described above. An assumption of the mortality estimates siven here is that neither immigration nor emigration occurs. The present survey demonstrates that the Baird Bay population 1s probably a unit stock. becuuse spawning occurs within the Bay, sume juvenile fish were taken from beach seine shots, and the similarity in size of fish from che two lareesi mesh gill nets shows that the lull size range was sampled. It is hkely thai there is no emigration of older fish to waters outside the bay, because of their absence in the Jandings from adjacent fisheries at Verlus, Seeales and Stregky Bays (unpubl. data). The two sets of estimates of natural mortality race (M) are very similar for male fish: however, using Pauly's equation (1981) 10 calculate M for rernale lish the estimate of 0.57 is somewhat higher aid inconsistenc with the mean and standard error (0.35 + 0,10) estimated from ihe age composition data. It is concluded that the method of Pauly may be uselul as an initial crude estimate, because of the quantified assumption of the effect of schooling on the estimation of mortality. Few estimates of natural mortality are available for comparison with (hase reporied here, Berkely & Houde (1978) estimated an annual survival rate of 14% for the heavily fished species //, Arazifiensis from L -2 years of age, and Hughes (1974) estimated survival rates for the lightly fished Pacific saury (¢2 sara) trom 28.7% to 10.5%, Low annual survival rates are believed to be typical for fish of the Order Beloniformes as they are important prey for a number of predators such as pelagic teleasts and seabirds (Avling & Cox 1942). Allhough relatively large Australian salmon (Arripis (ruide esper) were captured dunne the present investigation, analysis of stomach conrents revealed that this species was not feeding on H. melanachir (unpubl, data). The relatively high growth constant (k) and a Iugh natural mortality rate (M) as impornunt for determining fishing strateies, The importance of knowing the ratio M/k has heen. highlivhted by TALL Lo esieneres af Kim Bertetanf7y srowrlh purwnerers ¢with stanilarel errors) far Hyporhamphus melanochir fur Aaint Bay, Sauth Astrea. CROW TTE PARAMETER MALES FEMALLS Crrwity Cosine (kK) CLSU7 (+ 0.032) OS40 0+ C044) Asyitiplalte Lengel (co) WT t+ Picea. 387 [+ (Sem, Age ot Zero longi tty) IMD G4 MOB G. K. JONES July 1984 Oct.1984 VY ZLZLZLZLZZ ZZ ZZ ZL | w uw o ao oO o r ad c a > = USI} $0°ON 6 5 4 3 2 i 0 Standard length (cm.) SN Set nets MM Beach seine GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH 43 40 7 354 30 4 20 4 No. of Fish n= 234 vif My Wy WY Aa SOA m IPPs OEE EE % 9006 fi lalla AAA AAA Standard Length (cm.) [77] Males Ml Females immature Fig. 5. Cumulative size composition of male, female and immature garfish in Baird Bay. (seasonal data and fishing methods combined). Bom he bow Sf © & & a os oe > sy oe. 4 Maan lengih at age (cm,standarc length) ri [-] = 40 4 —, gr a — Maan length at age (em. standard length) Pa & 4 25 + / mAs gi 24 274 22 zo 4 ) 20 | 4 Lt =36.7(1-e@79-507(1-0.12) ‘a Lt =38.7{ 1-@70-840(t-0.9)) 4 16 aT es | ind | tt iF} 4 —+ T T T T T T ‘ y + 2 +-_h__,, = i + a a = o \ 2 3 . 5 & 7 a s io " 2 a 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 a 10 "1 2 Age (No.of annuil) Age (No. of annull) O Actual length + Predicted length G Actual length + Predicted length Fig. 6. Actual and predicted growth curves for male (A) and female (B) garfish in Baird Bay, (Predicted mean lengths- at-age obtained from von Bertalanffy growth parameters calculated from aging of otoliths.) Fig. 4, Seasonal changes in size composition of garfish in Baird Bay, using beach seine and gill nets (mesh sizes and areas combined). 44 G. 40 & af = 8 A . 2305 ae" — J = = “* — J 4 a ¢: & | YE = | E me 4 = o 24 Z © 2 5 Lee kK a m4 Baird Bay 46.7 0.507 Eu 2 Spencer Guilt 25,0 0.860 o & 5 44 Gull St.Vmcent 37.4 0.607 fii = iP tor - ' — o ‘ ? 5 4 3 8 7 a s Wy ‘ 2 Age (No.of annul) + SG. c GST. » 3.8, JONES an TT —s a B ——— 34 GST. > BB Fig. 7. Growth curves for male (A) and female (B) garfish from South Australian waters, (Growth parameters for Spencer Gulf and Gulf St Vincent determined from raw data in Ling (1958).) Males M(4-9F0,53 Combined seaes M(4-9)=0.65 * ‘age (No.of annulid « Males = Famales » Gombinad sexes Fig. 8, Catch curvesand estimated natural inorialit y rates for male, female and combined sexes of gartish in Baird Bay, dérermined liam age composition data. Beverton (1963). The ratio for mule H. mielanochir is 1.05, and for females 0.65 using the age composition dara. These ratios are relatively low in comparison with some species, such as gadoids (Gulland 1983), and indicate that garfish populations ‘will attain most of their potcntial growth belore being greatly reduced through natural mortality. In the absence of fishing, (as is virtually the case in Baird Bay), this means that the stock contains many large fish, and in terms of maximising the yield per recruil, it would be necessary (o lish relatively lightly with a relatively high minimum lengih. In other areas of State waters, where fishing mortality 1s higher, the strategy may need to be different. To determine these strategies, however, yield per recruit relationships need ta be generated for cach area. Another method for determining the best strategy in the fished populations is to experimentally manipulate the harvesting rates, as suggested by Jalters & Hilborn (1976). Here, Baird Bay lends itself as a Suitable reséarch area where fishing effort could be manipulated and the resultant effects on the stock of garfish monitored. Acknowledgments Lam grateful for the field assistance-of K. Burrell, A. Dalgetiy, M. Retallick and G, Wright, to K. Burrell for preparation of otoliths tor aging and M. Retallick and ©. Wright for preparation of illustrations. 1am also grateful ta Dr M. Prager of Department of Oceanography, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia and to K. Hill of S. Aust. Dept. of Fisheries respectively for making available the software packages “FISHPARM” and *_INGREG” available for analysis of the data, and to my colleagues, R. Lewis, S. Shepherd and G- Inglis for their canstructive comments on the manuscript. References AYIING, T..& Cox, G. J, (1982) “Collins guide ta the sca fishes of New Zealand.” (Collins, Auckland). BreRKriby. S.A. & Houpe, FE. 1 (1978) Biology of two exploited species of halfbeaks, Aentirhaniphus broziliensis and H. batav from south cast Florida. Bull. Mar. Sci. 28(4), 624-44. Bevertow, R. J, H. (1963) Maturation, growth and mortality of clupeid and engraulid stocks in relauan 10 fishing. Rapp. Praces-kerh. Cons, Inter, Explor. Mer, 154, 44-67. Guiwano, JA. (1983) “Fish sack assessment. A manual of basit methods.” (1. Wiley & Sons, Chichester), GROWTH AND MORTALITY IN A LIGHTLY FISHED POPULATION OF GARFISH 45 Hucues, 8. E. (1974) Stock composition, growth, mortality, and availability of Pacific saury, Cololabis saira, of the north eastern Pacific Ocean, Fish. Bull. US. Dept. Comm, 72(1), 121-31. Jones, G. K. (1981) The recreational fishery in metropolitan coastal waters. SAFIC, 5(6), 9-11. (1983) Species composition and catch rates by recreational and commercial fishermen in southern Eyre Peninsula waters. SAFC, 7(4), 9-18. Kiumepr, D, W. & NICHOLS, P. D. (1983) Nutrition of the southern sea garfish, Hyporhamphus melanochir: gut passage rate and daily consumption of two food types and assimilation of seagrass components. Mar. Ecol, Prog. Sec, 12, 207-16. Linc, J. K, (1958) The sea garfish, Reporhamphus melanochir (Cuvier & Valenciennes) (Hemirhamphidae) in South Australia: Breeding, age determination and growth rates. Aust. . Mar. & Freshwai. Res. 91), 60-110. Paury, D. (1981) On the interrelationships between natural mortality, growth parameters, and mean environmental temperature in 175 fish stacks. J. Cons. int. Explor. Mer. 39(2), 175-92. (1984) Fish population dynamics in tropical waters: A manual for use with programmable calculators. JCLARM, 8, 32Spp. (Int. Centre for living aquatic resources management., Manila, Philippines). SAILA, S. B., Recksiek, C. W. & PRAGER, M. H. (1988) Basic Fishery Science Programs: A compendium of microcomputer programs and manual of operation. Developments in Aquaculture and Fisheries Science, 18. (Elsevier, Amsterdam). Vooren, C. M. (1977) Growth and mortality of tarakihi (Pisces: Cheilodactylidae) in lightly exploited populations. N.Z. J. Mar. & Freshwat. Res. 11(1), 1-22. WALTERS, C. J. & HILBORN, R. (1976) Adaptive contro! of fishing systems. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 33, 145-59. CATALOGUE OF INVERTEBRATE TYPE SPECIMENS HELD IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE WAITE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE AND THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE BY A. D. AUSTIN & V. BURNYOCZKY* Summary A catalogue of the type material of insects and other invertebrates held in the collections of the Waite Agricultural Research Institute (WARI) and the South Australian Department of Agriculture (SADA) is presented. Only paratypes are held in these collections; all primary types previously held have been transferred to the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. For each species the primary reference, location of the holotype, and the number of paratypes in WARI and SADA is provided. An account of the history, scope and importance of the collections is given. KEY WORDS: catalogue, type specimens, Insecta, Arachnids Thamsca Minty al ite Raped Shey ef d, Aled, (1990), THC ay AS. CATALOGUE OF INVERTEBRATE TYPE SPECIMENS HELD IN THE COLLECTIONS OF THE WAITE AGRICULIURAL RESEARCH INSTITUTE AND THE SOUTH AUSTRALIAN DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE by A. D. AusTIN & VY. BURNYOCZKY* Summary Asin, A.D. & BuRWyocyRy, V. (1990) Caulogue of invertebrate type specimens held in che collections of the Waite Agaauitural Research Institute and the Sour Ausratian Department of Nariculiwie firs. &R, Sow. 8. Aasr. WA), 47-53. 31 May, 1990. A catalogue of the Lype material of insects and other invertebrates held ia the collections at the Wake Agricultural Research Instinte (WARD and the South Ausiralian Department of Agriculture (SADA) is prescoted, Only paratypes are held in these collections; all primary types previously held have beet transterred to the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra, For each species the primuty referees docation of the holotype, and the number of paratypes in WART and SADA js provided, An account of (he history, scope and importance of (he collections is gives, Key Worbs: catdlague, type specimens, Insecta. Arachnida Tntroduction In South Australia identification of arthropods relevant to agriculture and feresiry arid related tasoulonic rescarch are setviced by specialized collections at the Waite Agricultural Research institute, University af Adelaide, and the South Australian Department of Agriculture, These collections include nver 250,000 specimens, many being authoritarevely identified to.species, Includes! are type specimens of more thun 110 species in 25 families, a large proportion of which are al agricultural rclevance, To date there has not been a catalogue published of the type holdings un uhese collections. As a result few systematists realise the scope and importance of these collections, whilst revent reorganisation and rationalisation of rhe Waite Institute’s collection has involved the transfer of some type miaticrial Lo (he Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Here we document thie lavation, number and primary reference of the type imitierial, and present a brief account of the history, scope and significance of the two collections. History of the collections The collection wal the Waite Institute started soon afer the appointment of the lirst entomologist, J- Davidson, in 1928, Under the ters of special Stare Government funding, Davidson was required to provide an advisory service ur entomolegy to the Department of Agriculture and, later, lo the Woods & Forest Service (Andrewartha 1943; Edgeloe 1984). Accordingly, Davidson requested That samples of auricultural pests be sent co him from South * Department of Entomology, Waite Agricultural Research Institute, University of Adelaide, Glen Osmond, S. Ause, 5064, Australia and adjacent States for the purpuse of making identifications; ihis material formed the basis of the present collection. Up to 1945 research on locusts and tmsecis associated with crops, pastures and orchards Ichielly by Davidson, BD, 8S. Swan and H. G. Andrewartha) added significantly (o the collection, In 1950 H, S. f Lower was appointed as the first systematic entomologist and curater ol the collection, Although his interest in acalyptrate Diptera and cicadellid buys is not reflected in the collection’s meagre holdings of these groups, his curatorship to the carly 3960's saw further additions to the collection, mainly asa result of Swan's interest in Acarina and acwleate Hymenoptera, work un pest species of Lepwdaptera by several workers and studies on the biology af pollination by K. M, Doull. In 1959, P. R. Burks, appoinied as the Department of Agriculture’s first entomologist, slurted a separate collection, resulting in a decrease of reliance on the advisory service provided by the Waite Institute. Subsequently the two collections have developed in parallel: that at the Department of Agriculture primarily as a synoptic collection of invertebrates developed from material submitted for identilication, and that ar the Waite Institute from material originating from research work within the Department of Entomology. From the early 1960°s the Waile Insutute collection developed significantly in two major areas: insects associated with native and planted foresrs because of the work of F. D, Morgan, antl seale inseers (Covcoidea) from taxonomic research hy H. M. Trookes, who was curator from 1964 to 1982, In 1985 one of us (A,DA,), with research interests mn the systematics of hynlenopteran parasitoids and biological control, was appoinied lecturer in Systematic Entomology and became the 48 A.D. AUSTIN & V BURNYOCZRYE third curator of the Waite Institute collection. In 1986, after the collection was transferred to a refurbished, air-conditioned room and was reorganized into new standard 10-drawer cabinets employing a unil-tray system, it was dedicated as the Duncan Swan Insect Collection, if honour of rhe contnbution of Swan, who provided the major inspiration for expansion of the collection to its present size and importance. In 1982 the Department of Agriculture using irs Dec minicomputer, set up a data-base for storage und easy retrieval of taxonomic and biological information on arthropods relevant to agriculture and veterinary science (Caon ef al. 1984). This system stores primary information from collections and/or card files at the Department of Agriculture, the Waite Instiuure, the Institue of Medical & Veterinary Science and the South Austrahan Museum. It enables rapid reirieval of information on taxonomic status, distribution, host association, abundance and damage assessment, and will undoubtedly be of preat assistance in future extension work and entomological research in South Australia. Notable holdings of importance to taxonomic research at the Depariment of Agriculture and Waite Institute include collections of acridid prasshoppers, scarabaeid bectles and larvae and other immature stages of groups injurious to plants. In addition the Waite Institute houses. significant collections of Acanna, Araneae, Thysanoptera, Hamoprera (chiefly Psylloidea and Coecoidea), Lepidoptera and parasitic Hymenoptera. Catalogue of type material The catalogue lists species published prior to 1989 for which type material is held in the two collections, For each species the primary reference, location of the holotype and number of paratypes is Biven. Holotypes reported in primary references to be focated at the Waite Institute, have been transterred to the Australian Nationa! Insect Collection. Many paratypes have also been transferred, particularly for species of Coccoidea, usa large proportion of H. M, Brookes’ collection was donated to ANIC in 1986 to aid with the centralization of coccoid research in) Australia. Abbreviations of instituuons are: AM, Australian Museum, Sydney; ANIC, Australian National insect Collection, CSIRO, Canberra; RMNH, British Museum (Natural History), London; NZAC, New Zealand Arthropod Collection, D&IR, Auckland; QM, Queensland Museum, Brisbane; SADA, South Australian Department of Agriculturé Collection, Adelaide; SAM, South Australian Museum, Adelaide: USNM, United States National Museum (Natural Hisrorv), Washinglon; WARI, Waite Agricultural Rescarch Institute Collection, Adelaide. ACARINA Ixodidae Ambivomma trigunatunt ornassinum Roberts, 1962, Aust. J. Zool. Ld: 376, Holotype, 9, QM; Paralypes, 2 %, WARL, INSECTA BLATTODEA Blaberidae Alaxigarnia iatei Tepper, 1893, Trans, 8, Soe. S. Ase. 18: 123. Holotype, &, SAM; Paratype, lo WART. ORTHOPTERA Gryltiae Gryllulus subniver Choparil, 1951, Ree & Aust, Mus. 9: 417. Holotype, o, SAM); Paratypes, Joo, 29 9, WARI. HETEROPTERA Lyeacidac Zyeocoris tindalel Cross, 1962, Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 14) 387. Holatype, o, SAM) Paratype, 19, WARL. Pentatomidae Minchamia hubbardue Gross, 1976, Plant Feeding and Other Bugs (Hemiptera) af South Australia, Heterapitera — Part [1, Govt Printer, S, Aust., pats, Holotype, &, SAM: Paratype, 19, WARI, HOMOPTERA Cicadelliiae Ewpoasra delta Wheeler, 1939, J, Wash. Acad, ‘sci. 29: =i ce, USNM) Paratypes, 2o°cr, LG, WARI. Ernpoasea dolevus Oman, 1936, J, Wash, Acad, Set 26. 9% Holotype, o, USNM, Paratypes, bor, 19, WARL Empoasca ensiformis Oman & Wheeler, 1938, Proce. ent, Soc. Wash. 40; 142. Holotype, oc, USNM; Paratypes, 2oro", 29 2, WARI, Aphalaridae Platvoliria naddeni Taviow, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Sac, 26: 286. Holoiype, &, ANIC; Parauypes, bo, 19, WAR. Platvobria minima Taylor, 1987, 1. Aust. ent. Soe. 26: 261 Holotype, of, ANIC; Paratypes, 2ir or, 2 ¥, WARI. CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS 49 Spondyliaspididae Anoecancossa communis Taylor, 1987, J. Aust. ent. Soc. 26; 113. Holotype, «, ANIC: Paratypes Lor, 10, WARI, Anovecanenssa copidiformis. Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent, Sac. 26: 118. Holotype: a, ANIC; Paratypes Sa cr, 14) 2, WARI. Anoecuneassa vespertina Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Soc 26: V8, Holotype, cr, ANLC; Paratypes, 27 or, 20.0, WARI, BlastopsylNu adnailariae Taylor, 1985, 1. Aust..ent. Soc, 24:21 Holotype, a, ANIC) Paratypes, 27, 399 2, WAR. Blastopsylla ovcidentafis Taylor, 1985, J. Aust. ent. Soe, 24; 22. Holotype, o, ANIC; Paratypes, 30.0, 29 9, WARI, Blastopsvila octosetulae Taylor, 1985, J. Aust, ent. Soc. 24; 24. Holotype. o, ANIC, Paratypes, 2o ¢, 29 2, WART. Cardiaspina albitextura Taylor, 1962,. Aust. J. Zool, 10: 332. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 1o, 10, WART. Curdiaspina densitexta Taylor, 1962. Aust. 1. Zool. 10: 334. Holotype, 2, ANIC, Paratypes, 302 @, WARL. Cardiuspina retatar Taylor, 1962, Aust. J. Zool, 10: 317. Holotype, 9, ANIC: Paratypes, lo, 1G, WARI, Glycuspis (Clycaspis) fuscavena Moore, 1970, Aust. Zaal. tS: 288, Holotype, o,, ANIC; Paratypes, 60-0", WARI. Glreaspis (Alloglycaspis) repentina Moore, 1964, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.SW, 89: 148. Holotype, +, AM; Paratypes, 7orcr, 19. WARI. Glycaspis (Alloglycaspis) wanhiensiy Moare, 1964, Proc. Linn, Soc. N.SW, 89: 148, Holotype o. AM: Pararypes, 4o7;o, 39 9, WARI. Triozidae Schedolrivza marginata Taylor, 1987, J. Aust, ent. Sov, 26: 233. Holotype, «7, ANIC; Paratypes, 3Lor, 1H G, WARI. Asterolecaniidac Frenchia banksiae Lambden & Kosztarab, 1981, Proc. ent. Soc, Wash. 83;109. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes. 8 Juy., WARL. Coccidac Syronicoccus aberrans Koreja & Brookes, 1981, Polskie Pismo ent. S|: 384, Holotype, 9, ANIC: Paratype, 19>, WARL. Svinonicoccus chorizandrae Koteja & Brookes. 1981, Polskie Pismo ent. 51: 387, Holotype, 2, ANIC: Paratypes, 29 9, WARI. Symonicaceus stipae Koleja & Brookes, t98i, Polskie Pismo ent. 51: 383, Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI,. Diaspididae Odonespis australiensis Ben-Dov, 1888, US. Nat. Mus. Tech. Bull. 1723: 37, Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratypes, 79 9, WAR, Lecanodiaspididae Brookesiella tuberans Lambden & Konetarab, 174, Ann ent. Soc. Am. 67; 409, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 G, WARI. Lecanodiaspis erermocitri Wowell & Kosztarab, 1974, Virg. Polytech. Inst. & State Univ. Div. Bull, 70: 41 Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 2, WARL. Pseudococcidae Acinicocens stipae Wilhams, 1985, Australian Mealybups, BMNH, »p.42, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paralypes, 22 9, WARI. Acinicoecus trigdiae Williams, Australian Méalybugs, BMNH, p.42. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paralypes, 39 0, WARI. 19RS, Apodastococcus onar Williams, (985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.48, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 30 9, WARI Australiputa eucalypti Williams, mealybugs, BMNH, p.63. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 39 2, WARL, 1985, Australian Chaetotrionymus murnpeowiensis. Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNIIL, p.72. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI, Chaetotrianymus pachyluy Williams, 985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.72. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 49:9, WARI. Chorizococcus eriachnis Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.79. Holotype, 2, ANIC: Paratypes, 39 2. WARI. Chartzococeus Iii Brookes, 1977, J. Aust. ent. Soc, 151422, = Cryploripersia Wt (Brookes) vide Williams, (985, Australian Mealybuys, BMNH, p.102. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI, Chorizoceceus petilius Brookes, 1977, $, Aust. ent. Soc 15; 425, = Hlumococcus petifus (Brookes) vide Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p,178. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI, S0 A. D. AUSTIN & V, BURNYOCZKY Chorizocoveus radicalis Brookes, 1977, J, Aust. ent, Soc. tS: 427. Holotype, G, ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI. = Hryburwia brevicruris (McKenzie) svn, Williams, 1985, Australian mealybues, BMNH, p87. Chonizococcus subalpinus Brookes, 1974, J. Aust. ent. Soc, 15: 429. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 14, WARL. Coorongia gohiag Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p92, Holotype, 2. ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. Crisicaceus acaciue Williams, 1985, Australian Mealvbugs, BMNIT, p.95. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, |, WARI, Cyperi¢aceus mudltiporé Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs. BMINH, p.103. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WAR). Dysmicovous aggerés Williams, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.11i, Holawpe, 9. ANIC; Paratype, 19. WARI, 1985, Dyxmricuccus anicus Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNEI, p.tbL. Holotype, 9. ANIC; Paratype, LO, WARI. Dysmiceceus laporteae Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.!33. Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE, ' Williams, J984, Australian Mealybugs. BMNH, p.137. Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE. Dysmicoecus manadi Dysmicoccus. vielorianys Williams, 1945, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.J49. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 20 9, WARI, Eucalypiocaccus brookesae Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, EMNH, p.J54, Holotype, 2. ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI Euryeoceus antiscias Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybues, BMNH, p.l6l. ‘ Holotype, ¢, BMINH; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI, Euryeaccus yanchepae Brookes, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc. ths 132. Holotvpe, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI, = Maconellicovcus lanigerus (Muller) syn. Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.196. Hadrocovcus niaireanae Willian, 1985, Ausrralian Mealybugs, BMNH, p,169, Holotype, @, ANIC; Payatype, |, WARI. Hadraveceys pultendede Williams, (985, Austrahan Mealybugs, BMNH, p.169, Holorype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 22 9, WARI Heliococeus summerville’ Brookes, 1978, 7. Aust. ent, Sac. 17: 241. Holotype, &, ANIC; Paralypes, 29-0, WARI. Ttyoevoccus beardsleyr Williams, Mealybugs, BMNH, p.180, Holotype, G, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARL, 1985, Australian Tryeceveus. eremtocitr? Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMISH, p. 183. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, 2¢ 9, WARL Teyocaceus milparinkae Williams, Australiana ‘Mealybugs, AMWNH, pias. Holotype, 9. ANIC: Paratype, 19, WARL, 1985, Laminivaceus flanderst Willams, Mealybugs, BMINH, 7.190. ; Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. 1985, Australian Melunacoccus cobaricus Williams, Mealybugs, RMNH, p.209. Llolotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI- 1985, Australian Melanacoccus darwiniens Williams, 1985, Austratian Meulybugs, BMNH, p,209. Holorype, &, ANIC: Paratypes, 39 4, WARI, Melanocaceus morzani Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNNFI, p.217. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 14), WART. Melanecoceus phylodi Williams Mealybags. BMNH, p,219. Holotype, G, ANIC: Paratype. 19, WARE, 1985S, Australian Melanececcus senlicosys Willams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.221. Holotype, '‘S, ANIC; Paratypes, 29-9, WARI. Melanovoceus fasmeniae Williams, 185, Australian Mealybugs, BMNEI, 7.223, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, ly, WART, Nipaecoccus exocarpt Witllams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMMNH, p.237. Halotype, @, ANIC; Paratype, by, WARE Nipaecoceus nigireanqae Wilharns, 1985, Auscrahan Mealybugs, BMNILI,, p.240. Holotype, 2, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. Peliacoceus subcorucicola Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.257- Holotype, ). ANIC; Paratype, 1, WARI Phenacecceus hakeae Wiliams, 1985, Australian Mealybues, BMNH, p.270, Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARE. Poéetlococeus funcilobuy Brookes, 1981, J. Aust. ent. Soc 20; 127. Hololype, ‘Y, ANIC; Paratypes, 69 7, WART, CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS $I Psevdococcus etalestus Williams, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.287. Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paraiypes, 2¢ 9, WARI, 1985, Pseudecoccus chenopedil Walliams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMINH, p.294. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes. 79-9, WARL Pseudocoecus eremophilae Williams, 1985, Austratian Mealybugs,; BMNH, p.306, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19 WARI. Pseudococeus eycalypticus Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMINH, p.310. Holotype, 9, ANLC; Paratypes, 39 O, WARI. Psexdococcus gdodeniae Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, 7.313, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI, Pyeudococcus fvpergaeus Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p,31s. Rotorype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 ©, WARL. Pyendococeus mintaroicus Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.320, Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARI. Pseudacoccus onusius Williams, Mealybugs, BMNH, p.320. Holotype, 3, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. 1985, Australian Pseudococeus symont Williams, 1985, Austcalian Meulybugs, BMNH, p.333. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARL Rhastraceccus melaleucue Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, 9.345, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 3¢ 9, WARLI, Rhizoecus sphagni Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.357. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WART Trionpinus escripticius Willams, 1985, Australian Mealyhugs, BMNH, p.368. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 49 QO. WARI, Trionymus yrs Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.371, Holatype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. Trivnyinus zoyside Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.377. Holotype, @, ANIC; Pararype, 19, WARL. ventrispina epiguea Williams, 1983, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, p.378. Halotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, (9, WARI, Fentrispina Jathetica Williams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNII, p.378. Holotype, ¢, ANIC; Paratype, !2, WARI, bentrispina woud? Williams, 1985, Australian Mealyhugs, BMNH, p.381.. Holotype, 9. ANIC; Paratype, 19, WARI. Frvdurgia succulentarrm Willams, 1985, Australian Mealybugs, BMNH, par. Holorype, 9, ANIC: Paratype, 19, WARL. Yudnapinna radicalis Williams, 185, Australian Mealvbugs, BMNH, p.340. Holotype, $, ANIC; Paratype, 1¢, WARL THYSANOPTERA Acolothripidae Cranoihrips sititor Mound, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc, 11; 44. Flolorype, 2, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 29 9, WARI, Cranethrips vesper Mound, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Soc. 1h: 46, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 60.0. 69 9, WARI, Desrmathrips davidson: Morison, 1931, Bull, ent. Res. 21: 499, Holotype, 2, BMNH; Paratype, 19, WARI. = Desimathrips tenuicornis (Bagnall) Syn. Mound, 1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat. Hist. Ent. 20: 68, Desmoathtips elegans Morison, 1931, Bull. ent, Res. 21: 451. Holotype, 9, BMNH; Paratypées, 29-2, WARI. = Desmuthrips propinguus (Bagnall) sy. Mound, 1967, Bull. Br. Mus. nat, Hist. Ent. 20: 63. Phlacothripidae Cyinuarips watsoni Mound, 1971, Bull. Br, Mus. nal. Hist. Ent, 25: 399, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 12, WARI. Ontchothrips arotrum Mound, 1971, Bull. Bc Mus. nat, Hist, Ent. 25; 447, Holotype, 9, ANIC? Paratypes, 29 0, WART, Waritheips maelzeri Mound, 1971, Bull. Br. Mus, nat. Hist. Fnt. 25: 486, Holoiype, 9, ANIC; Paratype, 19, WAR. Thripidae Odontothripiella endrewarthae Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust. crit. Soc. 11: 27) Holotype, co, ANIC; Parstype, lor, WARI. Odoritothriprelta compta Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust, ent. Soc; 1: 275; Holotype, o&, ANIC; Pararypes, 1, 1, WARI. Odontothripiella concolorata Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust. ent. Soc. Jl: 278. Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratypes, 49 9, WARI. WA Odopuatncsielta hopei Pitkin, 1972, J, Aust. ent. Sac. 11: en or, ANIC; Paratynes, 1, 29 9, WARL. Odontorheiteliq passalaina Pitkin, 1972, J. Aust, ent. Soc. Eilers or, ANIC; Paratypes, 1}, 29 9, WARL. Physothrips simplex Morison, 1930, Bull. ent. Res. 21: 12. = Thrips sintplex (Morisan) vide Bhat, 1969, Orient. Inseers 3: 380. Holotype 9, BMNH; Paratype, 12, WARL NEUROPTERA Chrysopidae Chrysopa australis New, 1980, Aust. J. Zool Suppl. Ser. TF; 42. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 22 9, WARL, COLEOPTERA Cerambyyidac Uracanthus cupressianus Rondonuwu & Austin, 1988, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust, 112: 110. Holotype, ot, SAM; Paratypes, 21o°a", 209 ¢, WART, Searabacidae Colpochila kalambi Britton, 1986, Aust, J. Zool, Suppl. Ser. 118; 54. Holotype, &, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 1'@, SADA, Telura petiolata Britton, 1987, Inverter. Taxon. 1: 702, Holorype, o, ANIC; Paratype, 1a, SADA. DIPTERA Apioceridae Aniacera helerige Paramonov, 1953, Aust. J. Zool, br 483. Holotype, o&, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, Joo, WARI, Stratiomyidae Dumaramyia iterrupta James, 1950, Proc. ent. Soc. Wash. 52: 313, Holotype, 9. BMNH; Paratype, Lor, WABI. HYMENOPTERA Braconidae Apanieles ulfalfae Nixon, 1960, Ann. May. nat. Hist,.(13) 2; 303, = Irenella alfatfae (Nixon) vide Mason, 1980. Mem. ent. Soc. Can. 1S: 75, Holowpe, 2, BMNIT; Paratypes, Soot, 29.9, WARI. 2 A. D, AUSTIN & V, BURNYOCZEKY Apanteles penthacratus Austin, 1987, In M. J. W. Cock et al (Eds) Slug. and Nettle Caterpillars, CAB International, p.l48. Holotype, @, BMNH; Paratypes, 127, 24 9, WARI. Fornicia muluensis Austin, 1987, /n M. J. W. Cock ef af. (Eds) Slug and Nettle Caterpillars, CAB International, p.157. Holotype, &, BMNH; Paratypes, 4x oo, 19, WARL. Ichneumonidae Tenielucha cyeneo Kerrich, 1959, Ann, Mag. nat. Hist (13) 2; 53, Holotype, ¢, BMNH; Paratypes, 30:0", 26 9, WARL. Scelionidae Ceratobueus clubionius Austin, 1983, Int, J, Liseet Morph. Embryol. 12: 151; types designated Austin, 1984, Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 108: 23. Holotype, @, ANIC; Paratypes, 1o, 49 9, WARL. Ceratobaeus cuspicornanis Austin, 1983, Int. J. Insect Morph, Embryol, 12: 151; cypes designated Austin, 1984, Trans. R. Soc, 8, Aust. 108: 25, Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, lo, 22 9, WARE. Ceratohueus nasneri Austin, 1983, Int. J. Insect Morph, Ejribryal. 12: 143; types designated Austin, 1984, Trans. R, Soe, S, Aust, 108: 29. Holotype, ?, ANIC; Paratypes, lor, 49 9, WART, Ceratubaeus platycornulus Austin, 1984, Trans R. Sov. S. Aust, LOB: 30, Holotype, 2, ANIC; Puratypes, lo, 49 9, WARE, Hickrrunella holoplalyse Austin, 1981,.J. Aust, ent, Sac, 20: 306. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, 29 9, WARL, Mirobaeoides elunzatus Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool. 34: 323, Holotype, ¢, ANLC; Paratype, 19, WARL. Mirobueoides kerryi Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool. 34: 325, Holotype, ¢, ANIC) Paratype, 19, WARL Mirobueoides seutellaris Austin, 1986, Aust. 1. Zaol, 34: 328. Holotype, 2, ANLC; Paratype, 1¢, WARI, Mirobaeoides serasus Austin, 1986, Aust. J. Zool, 34; 322. Holotype, @, ANIC: Paratype, 12, WARLI, Neohaeus novazeviandensis Austin, 1988, N.Z. J, Zool. 15: 176. Holotype, 9, NZAC; Paratypes, 13°, 99 ¢, WARI. Psyllohaeus pecki Austin, 1984, Syst. Ent. 9: 123. Holotype, 9, ANIC; Paratypes, Tor. 12, WARI. CATALOGUE OF TYPE SPECIMENS 53 Acknowledgments We thank Dr Peter Miles and Helen Brookes for reading the introductory sections of this work, and Mr Dennis Hopkins, Mr Greg Baker, Dr Peter Allen and Dr Peter Bailey for comments on the catalogue, and for information on the collection at the South Australian Department of Agriculture. References ANDREWARTHA, H. G. (1945) Obituary notice, James Davidson. Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 69, 313-317. Caon, G., GEHLRING, W. & Henry, K. (1984) Use of a data base management package to catalogue insect occurrences and host data on a minicomputer. pp.437-441, Jn Bailey, P. & Swincer, D. (Eds) “Proceedings 4th Australian Applied Entomological Research Conference, Adelaide”. (Govt Printer, South Australia). EDGELOE, V. A. (1984) “The Waite Agricultural Research Institute. The First Fifty Years 1924-1974”, (Waite Agricultural Research Institute, Adelaide.) TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED VOL. 114, PART 2 NOTES ON THE HERBRIDAE (INSECTA: HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) OF AUSTRALIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES BY IVOR LANSBURY* Summary The two known species of Australian Hebridae are redescribed. Keys to genera and species are provided. Three new species, Hebrus woodwardi sp. Nov., H. monteithi sp. Nov. and H. nourlangiei sp. Nov. are described from Queensland and the Northern Territory. Lectotypes are designated from Hebrus axillaries Horvath and Naeogeus latensis Hale. Distributional and field notes are given for all the species. Jransaciions.a} the Raval Seek ofS. Aust, (1990), #082); 45-06 NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA: HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) OF AUSTRALIA WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW SPECIES by lvoR LANseuRry* Summary FaNsBuRY, 1, (1990) Notes on the Hebridae (Insecta, Hemiptera-lieteroptera) of Australia with deser|ptions of three tew spevies. Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust, 114(2), 55-66, 31 May, 1990, The iwo known species of Australian ebridae are redeseribed, Keys to genera and species are provided, hice new species, Hehrus woodward sp, nov, Hf. iunreithisp. nov.and 1, raurlanigie: sp, nov. are described from Queensland and the Northern Territory. Lectotypes are designated for Hebrus axillaris Horvath and Naevageus (wensiy Hale. Distributional and field notes are Siven Yor all the species: Key Worps- Hebridac, Aebrus, Merragana, distribution. Introduction The described Australian hebrid fauna is small with tWo species, Mebrus axillaris Worvath (=Neeogeus latensis Hale) and Merrapara hacker’ Hungerford. Hels is a cosmopolitan genus which has been split into a number of subgenera of disputed validity. The most recent comprehensive account of the Hebridae is that of Andersen (1982) who estimates that there ate about [10 species. Lundbtad (1933) gives an overview of the family listing twelve species from the Indo-Austratian Pacili¢ region, two species being listed fram New Guinea, At present there are 18 Heras species recorded lrom the Oriental region, additional species being described fram the Philippines (Porter 1954, 1959) and Formosa [Taiwan] (Miyamoto L964, 1965), The related Onental genera, Timasiny Distant, Neotimasius Andersen and FAlyrcamys Distant have been revised by Andersen (1981), These genera are Known from the Indian sub-continent, So Lanka, Thailand, Malaya, Sumatra, Java and a single record trom China. All the species appear ly be hygropetric occurring on wet rock faces ar in (he splash zone of flowing water. The absenec of records from New Guinea and ‘northern’ Australia may reflect lack of collecting rarher than the absence of suitable habitats. The genus Hebrus was split into six subgenera by Andersen (1981). Cobben (1982) suggested thar the use of subgeneric groupings should be abandoned and no attempt has been made here tn assign Australian ffebrus to subgenera, The Australian Hebrys species so far known form a diverse group which is difficulr to characterise in species. group descriptions. The Hebridae are charagterised within the Gerromorpha by the presence of a pair of prominent plates or bucculae on the ventral surface of the head which caver the base of rhe rostrum. "ha 2, ot @¥une 0 — ee —— * Hope Entomological Collections. University Museuin - Oxford, LUE. OX] JPW The tars) of all legs are two-segmented, the sirst is always very short. Andersen (1982) comments thac the male genitalia of hebrids are always hidden frum view when viewed dorsally, One new species described from Queensland differs in that the parameres (claspers of Andersen 1982) are clearly visible from the dorsal aspect. Hebrids are smut] (1.5-2.0 mm loug) stout bodied bugs. Hebrus is covered dorsally with a velvety hydrofuge-like pile. Depending upon the angle of viewing, the dorsal surface iy variously: irideseent. The ynderside Is not so densely velvety pilose: sternites are usually shining with adpressed while or golden heirs. The hind legs are always slightly longer than the frant and middle pairs and legs are usually equally spaced. All tarsal-claws are apical. The ovelli and scutellurn (metanotal elevation of Andersen 1982) are well developed in winged forms, Merragala is much like Hebrus but the doysal pilosity, especially of the head being longer atid not iridescent. Key to Australian genera of Hebridae Antennae subtlagelliform. Fourth segment subdiyided hy # coil-like or membranous zone, Antennal length subequal or Janger than the greatest width of the pronorum, cert alse ih ae Hebrus Curtis, 1834 Antennal sesnieuls stort and cliblike. Fourth segment nar subdivided. Antennal lene distingily shorter than the erealest widrh of the pronoium, ...,—...- =r sma Merrazate Buchanan-White, 1877 Key tu the Australian species of Aebrus L Apew ot sentelliin acuminate, not bifurcate (Fig, 1)2 Apex of'scutellim nor acuminate bul slightly hifureare (Fig. (8)... 00... . .€. naurlangiel sp. ey, 2 Blytral membrane clearly nor feachine (he end of the abdomen especially iu the male (Fig. 13), Paraimeces projecting beyond the en of the abdomen (Fig. 14) aa age. bee A, rronteithi sp. nov. Plytral embrane almosr reaching or surpassing the and of the ubdomen (Fig, 7), Parsuneres nor proyectin beyond penital capsule. 4 eeeen sett tttnes To IVOR LANSBURY Figs 1~$. Hebrus oxillaris Hosvath; 1, dorsum Lectotype 9; 2, ventral aspect of head and thorax; 3, antennae, 4, fore leg; 5, middle leg; 6, hind lee. Sundown N.P., Qld or. 3 Elytral membrane almost reaching, the end of the abdomen (Fig, 1). Third antennal seyment 1.56% length ot the 2nd sezment.....,,-.. Jf acillaris Horvath Elytral membrane just surpassing the end of the abdomen (Fig. 7). Third antennal segcient 2x length of the 2nd segment... ..--.. H. woodwordi sp, aay. Hebrus axillaris Horvath FIGS 1-6, 25, 30 Hebrus axiliaris Horvath, 1902, p, 606; Lundblad, 1935, p. 263 (synonymy of Naeogeus larensix Hale, 1926 with axillaris); Hingertord, 1934, p, 70, (distribution Qld.}. Naeozeus lafensis Hale, 1926, pp, 196-198. Trpes: Lectotype female and 2 9 © paralectotypes, New South Wales, Tweed River, A. M, Lea in the Hungatian Natural History Museum, Budapest, vid. Distribution: $. Aust., N.SW,, Vic., Tas. and Qtd. Size. oo, 99 L7= 2 mm long, width across widest part of pronotum .75 — .85 mm Colour, Variable, head and anterior ‘4 of pronotum pale orange brown to black. Margins round cyes silvery tomentose, Antennae dark brown, Pronotum reddish brown with two (1+1) black areas medianly. Mesoseutellar lobe and scutellum dark brawn. Head, pronotum and seutellum with short fine iridescent spicules. Forewings dark brown with long golden hairs and with greyish white patches proximally adjacent to scutellum and hind margin of pronotum, Membrane dark smokey brown with paler areas. Underside of head and bucculae pale yellow. Pleurites mostly black with posterior margin of propleura reddish brown, Legs yellowish brown, Sternites shining black with short silvery pubescence, ‘Dark form’ head black, medianly reddish brown, Pronolum anieriorly narrowly black, remainder reddish brown. Scurellum and forewings including, membrane black. Torewings with two (J+1) white patches and iong golden NOTES ON THE WRHRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETERUPTERA) 3 Hugs 7-1, Hebrus woodwardt sp, nov, Paratype o, Spilt Rock, Old. 7, dorsum; &, antennae; 9, fore leg; 10, iniddle lege It, hind leg pubescence. Underside black with sparse silvery pubescence, Tresh or very revently collected material tends to be darker than ald specimens. Sirvweture: Interocular space about 2x maximurtn eve width, Median head length about .66 median head width, Tubercles adjacent to antennal wisertions small (Fig. lL. Antennae 1;2:3:4: - 7-3-7,5-13.5. First and 3rct antennal segments subequal, 3nd ¢learly shorter, 4th more or less subequal to combined lengths of 2nd and 3rd segments and subdivided by coil-like section (Fig, 3), Vertex with pair of median longitudinal furrows converging posteriorly, Bucculae short just reaching pronoluns with two shallow depressions (Fig, 25), Lower margin straight with caudal or free end slightly curved. Pronotal width 2x irs median length and head head width across eyes. Posterior margin with (wa (1+) lobes either side of scutellum.. Pronotum at its breadest slightly clevated and rugose. Median lateral angles depressed, Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum half median length of pronotum, Scutellim ridged longitudinally and laterally forming two shallow depressions cither side ol mid line, Connexivurn visible around membrane. Rostrum reaching hind coxde. Front femur slighthy more robust than middle femur (Pies 4.& 5). Hind femur slightly lonwer than median pronotal length. No signifieant differences in ratios of front and middle legs bei ween males and females, Hind legs 13x longer than front and nyiddle legs, Male genital capsule (Pig, 30), Lectotype Designation: tlorvith's original description does not state an how many specimetis trom the type locality he based the description. In the Hungarian National Museum there are three specimens, originally mounted on a piece of card; lubelled - N.SW. Tweed R.; Lea; 3-92. A printed red label ‘TYPUS", A label in Horvath’s handwriting - Mebrus. axillaris Hory, and a hand written label ‘75 IY WE"? The types are all females, they have been remounted individually on card points on one pin, One ‘point’ has been marked with a red spot, this feniale is designated anid labelled Lectotype, the remaining two females are designated paralectotypes. Nates on the type series af Nacogeus latensis Fale. The ‘ype Series’ is in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide, Hale (1926: 197) gives “Adelaide” as the type locality. Mounted on a piece of card labelled PY PE, Torrens River, Adelaide, Herbert M. Hale area ot &@ O. The & is almost certainly the specimen figured by Hale (1926: E97; Fig. 81), This & iy designated and tubelled Lectotype, the accompanying © is labelled and designated paralectotype. There is some ambiguity about the remainder al Hale's type series av he did not pive a precise locality other than Advlaide. There are four series of carded 38 TOR LANSBURY ss oS == as ne EE SS i ve nip (i i ae iN it Nile = wat MN) | == i fed i) aN Imm Fips 12-13. Bebrus manretily sp, ov, Paratype >, Wallamuit Falls, Qld. 12, anienaae; (3, darsumys I4, venioe snecimens. The first with bor & 79-9 bearing a red printed Type label with Mavogeus lurensis Hale in what is presunrably Hale’s handwriting. The locality label (yped-pholographed ind redyced) reads River Torrens, Adelaide, A.M, Hale Vhe second curd wih 4ercr & 499 bears a ted Paralype labels the other labels are identical with the first. A third card with lo & 1 ¢ labelled Pararype is labelled ih the same manner, The specimens on these three cards are all regarded as Paralectotypes and labelled accordingly, The tourth card has 42 9 labelled Paratype from the Murray River, RR. Zeitz These may nat be part ot Hate’s original type series us (he collector's naine is Hat MeNnUoned and Hale always Hated collyequrs when describing oF listing material not collected by himself. Arongst vdditiimal materia! from Adelaide collevred by Hale-bul mol labelled Pararype are two sitll series of carded specimens with a typed label ‘Tussocks of thin reeds srowlng in wet mul en banks of River Torrens 28.iii,1921". Marerlal examined) Type sertes of axitaris and tetersi3, Kara Creek near Jindabyne, NSW, M0 m. [i I9T9; The Takes Creek near Findabyne NSM. 60m, 1879; Phillips Islanel, Vie. poot completely covered with floating vegerarion, Hji1.1985; Mogeill Fare) Dam fear Brisbane, Ole, GV, 1979: Sundown Netional Park near Siantharpe, furin dam, 26,i0.1985 Old. - |, Lansbury Coll. Macallister- Thomson River Juyetiow, Vie, M9iCI977, Nar Mus Victoria Survey, Ml. Mialipnil - NT Museum Cull, NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) 59 Figs 15-17, Hebrus monteithi sp. nov. Paratype 2, Wallaman Falls, Qld. 15, fore leg: 16, middle leg: 17, hind leg. Devonport & Launcesion, Tas. Myponga Swamps, S. Aust; Glenfield, N.SW. - South Ausiralian Museum, Adelaide. Hebrus woodwardi sp. nov. FIGS. 7-11, 27, 31 & 32 Holotype: Female, Paratypes 69 and ic, Queensland, Split Rock, 14 km S. of Laura, 23-26.vi.1975, GB. Monteith in the Queensland Museum,, Brisbane. Distribution: Queensland and the Northern Territory. Size. o, 99 1.68 - 1.88 mm long, width across widest part of pronolum .82 - .94 mm. Colour: Head and pronotum reddish brown, lateral margins of vertex along inner margin of eyes and pits silvery tomentose. Anténnac dark brown. Head and pronotum covered with golden spicules, some iridescent, Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum very dark brown. Forewings; clavus and corium varying between rich reddish brown and dark brown, apical part of clavus greyish white, Apex of scutellum, clayus and corium covered with long golden hairs. Membrane smokey brown with four paler areas (Fig. 7). Lateral margins of head, bucculac, rostrum and femora pale yellow, Tibiae and tarsi slightly darker distally. Coxal insertions dark reddish brown. Thoracic venter dark brown, sternites darker covered with fine silvery pubescence. Structure: Interocular space about 2x maximum eye width, Median head length .66% greatest head width, Tubercles adjacent to antennal insertion small (Fig. 7). Antennae 1;2:3:4: - 7-§-10-14.5. Fourth segment subdivided by coil-like section (Fig. §). Third segment 2x length of 2nd; 4th segment subequal to 2nd and 3rd combined. Total antennal length about half body Jength. Vertex with faint longitudinal furrow becoming obsolescent anteriorly, Bucculae short, usually just reaching pronatum with two depressions (Fig. 27), lower margin curved. Pronotal width 2x median length and head width across eyes. Posterior margin with two (1+1) lobes cither side of scutellum. Anterior collar of pronoium sharply depressed with regular transverse row of pits. Immediately behind anterior collar, two (1+1) depressions either side of a broad longitudinal ridge which have two rows of shallow pits. Median lateral angles slightly depressed. Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum .6x median pronotal length. Scutellum with median longitudinal ridge.and lateral margins slightly raised forming two shallow depressions, Apex of scutellum truncated with minute median projections (Fig, 7). 60 1VOR LANSBURY Figs 18-23. Hebrus nourlangtet sp. nov. Paratype 2, Nourlangie Rock area, N.T., 18, dorsum; 19, side view of head and pronotum; 20, fore leg; 21, middle leg; 22, hind leg; 23, antennae. NOTES. ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) 6] Norewings obscuring abdomen, membrane reaching or overlapping end of abdomen, Rostrum with tip just reaching metasternal suture: Fronc and middle femora tnoderately robust (Figs 9 & 1). Hing femur slighily longer than median pronotal length. Male hind legs 125% longer thar) front and middle legs, female bind legs 132% lOllwer, Male genital capsule (Figs 31 & 42), Referred Maverig!: Pat Creek, 11 km N. of Archer Crossing via Coén, Qld, 28-24v1.1975, GB. Monteith, Old Museunt, Brisbane. This > differs fram the type serics in chat ihe pale ayeas of the nembrane are almost obsolescent, Red Lily Lagoon, near Daly River, NT, (13'45"S 130° 42” B), 9iNi.1980, MB. Malipatil, 10; Masion Reservoir on Stuart Highway, NT, in flood debris near water edge, 9.211.1979, M.H Malipatil, Zero, 30 Bs Crocodile Creek, 14'29°S-131°22"E near Dorisyale. NT, P7-18-x1.1984, MB. Malipatil, To Lake Bennett area ¢ 25 kim SE of Manton Dam, NT. 29-30_xi1,1979, at MIN, light, MB. Matipatil, lor; U,D.P, Falls, NT, 18-19.vii.L980, at MV, light, M.B, Malipatll, 19, Northern Territory Museum Coll. Aebrus woodwurdl is very similar to H, axillaris: the slightly longer membrane Teaching of overlapping jhe end of the abdomen, the relay ively longer 3rd antennal segment of H. wwodwerdi and differences in (he male genitalia distinguish Hy, woodweral fram HH. icl/aris, Hebrus monteithii sp, row. FIGS 12-17, 26, 33-35 Holotype: Male, Paracypes 7 ct or (J slide mounted) alt & 2 3, Qld, Wallantan Falls via Ingham, 15,1980) rainforest 500 m_. Collected from mainfnrest floor by brushing twivs, G.B. Mamteith in che Qld Museum, Brisbane. Distribution: NE, Qid, Ske oo, 2 19-2 mm lone, widih across widest part of pronotum .77 - 84 mm, Colour; Head auterturly black, postetrorly dark reddish brown, margins round eyes silvery tomentose. Pronotum dark reddish brown, hunteral angles anc median raised area of disc with iridescent bluish areas. Pronotum with sparse golden pubescence. Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellium black with sparse golden hairs slightly longer than those On pronotum. Forewings, clavus with elouute sreyish while patches either side of scutellum. Corium and connexivum reddish brown. Clavius and corium with layer of golden pubescence slightly shorter (han-on visible area of connexivum, Membrane dark brown with faint brownish white blotches, Lateral inargiris of head, bueculae, rostrum, legs other than distal apices of femora pale yellow, Antennae dark brown, Underside of tharax dark brown to Wlack, Sternltes shining black covered with line silvery pubescence. Structure; (nterocular space thout 2% maaismum eye width Median hyad leneth subequal io aveatest head width. Tubercles adjacen| lop anteoniferous tuhergles prominent (Fig, 13). Antennae 1:2;3:4: - §.3-6-11-16,25, Fourth segment subdivided by eoil- like section (Fig. 12). Third segment almost 2x Tength of 2nd and 4th subequal to 2nd & 3rd combined. Total antennal length slightly more than half length of body (.57-58), Vertex with single median longitudinal furrow, difficult to see as this part Of veriex deaseiy pilose. Bueculae prominent, almust or reaching pronotum with (wo conspicuous circular depressions. free end rounded, ventral JNatgin slightly sinuate (Fig. 26), Pronotal width varying between 1.7-1,.9)* metian pronotal length ald width of head across eyes. Anterior collar of pronolum marrow With Iransyerse Tow of small vircular pits. Anterior lateral margins siraighr, inedially with prominent depressions, Pronotal dise elevated posterior of parallel anterior part of disc, Humeral lateral angles depressed, Posterior lateral Margins emarginate, hind margin evenly curved, Mesoscutellar lobe and scutcllum about half median pronotal leneth, Seutelluni with rwo shallow depressions either skte of median ridve. Lateral MAFZINS NOT conspicuously raised. Laveral margins and apex with minute iridescent spicules, Forewings small, much of connexiyum exposed, iiembrane not reaching end uf abdomen, membrane of male shorter than that of female. Connexivum shine, Rostral groove very conspicuous, roserurn almost teaching posterior margin of metasternum. Front and middle legs similar (Figs 15 & 6) hind legs longer (Fig. 17), Hind femur 1.4 - 1.x Jonger (han median pronotal length, Male hind legs 1.27 longer than front and niiddle legs andl 1.37% longer in females. Male genitalia; Viewed dorsally, tips af £yimmetrical parameres. extending beyond end of abdomen. Prociiger hairy. Pararneres elongate, very pilose znd much longer than pygophore (genital capsule) at rest aid clearly visible i situ in undissected inales (Fig, 33), Female genitalia (Figs 34 & 35) conforms to general hebrid paitern, This specics differs from all know Angiralian hebrids; the short tiembrane, large tubercles adjacem to antetiniferous luberctes and prominent parameres clearly distinguish A. mponterth From Olher species, There is some similarity between H. maonteithi and (wo species from the Philippine Islands, Hebrus drake? and H, harrisi Porter both described from Muntalban, Rizal Province. Boch of these species have prominenrelongate parameres extending beyond gemial vapsule. Porter does dol state if the parameres are visible dorsally. A2 TMOR LANSBURY Figs 24-27, Mereagata and Hebrus ade view, 24, Merravata havker} Hungerford, Sundown N,P, Qld; Hebrus axliterss Horvath, Phillip Is. Viet 26, Mebrus monledihi sp. nov; 27, debris: woodwurdi 4p. TOY. Hebrus rourlangiei sp. mov. FIGS 18-23 Holotype: Female, Paratypes 1 or and 19, Novthern Territory, Kakadu National Park, Mourlanme Rock area, ftom Water seepage, 27,1i1.1980, M.B. Matipatil, N.T, Museum Coll. Distriburiorn Northern Territory. Size: & @ 1.7-1.8 mm long, width across widest part of pronotum .7. mm. Colour: Head dark velvety reddish brown. Margins round cyes broadly silvery Tamentose, Eyes and ovelli paler than dark areas of vertex. Antennac dark yellowish brown. Inner anteriet margin of pronotum with pale orange brown trilobed zone. Outer margins and remainder of pronutuin dark velvety reddish brawn. Head and pronotum with minute iridescent spicules, longer hairs also iridescent. Mesoscutellar lobe and sctitellum same colour as posterior margin of pronotum, Scutethim tringed with short golden hairs. Clayvus with large greyish white are a reaching apex of scutellum. Corial cell slightly paler anteriorly with long yellow hairs. Membrane smokey brown with tour faint greyish white blotches. Connexivum yellowish brown. Underside of head and bucculae pale yellow, Pro, meso and metasternum reddish brown, Coxal insertions pale yellow. Rostrum and legs pale yellow with upper distal apices of femora darker, Sternites dark reddish brown shining with) adpressed golden hairs. Structure: Wteracular space slightly less than 2x maximum eye width. Median head length just over 66% greatest head width. Vertex strongly raised ubove eyes. ‘fwo (1+) line longitudinal furrows which converge posterior of line through ocelll, Margins of vertex converging in front of eyes, lip acummnale. Antenniferous tubercles each with truncate projection, Antennae 4:2:3:4 - 7-5-10-15.5- Tuurth segment subdivided by coil-like section (Fig. 23). Third segment 2% length 2nd, 4th equal to combined lengths of 2nd & 3rd segments. Antenne just over half length of body. Bucculac short nol reaching pronotum, with two depressions, free end bluntly acuminate. Lower margin with ‘step’ (Fig. (9), Anterior margin of pronotum flat and lateral margins raised. Pronotum divided by broad longitudinal depression lined with circular pits, Pore marpur of raised areas deeply emarginate, Anterior lateral margins straight, humeral angles sharply produced. Posterior margin with false suture with minute shining golden brown spicules. Edges of raised lobes fringed with small pits. Lateral margins of hind margin deeply emarginate, remainder of posterior margin evenly rounded, Dense pilosity of proootuin makes circular ‘pits’ rather difficult 16 see. Peomotal width 2.1% greater than median length, 1.8% width of head across eves. Mesoscutellar lobe and scutellum .66% median pronotal length, Scutellym depressed with lateral margins and faint median keel forming two shallow NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) "3 Figs 28-35. Hebrid o & 9 genitalia, 28 & 29 Merragata hackeri, 28, genital capsule; 29, ibid side view; 30, Hebrus axillaris Horvath genital capsule side view; 31 & 32 Hebrus woodwardi sp, nov. 31, dorsal view; 32, ibid side view: 33, Hehrus monteithi sp, nov, & genilal capsule, side view; 34 & 35 9 genitalia H, monteithi sp. nov. Terminology P paramere; Ga gonangulum; Gol, Go2 first and second gonapophyses, Gx1, Gx2 first and second gonocoxac; T9 TIO abdominal terga 9 & 10, 4A (VOR LANSBURY depressions, apex of sculelluin bifurcate (Fig. 18), Forewlngs well developed, membrane altnost reaching end of abdomen. Rostrum almost reaching posterior margin of metasiernum. Front and middle legs siniilar (Figs 20. & 21), Hind legs 1.38% longer than front and middle legs. Hind femur §,68* longer than median pronotal length (Fig. 22). Single male specimen toa damaged to figure genitalia, Head and thorax detached from remnants of abdomen, Referred Material) A female collected trom Koongara Creek, {a few Km from Nourlangie Rock) 8-10.,1979 Coll. 1. Lansbury appears 10 be identical with A, vowrlangie?. Koongara Creek is a series of sluggish rocky pools joined by a shaded narrow ereek, Hebrus novrlangies is immediately recognisable from other Australian species by the bifurcate apex of the scujelhun and nanow uterocular distance, Merragata haekeri Hungerford FIGS 24, 28-29, 34-44 Merragata hacker? Hungerfurd, 1934, pp, 70-71 ‘Type specimens; Holotype cr, allotype 9 and some Paralypes, Qld, Brisbane, December, 1952, H. Hacker; Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas. Additional Paratypes (same data), British Museum (Natural History) and Sowh Austraian Museum, Adelaide. Distribution Vic, Qia and NT. Sizer oof, OG 1,47 - 1.8 mm lone, width. across widest part of pronotum .77 - 9 mm. Calsuee Dersally pale yellawish brown, elytra milky white adjacent to scutellum, sometimes slightly darker across membrane. Mesoscutellar lobe and scuwlellim dark brown, ridges on scutcllum same eulour as pronotum, Head, pronotum and lateral margits of elytra with long pale yellowish hairs. Underside of head and bucculae same colour us dorsal aspect, Prosterrum dark yellowish brown, (Meso and metastermum varying between reddish brown and black distally. Sternites black covered with long pale golden hairs. Legs pale yellow, distal apices of tibiae and tarsi narrowly annulated dark brown. Antennae yellowish brown, 4th segment hlack, 3rd segment sometimes also black. Suructure: (nteroculas space 3x or more maximum eye width. Median head lengch .64 - .78% median head width. Vertex with two (1+ 1) faint longitudinal furrows converging between ocelli. Poslerior margin of head raised with ocelli strongly proatuberant and black, Head covered with fine whitish pubesvence, shorter ventrally. Antennae 12:3:4: - 4,6-4,75 -3,5-5.5, all segments covered with fine hairs (Fiz. 38), Bucculae short, noc reaching pronalum, lowe’ mareln appearitig slightly curved/sinuate, [ree end angular, medianty with large depression (Fig. 24), Pronotal widit 2% median length and head width across eves. Anterior collar narrow with lransverse row Of pits, Anterior lobe with two (14-1) deeply Sightly diverging depressions with a median longituvinal depression cofsisiing of coalescing pits, each with line silvery tomentose margins between. Anterior lateral margins more or less straight, shining without depressions. Pronotal humeral angles depressed, remainder of dise slightly raised wilh scattered pits. Postenor margin convex, imedianly slightly emarginate around mesoscurellar lobe (Fig. 36), Scutellum and mesaseutellar lobe less than half median pronotal length (.44). Scucellum slightly wider than mesoscutellar lobe, Basal lateral margins raised curving towards apex with two (141) pits basally, median carina short. Hemelyiral venation typical hebrid. Connexivum visible laterally, membrane overlapping end of abdomen. Venarion heavily chitinised, usually same colour as pronotum. Anterior part of elytra covered with long fine huirs same colour as background. Abdominal ridges curved, converging shghtly distally. Tergites black and shining. Rustrum short hot reaching distal margin of metasiernum, Fore coxae clase fugether. Proscernum and collar with scattered large pits, Middle coxae wider apart, mesostermunr with two (141) longitudinal ridges covered with dense hairs distally, Hind coxue slightly wider apart, mesnsternal ridge cuntinued onto melasiemum diverging posteriorly, Slernites covered in uniform white hairs. Pra and mesopleura with scattered large pits (Fiz, 37). Front and middle Iegs only differing slightly between sexes (Figs 39 & 40 742 & 43S), Hind legs longer, hind femora |.25 -1.3x longer than median pronotal length, Male hind legs 1,33> longer than front and middle legs (Fig. 41) and 1.22 - |.3x in females (Fig. 44). Male genital cupsule (Figs 28 & 29). Material exomtined: Brisbane, Moguill Farm Tam, 6.1979, Old; Sundown National Park, in marginal grasses around farm dam, 6.iv.1985 Qld; Sundown National park, Severn River, #.iv.1985, Qld; Phillip Eslayid, ILAI985, Vic. found on densely avergrown pool with Hebrus axitlaris: Ellery Gorge neat Alice Springs, NT 28.1v,1979, 1, Lansbury Coll. Tallaadoou Lagoon, National Museum Victoria, Dartmouth Invertebrate Survey Vic. 3,1),1975, M.B. Malipatil; N-MAV, Survey, Macalister ‘Thomsen River Junction Swamp Vie 3.vii. 1979. MB Malipalil; Red Fily Lagoon near Daly River NOT. 17°45 "5-130°42 "EB, $y it.t980, MB Matipatils Limestone Garge, N-T. 10 02°S-130' 23" E, 23-201. 1986 [Operation Kaleigh} M-B. Malipatil, NT. Musewn Coll, Acknowledgments This work was commenced dui ing the tenure of a grant from the Leverhulme Trust (London) and eranis iron the ABRKS and CSIRO, Canberra. L NOTES ON THE HEBRIDAE (INSECTA HEMIPTERA-HETEROPTERA) ne Figs 36-44. Merragata hackeri Hungerford, Sundown N.P., Qld. 36, dorsum; 37, ventral; 38: antennae; 39-41 or, 39, fore leg; 40, middle leg; 41, hind leg; 42-449, 42, fore teg; 43, middle Jeg; 44, hind leg. 66 IVOR LANSBURY wish to thank Dr Gordon Gross, South Australia Museum, Adelaide: Dr G. Monteith, Queensland Museum, Brisbane; Dr M,B. Malipatil, Northern Territory Museum, Darwin and Dr T. Vasarhelyi, Hungarian Natural History Museum, Budapest for the loan of critical types and other material. References ANDERSON, N. M, (1981) Semiaquatic bugs; phylogeny and classification of the Hebridae (Heteroptera: Gerromorpha) with a revision of Timasius, Neotimasius and Hyreanus. Systematic Entomology 6, 377-412. _____ (1982) The Semiaquatic Bugs (Hemiptera, Gerromorpha). Entomonograph 3, 1-455. Coppen, R. H. (1982) The Hebrid fauna of the Ethiopian Kaffa Province with consideration on species grouping. Hebridae Heteroptera. Jijdschr. Ent. 125. 1-24 Hait, H. M. (1926) Studies in Australian Hemiptera No VIL Rec, S. Aust. Mus. 3, 195-217. HorvaTH, G. (1902) Descriptions of a new Hemiptera from New South Wales. Jermeszetr. Fiiz. 25, 601-612. [Annls hist.-nat, Mus. natn. hung.] HUNGERFORD, H. B. (1934) Concerning some aquatic and semi-aquatic Hemiptera from Australia. Bull, Brooklyn ent. Soc. 29, 68-73. Lunpsiap, ©. (1933) Zur kenntnis der aquatilen und semi-aquatilen Hemipteren von Sumatra, Java und Bali, Arch. Hydrobiol. Suppl. 12 (Tropische Binnengewasser TV), 1-489, Miyamoto, S. (1964) Semiaquatic Heteroptera of the south west islands lying between Kyushu and Formosa. Sieboldia 3, 193-219. (1965) Hebridae in Formosa (Hemiptera) /bid 3, 281-294, Porter, T. W. (1954) A new species of Hebrus Curtis from the Philippine Islands (Hemiptera, Hebridae), J. Kans. ent. Soc. 27, 78-79. (1959) Three new species of Hebrus Curtis from the Philippine Islands. fbid 32, 31-35. A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA (BUTHIDAE: BUTHINAE) BY N. A. LOCKET* Summary Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. et sp. nov. is described and illustrated. The scorpion, recorded from dry salt lakes in South Australia, is uniformly pale fawn except for eye pigment, lacks keels on the carapace, and has long pectines with 30-36 teeth. Metasomal segments are squat and keeled. The vesicle is small and lacks a definite subaculear tooth. The taxon is compared with Jsornetroides vescus and Lychas alexandrinus, which it resembles but from which it differs in features of the metasoma, pectine length, trichobothrial pattern, hemispermatophores and colour. KEY WORDS: Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. et. sp. nov., new species, scorpion, Australia, taxonomy. Trumsecniemy af he Royal Soeioty of 8. Auvt,, (1990), d(2), 67-80 A NEW GENUS AND SPECIES OF SCORPION FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA (BUTHIDAE: BUTHINAE). by NLA, LacKxet* Summary LacktT, NLA. (1990) A ew genus and species af scorpion from South Australia (Buthidae: Burhinae). Trans. R. Soc, S. Aust. 114(2), 67-80, 31 May, 1990. Austrolobuthus xeralimniorum gen. ot sp. doy, is deseribed pnd iystrated, The scorpion, recorded froty drysali lakes in Sourh Australia, iy uniformly pale lawn except foreve pigment, lacks keely on the carapace, and has long pectines with 30-36 leeth, Metusomal segments are squat und keeled. (he vesicle is small and Jacks a definite substculear tooth. The taxon is compared with /sarmerroides véscns and Lyehas wlexaadrinus, which it resembles bur trom which it differs in features of the metasoma, pectine length. tichobothpal pattern, hemispermatophores und colour, Kry Warns, Australabuthus xeralimnniorum ven. et. sp. nov, new speqes, scorpion, Australia, taxnnamy- Introduction The early work on Australian searpions, and notably that of Keyserling (1885), was consolidated by Kraepelin (1899). This work was reviewed by Slauert (1925), the paper serving.as a basis for che Buthidae for the monograph of Koch (1977) on wll Australo-Papuan scorpions, Koch reduced to three the ten species of Lychus, and synanymised the two fsometroides described hy Glauert (1925), Examination of buthid scorpions in the collection of the South Australian Muscum and the author's collection has revealed some specimens which do not fit the published descriptions. Living examples of this ew taxon have since been obtained, allowing the following description to be supplemented by information on habitat and behaviour, Materials and Methods The holotype, allotype and ten paratypes are in the collection of the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM), Referred material includes eight specimens in the South Australian Museum and iuine it the author's. collection. Terminology follows Hjelle (in press); that tor trichobothria follows Vachon (1973). Measurements were made with an eyepiece micrometer, and are expressed as mean + standard deviation. Figures were drawn using a camera Jucida, with details added freehand, excepe for big. 3. In this composite figure the posture was drawn from 2 negative of a photographed living specimen, projected afte a baseboard, and detail added freehand from preserved specimens. Measurements of width of lamina and Jength of * Dept of Anatomy and Histology, University of Adelaide, G.P-O. Box 498, Adelaide, S, Aust, 500L, tooth of pectines were made as in Fig. 7c. The right hemispenm#tophures were drawn, fallowing Koch (1977), except that each was drawn from two positions, with the lamina perpendicular to the page, and rolated 90° to the right, Live specimens. have been observed’ by UN. light, in the field (Stahnke 1972), and later kept for several months. in the laboratory in containers of slightly damp sand containing a flat stone as shelter; the animals were fed mealworms at intervals, Systematics Family: Buthidae Simon, 1879 Subfamily: Buthinae Kraepelin, 1899 Australobuthus gen, et sp. nov, Type species: Australobuthus xerolimniorum sp. TIOV. Diagnostic definition: Carapace without definite keels. Median eyes in anterior half of carapace, Three subequal lateral eves, Tergites |-V1 with poorly developed median keel, no lateral keels. Pretergites of LVI with distinctly wavy posterior margin. Pectines long, reaching to or beyond trochantero- femoral joint of fourth leg, 30-36 teeth, Metasamal segments stout, squat, of almost equal width, all keeled. Vesicle small, somewhat clongate, not keeled. Aculeus stout, clearly distingt trom vesicle, definite subaculear tooth absent, but rudimentary subuculear tubercle in some specimens (mostly juveniles), Chelicerae with single ventral tooth on lixed finger, Pedipalp: Femoral trichobothria, four dorsal and five internal. 6 pattern, d4 close to anterosuperior keel, dl, d3 and d4 forming a right angle, Patella with 13 tnchobothria. Hund small, rounded, keels absent. Fixed fingers. with six, moyuble with seven slightly imbricated rows of fine 63 NA, LOCKET even demricles, extending [ull lengih of Mngets, Nanked by internal and external accessory teeth. Oe or two accessory tecth proximal to fetminal tooth and medial to distal row of dentlicles, Twelve trichobothria. Evymology; Vhe géheric name Austratohuthus, refers to the southerly distribution of this buthid scorpion, Comparison with other genera The mew geous shares a number of characters with fsametroides and Lychas, but differs trani boil in significant features, The metasomal segments arc all keeled like those of ZLychas, though the arrangement of the keels is different, The fifth metasomal segment of Isanerrcides is not keeled, but amooth and markedly punctate. The presence of a definite subaculear tooth, lacking tn the new genus, is a diagnostic character of Lychas. Jsarnetreides lacks 4 Subaculear tooth; the vesicle and aculeys in that genus merge without clear distinction and are more elongated than in (he new genus, The vesicle of Ausiralabuthus is markedly smaller than in Lychas. The pectines are substantially lunger, and with more teeth, than in wither Lychas or Isumetroides. These differences justify the erection of a new genus. Australabuthus xerolimniarvar sp. nov. FIGS 1-14 Holotype: SAM NI988568, Adult male, Under loz, Lake Hart shore, S. Aust, sil, 1984. BL Guerin. Allotype: SAM NI988569 Adult female. On surface, Lake Gilles, S. Austr 32° 41° S 134° 54° BK 12.%.1980. P. Hudson. Paraivpes: (AIL paratypes are adult. Several juventtes afe jicluded in the referred material) SAM NIO8S 3570-72, Under stones on salt, Price Peninsula, Lake Evre, 7.xi.t955, ET, Giles 29 9, Lo; SAM NL988 573 Everard Ranges. xxi 1970. GE Gross, E.G, Mauhews. 9; SAM NI988 574 In lycasid burrew, | ake Gilles, (32% 43° fa” S, 134° 48" 14"), 26.11.1980. P. Hudson oF; SAM N1988 $75. Lycosid burrow, Lake Gilles. Lin.1980, P, Hudson oo SAM WNI988 376. Lake Gairdner, surface. wili.lL987. P Hudson @; SAM 108K §77=579, lake Gairdner, surface, Si.1989. PL Hudson. 9 G. Diagnosis: As for the genus with the following additions, Small (35-42 mm total length, adult). Pale fawn, due (eo lack of subcuticular pigment except around eyes. Carapace and tergites F-V1 finely pranular or shagreened, Median eyes large, diameter ¥ ALA, (Cp 046 ne 21), x imetecular distance Pectine tooth count 30-36, ¥ = pectinal teeth uniform, Description: Measurements ol holotype and alloiype in Table |, Length. 40.5 mm. Colour, Metasoma and extremivies very pale fawn, transilluminate freely (Fig.l) Black pigment in and around median and Jateral eyes, otherwise ny subeuticular pigmentation {Fig. 2). Dorsal surface of mesosoma appears striped, due to pale borders of terzites showing up against dark coloured viscera. Extremities show little dark sclerotisation, but cheliceral teeth and tecth along the fingers dark. Aculeus. and pedal claws, but not tibial nor pedal spurs, darkly sclerotised, Carupace (Figs 3, 4). Almost siraight finely granular anterior border bearing 4 few small setae, frontal notch hardly distinguishable, anterolateral unples rounded. Posterior margin almost straight, without setae, Surface finely granular of shagreened, granulanty mos! prominent in anterior half. Definite keels absent, Interocular arca smooth. Median groove continucs over ocular tubercle, which rises about fall one median eye diameter above carapace tine. Supraciliary ridges finely granular, but nor continued as keels, Median eyes large, 0.12 = carapace length, diameter 0,84™ intérocular distanec, Posterior border of eye in front of midpoint of carapate, Three lateral cyes subequal, corneas contiguous, half their own diameter from carapace margin. Pigment deep to eyes Conrinuous. Tergites of first six mesosoimal segments almost smooth or finely shagreened, posterior edges smooth, with fine granules. Poorly developed smooth median keel but no lateral keels Smooth pretergite bounded posteriorly by distinctly wavy margin (Fig. 5). Seventh mesosomal tergile shagreened, with low central ridge only in anterior two thirds of segment, but two well-developed lateral pairs of finely denticulate keels present in posterior two thirds Posterior border smooth, with fine granules, dorsal and ventral jateral borders rounded, with fine denticulation. Siemires (Fig. 6). Smoorh, shiny, with fine setae along posteriot border. Spiracles small, slightly concave posteriorly, Seventh mesasomal sternite smooth, shiny, with rounded posterior border. Lateral keels finely eranular, prominent in posterior two thirds of segment, median keels lets developed, in posterior half. Sternum [Fig. 4b), Subtnangular, small median eminenee anteriorly with pil with densely sclerotised but pale walls directly postetior to it, and deep pit in posterior part of sternum. Genital operculum divided in all specimens. 33, + LBin-4h, NEW BUTHID SCORPION Fig. 1. Above, Australobuthus xerolimniorum Ben. €t sp. nov., adult male, Lake Gairdn Gairdner. Scale bar = Smm., below, adult female, Lake 70 N.A, LOCKET — . eT nee eto to Fig. 2. Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen, et Sp. NOV., male. Scale bar = 5mm. NEW BUTHID SCORPION 7 Pectines (Fig, 7). Very long, 32, 33 teeth, extending well beyond trochantero-femoral joint of fourth leg and close to tear border of sternite IIL, covering the spiracle of that sternite. Fig. 4. Australoburthus xeralimniorum gen. et sp. nov, A. Carapace. B, Steraum and genital operculum. Scale bars = Imm. Metasoma (Fig. 8a). Length of metasoma, 0,55 * total length. First and fifth segments equally wide, slightly wider than second, third and fourth, which are themselves of equal width. Dorsal surfaces of metasomal segments smooth, lateral surfaces mostly smooth, not shiny, with few fine granules. First four segments squat, intercarinal surfaces smooth, not shiny, First segment with ten Fig. 3. Carapace, lateral view. A, Austruluburhus Stanular keels, terminal tooth of these hardly xerolimmonun sp. nov. B, Lyehas alexandrinus. C, enlarged. Ventromedial keels entire, equidistant Tsometroides vescus, Scale bar = Imm. from each other as from ventrolateral. Lateral keel TABLE 1, Mewsurements in mim, of Australobuthus xerolimniorum, gen, el sp. nav. Holotype male, allotype femule. a Q oa 9 or 9 Total. length 40.5 3a.8 Carapace L 4.6 4.3 W 45 4,3 Mesosoma L 12.0 13.6 Metasoma [ L 30 2.6 W 2. 2.6 H 2.3 pas iL L 43 3.0 W 2.6 24 H 23 2.2 LIT lL. 3.4 3.0 W 2.6 2.4 H 2.3 2.2 IV L4i 3.4 W 2.5 2.5 H 2.2 24 Vv L43 3,9 W 2.6. 2,6 H 2.1 1.8 Telson L 42 4.1 Vesicle L 24 2.2 W 14 1.4 H 1.3 ll Aculeus Lig 19 Pedipalp: femur L 35 3.2 W 210 1.0 H ().7 0.7 Patella L348 34 W 14 1.4 Ht 1.1 Hand L 6.0 5.6 W123 Ll H 14 12 Movable finger L 41 3.8 Fixed finger [3.7 3.4 Chelicera: Movable finger 1. 1.0 1 Fixed finger L OS 0.6 Peetine 1, 6.8 5.8 Teeth (max.) 1 1.0 0.9 Pectine tooth count 34,35 31,32 72 N.A, LOCKET NEW BUTHID SCORPION 74 present on posterior 2/3 of Segment, Second and third segments similar, Fourth segment with cight keels, lacking lateral keel, Fifth segment siout, with four definite keels and coarsely granular, poorly detined, complete, not bilurcating ventromedian keel. Ventrolateral keel denticulate, dorsolateral granular, less prominent, Few intercarinal granules. Median dorsal furrow smooth, samewhat shiny. Telson, Vesicle small, rather elongate. (Width of vesicle/width of metasomal segment V: 0.55). Smooth and shiny with few scattered small granules, no keels. No subaculear spur bul minimal subaculear tubercle in small specimens, Aculeus stout, sharply curved, terminal half dark due to sclerolisation, Chelicerac (Fig. 9) Manus and fingers smooth, pales teeth dark (due to sclerotisation, nol subjacent pigment), without secondary serrations, single ventral tooth on fixed finger, pattern as shown in ligure, Pedipalp (Fig. 10). Femur; dorsal and posterior surfaces finely granular, not shiny. Anterior surface smooth with seattered fine granules and irregular line of large granules and denticles, some bearing strong setae. Anteroveniral keel of small regular granules, anterodorsa! keel of small regular granules without setae. Posterodorsal and posteroventral keels of small, less regular granules, some bearing setae, particularly at the ends, Patella; smoothly curved posterior border, smooth or finely shagreened surfaces, not shiny, Keels on dorsal surface weakly granular, Anterior border coarsely denticulate and granular, some teeth and granules bearing setae. Ventral surface smooth, convex. Hand; small, rounded, no keels, smooth and shiny, bearing scatiered setae, Fingers long, slender, N.64 x length of whole hand. Sirsight in lateral view, gently curved in dorsal view. Movable finger with eight external agvessory teeth, seven internal and one terminal, Seven oblique rows of fine even ieeth. Fixed finger with six-seven external accessory teeth, six internal and one terminal. Stx obliqne rows of line tecth. Fixed finger with scattered fine setae, movable finger with more, particularly ventrally and at tip, Trichobothrial paiiern as shown in Fig, tl. Legs (Fig. 12). Smooth or finely shagreened on dorsal surtaces, shiny yentrally, keels low and rounded, barely granular. Single pale tibial spur on third and fourth legs, |wo equal pale spurs on laryomere IT of all legs. Terminal claws equal on all legs. Few stout setae on femora, Stout setae on Fig. 6. Australobuthus xerolinniorum pen. et sp. nov, Outlines of sternites showing sexual dimorphism, A, male, B, female. Scale bar = Linm. —_— teratnta a ON My / TT yp Fig. 7. Australobuthus xerolimniorum gen. ef sp. how, Pectines, A male, B, female, C, Measurement site for andth of lamina, W, atid lengih of tooth, L. Scale bar = tmm, Fig. 5.. Ventral yiews lo. show proportions of pectines, lateral views of metasoma and dovsal view of carapace and ferpites, A, fsametroides veseus, B, Australaobuihus Nerolininicrum, C, Lychas ulexandrinus, Scale bar, common to each scries = Imrn. 74 NLA. LOCKET NEW BUTHID SCORPION 75 anterior and posterior borders of patella, especially wlong anterior. Setae cvenly distributed on tibia, and tarsomeres | and IT, Those on (arsomere I mostly in two rows, Of tarsomere II scattered irregularly and closely packed, not forming a comb, Variation No specimens show any trace of patiern; all arc pale except for the eye pigmentation, The median cycs appear large in all, their diameter =0.09-0.14 % carapace length (1-21, x ~ 0.125, + 0.015), Their diameter is 0.59-1,08 » interocular distance, (n=21, % = 0.81, +0.18). All but one have three laleral eyes on each side; one specimen has four on one side and {hree of the other. The posterior borders of the sternites. are markedly convex in juveniles (and in adult females, see sexual dimorphism, below). The pectines ure Jong in all, with tooth count 30-36 (n-41, x =0.56 m + 0,04), None have a definite subacular tooth, but a minimal subaculear tubercle is present insome specimens, mainly juveniles. The fingers are long in all, 0.63-0.68 « hand length (n=20, x — 0.65, + 0,02), Fiymofogy: The specific name, xerolimniorum, is from Greek xeros, dry and limne, lake. Sexual dimorphism: tn some scorpions the sexes may be distinguished casily by differences in bodily Proportions, females tending to have Jarger and sfouter mesosomas with respect to the metasoma than males. Pectine tooth counts also may vary between sexes, males lencing to have more teeth than fernales, Neither criterion applies in the present B\. “ Y ~~ Fig, 9°. Ausiralobuthus xerolininiorum pen. et showed chat the condition shured by some members of all of the micrahylid subfamilies that he examiltied was a single narrow supplementary slip arting via a tendon from posteriorly on the mandible aad passing anteroniedially, parallel with the mandible, to insert on # median tendinous mass underlying the junction of the mentomeckelians. {his condition is figured for Cuphixalas ornatuy by Burton (1984) and €. kaindiensis (Burton 1986). Its distribution through several subfamilies (Asterophryinae, Brevicipitinae. Dyscophinae, Genyophryninae and Microhylinae) suggests that it is the primitive condition, using the eriterion of Kluge (1976) that a character state widespread among taxa related at Tyler, M, J. (1974) Superficial mandibular musculature and wocal sac structure of (he Anura. M.Sc. Lhesis, _ University of Adelaide, Unpubl, - Rorton, fC U9R Iu) The phylogeny of phe Papuan subfamily Asterephryinae (Anura: Mierohylidacl. Ph.D (esis, Universiry of Adctaide. Unpubi. BE THOMAS C XURTON the next higher taxonomic level that ocherwise have little in common is pleseiomarphic. The deltoid muscle of frogs usually consists of two or three slips inserting on the humerus, the number of slips depending im parr on the completeness of the pectoral girdle (Jones 1933), The M_ episternohumeralis, a ising from medially on the ventral surface of the sternum and/or episternum (depending on che presence of an eplstermuin), afd the M. acromiostumteralis, arising from the scapula, are apparently always. present, however mouct the pectoral girdle may be reduced QVenes 1933; Burton 19832"), Vrogs with a ‘somplete” pectoral girdic, 1c, including a fully developed clavicle, usually possess a small slip, che M. cleidohumeraks, arising from the ventral surface ol the eclaviele No genyophrynine, ever if it possesses a clavicle, possesses this slip (Burlon 19838"), The M. acroniohumeralis is generally (e.g., Rang teripevariu, Ecker 1889; personal observations) a broad muscle consisting of (41 short fibres from the amerior margin of the scapula which Insert along the ventral surface of the humerus, and (b) a lone superficial straptike portion which consists of parallel sers of fibres arising from two origins. The more medial fibres arise from laterally on the anterior margih of the acromion; the more lateral fihres arise from the medial surface of the scapula, pass laterally, curving around the dorsal surface of the acromion, and run alongside the more lateral fibres from the anterioe margin of the acrormion, This strap-like component of the deltoid mus- culatute runs the length of the humerus, and inserts on the ulnar epicondyle of the humerus. In genyuphrytiines of the geneta Cophixalus and Sphenogarvne examined inthis sturdy, these fibres arise distally on the posterior surface of the corucoid instead Of the medial margin of the scapula, Burtan {1983a°) demonstrated that the foot and hand aiuscalarure of the New Guinea microhylids is Very Gonservative and, therefore, useful taxo- nomically. In genyoplirynines a foot muscle, the Wf flexor ossis diguté IV, typically arises From the fibulare and inserts along the Whole length of the Jateroplantar surface of metatarsus 1'Y- When Menzies & Tyler (1977) tesurrected Copiula they dealt only with species from eastern New Guinea, while acknowledging the existence of specimens from the Cyclops Range in Iran Jaya, 800 km west of their most westerly site for C fistetans. Copiula pipiens was subsequently described from Wewak, 500 km north-west of the species discussed by Menzies & Tyler (Burton & Stocks 1986), In the course of # broader study of Copiula, a series Of morphologically distinctive frogs wee found to have been collected from a number of sites rangiug from che Cyclops Range eastwards to Within about 2X kn northewest of the known range of C fisrulans. Materials and Methods The following specimens were examimed for ctumpartson with the new species, and are lodged in collections. abbreviated as [ollows: AMNH - Anéricah Museum of Natural History, New York; AU?, — Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide (unregistered); BMNH - British Museum (Natural History, London); RMINH - Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Histone, Leiden; SAM - South Australian Museum, Adelaide; UPNG - Depart ment of Biology, University of Papua New Cuinea, Perl Moresby. Copinla fistulans Menzies & , Tyler AMNH 59894-6, S1128-31, 82951-2: AUZ A723, D7425 SAM R5852, RSS79, RG282-3, RId43-8, RL4239-50, R1l4497 (holotype), RISOR1, R23836-7; C minor Menzies & Tyler AMNH 36908, 56939-40), 56958, 56960, 56971-2, 56986, 56997-8, $7046-7, §7050-4; SAM R15245 (paratype); C, wacprAiae (Boulenger) AMNH 59894-8, £9957-60, 39992-60000, 60013, 60018-9, A0U36-46; BMNH 1947.2.11.99, 1947.2.12.4 (syntypesy; SAM R 10647, RK 14237-3, RIEOSD; UPNG 1371, 2612, 4311, 5204-5; C. pipiens Burton & Stocks ype series AMNH 123698; SAM R 29779 (hotovypel-82; UPN 7025-8 (incorrectly cited by: Burton & Stocks (1986) as 7205-8); unidentified Copiila; AMNH 49514, 49554, 79961. BMNH 1928.6.6.2,3; RMNH 5256, 5269. Olher Genyophryninae:! Coplixalus orialis SAM R12321; & porkeri SAM RSSTSA, RSSISA, RSSI3A; C. rigarius SAM Rol4s, RO2SA: Sphesophryne macrorkynoha SAM R695; S. patimipes SAM Rti157, Otter Microhytidae: Aylopherbus rufescens SAM R6285B; Naloula pictw SAM R13603B; Mantephryne lateralis SAM RARBTA, R934; Phonomanis humicola compra SAM RS8254: P stitiozaster SAM RS202. Other families: Hylidae; Litorie cnerulee SAM R23974; Leptodacrylidac! Limnodynastes perant SAM R24273; J. dumerili SAM RISUM: Ranidac: Rana grisea SAM R8294B: RF. paepee SAM R7695, Specimens were preserved in 65% oT 70% ethanol, The folknwing measurements were laken: Snout-veart leneth (S-V1, head width (HW), head Jength (HL), tibial length {TL}, Eye diameter (EB), Eye-nari§ distance (E-N), internarial distance (1N), diameter of tympanum (T), and snout length (SN). Measurements were carried oul using Mitutoyo disal cahpers, and follow the methods of Burton & Stocks (9861, Myological dissections were Facill- NEW COPIULA SPECIES 8Y tiated by use of the iodine-potassium indide solution of Bock & Shear (1972). Specimens were, or had been, cleared and double- stained for skeletal examination acvarding to the method of Dingerkus & Ubler (1977). Some specimens were [lensed and cleared of soft tissue by application of sodium hypochlorite solution and allowed to dry slowly. Nomenclature.of muscles and skeletal structures follows Burton (1986), Myological Characters of Copia The superficial throat musculature af Copiufe includes a single supplementary slip of the Af. Infermandibylaris: & broad sheet arising from the anterior part of the ventral margin of the angulosplenial, and passing madially and only slightly anteriorly to insert on the ventral epimysium of the M. submentalis and the adjacent median aponeurosis of the anterior portion of the Af, intermandibularis, This slip was Illustrated by Burton (1986), and resembles closely that of Sphenophryne described and figured by Burton (1984), The lack of clavicles and procoracoids led Parker (1934) to associate Copinia with Cophixalus but the nature of the throat musculature is stronger evidence of the phylogenetic relationships of Copuda with Sphenophryne, as it is clearly a synapomorphy (Burton (986). TL is likely that clavicles and procoracoids have been lost several umes in the evolution of the New Guinea microhylids (Burton (986) and chat reduction of the pectoral girdle, vhercfore, is not_a reliable phylo- Senetic character. The deltoid musculature of Copied (Fig, 1) resembles that of other genyophrynines, except that the portion of the AZ acromiohumeralis which arises from the coracoid of Copixla differs fram thal of other genyophrynines in origin, course and insertion, In Copinla this portion has a broad origin occupying the middle one-half approximately of the anterior margin of the coracoid. The fibres of this Portion converge as they pass anterolaterally across the anterior margin of the acromian (dorsal ro che acromian in other frogs), before passing atong the lateral surface of the humerus, Instead af merging with the strap-like portion from the acromion, as in other Frogs, it passes mediatly, deep to the Strap like portion, and inserts on the crista ventralis and the adjacent lateroventral surface of the humerus. This condition is not found in other New Guinea niicrohylid genera, or in the other 22 microhylid genera examined by Burton (1986), und has tut been reported for any other genus, his unique muscle sip is found easily in dissection of the pectoral girdle, and in sorne spirit specimens with translucent ventral skin it can be seen clearly through a dissecting microscope sometimes without making an incision, In thar rhe condition described here is found in all frogs referred to Copiula by the combination of characlers presented by Menzies & Tyler (1977), and in that this slip is unique to Copiula and is relatively easy to find, possession of this condition of the delioic! musculature is diagnostic for Copiula and taxonomically useful. The M. flexor ossi digiti 1V of Copiula inserts only on the proximal one-hal! at the lateroplantar surface of metatarsus IV, This. is the condition shared by most of the asterophryine genera but no ather genyophrynine, and is described and figured by Burton (1983 b), As it is a difficult muscle to Fig. t. Ventral views of the pectoral mvisculature of the left side of Copiula tyleri, sp. nov, showing the components af the Af. wcrorriohumeralis A, with all muscles intact, and B, stter removal of superficial muscles and severing of strap-like portion, a, shart {Whites from acromion; b, straptike portion: ¢, portion originating from coracgid. 90 THOMAS. C, BURTON dissect, it is of usc in phylogenetic studies rather than of taxonomic value: Copiuli tyleri sp. nov. FIGS 2-5 Holotype: AMNH 77542, an adult male collected at Mt Hunstein, 1220 m, 142°39'E, 4°31'S, East Sepik Province, Papua New guinea on {3.viii.1966 by R. Hoogland. Definition: A small species with a conspicuously unpigmented tympanum; dorsum distinctly more heavily pigmented medially than laterally; snout relatively short (SN/E<1.40) and broad; the nostrils opening laterally. Description of holotype: Head roughly tnan- gular, longer than broad (HL/HW 1.06) (Fig. 2). Head width more than ! snout to vent length (AW/S-V 0.36). Snout relatively shore (SNE 1,31), with rounded, translucent white tip projecting well beyond maxillae. Nostrils lateral; internarial distance much greater than-eye Lo haris distance (E- NVIN 0.61). Canthus rostralis well defined and curved when seen from above; loreal region almost vertical, Eye small (E/S-V 0,106), bur larger than cye-to-naris distance. Tympanum small (1.6 mm) and conspicuously unpigmented in constrast to dark pignient of side of head and scapula area; no supratympanic fold. Tongue more than half free posteriorly, ‘Single transverse prepharyngeal ridge present, denticulate. Fingers and twes.unwebbed (Fig. 3); terminal discs with marginal grooves: discs of toes broader than dises of fingers; order of lengths of fingers J>4>2>1; order of lengths of toes 4>3>5>2>1; inner metatarsal tubercle small and oval: ourer metatarsal tubercle absent. Skin of dorsal and ventral surfaces smooth, Colour in preservative: dorsum mid purplish-brown medially, with indistinct dark brown to black blotches, grading laterally to a pale grey contrasting stronaly with dark postorbital strips. Tip af snout unpigmented. Postorbital stripe broad and irregular, extending beyond arm. Flanks dark brown blotched pale grey. Tympanum golden-brown contrasting with dark postorhital stripe. Ventral surfaces pale Fig 3. A, palmar surface on the left hand and B, planiar surface of the left foot of the holotype of Copitla tyler! sp, nov. Fig. 2. A, dorsal and B, lateral views of the head af the holotype of Copuela alert sp. bs NEW COPIULA SPECIBS cream-grey, suffused with brown in submandibular fegion and on undersurlace of tibia and foor. Hiosacral articulation direct and ligamentous. There is no information on the call of this species. Dimensions of holotype: SV 24,5 mm: HW 8.7 mm, HL 9.2 mm) TL 12.1 mm; E 2.6 mm: G-N 1.7 mm; IN 2.8 mm; T 1,6 mm; SN 3.4 nm, Etymology: The species is named in honour of Michael J, Tyler, whose contribution to the laxonamy of Australian and New Guinean frogs ts immense, who, with Menzies, resurrected Copiutla, and to whom the author is deeply indebted personally and professionally. It is evidence of the perversity of nature that the legs of Copiula uteri are a8 moderate in length a Tyler’s aren't, Variation There are 13 paratypes: AMNH 781(3 (gravid 9), Mt Nebo, 70)-1550.m, 20 km NE of Lumi, 142°2"R, 3°25'S, West Sepik Province, J. Diamond 14.1966: AMNH 78114 (gravid 9), Mt Menawa, Bewani Mins, 15 km NE of Utai, 141°33’E, 3°22°S West Sepil Province, J. Diamond 2-¥.viii.1966; AMNH 77543 (gravid 9) collecred with the holotype; AMNH 82949 (adult cr), Wanuma, 145°20'E, 4°50°S, 670m Adelbert Mtns, Madang Province, R. G. Zweifel 3.viii1969; BMINH 1938.6.5.93-96,98 {adult oor), 1938,6,5,97, 99 fiimmature 9 9), Cyclops Range, 910-1220 m, Ifian Jaya ca 140°40'R, 2°30'S,E. Cheesman; SAM R33774 (adult ory collected with the holotype. More precise data of sites and dates of capture are unavailable for the Cyclops Range specimens, The adult males measure 19.6-24.5 SV, and the females 24,2-25.5 min S-V. The diameter af the Jargest unpigmented mature ovum observed is 2.9 mm. Hind limbs are moderately long (TL/S-¥ 0.45-0.49}, HE¢HW varies widely (0.93-1.13), SN/E is very low (1,201.31). E-N/IN. varies between 6,60-0,79, Coloration in preservative varies. Im general specunens from the Cyclops Range are browner, sometimes honey-coloured, whereas specimens from elsewhere are grey-purple, Whether this reflects different length of preservation (the Cyclops Range specimens were collected approximately 30 years before che others), or the preservative practives adopted by collectors or museums. or any real dilterence is uaclear, The postorbital stripe varies in breadth and extent, bur it is broad and extends beyond the arnotin all specimens, Ventral colour ranges from pale mauve through pale cteam, and §n Some specimens the ventral colour af the thigh is pale orange. Density of the mottling of the submandibular region varies from slight peppering to heavy «mottling, Pig, 4, Distribution of Copiula tyleri sp. nov. in Eastern New Guinea, C pipiens and an unidenufied Copitla. C. tyleti; squares, 1, Cyclops Ra; 2, Mt Bewani: 3, Mt Nebo, 4, Mt Hunstein; 5, Wanuma. C. pipiens: triangle Wewak district, Unidentified Cupiu/g) diamond Soliabeda, Habitat and Distribution In his ficld holes on AMNH 82949, R. G, Zweifel states, “I found this one hiding beneath a broad leaf on the forest floor inthe daytime. When uncovered, it tried to hide in a hole in the ground”. The Cyclops Range specimens were collected from “dense forest”. Information regarding the altitudes of collecting sites is sketchy, but the minimum range of altitudes is 670 m (Wanuma) to 1220 m (Mt Hunstein and Cyclops Ra), Collecting sites are marked on Fig. 4, All sites are to the north of the central highlands. Colour in Life R. G. Zweifel has supplied ficld notes of one of the paratypes (AMNH $2949) “Mid-dorsal area from snout to cloaca moderately dark brown edged laterally with lighter, more golden brown. There is a dark lateral band from the snoutto mid-flank that is much darker brown than the middle of the back. A light yellow line separates this dark brown from the lighter brown of the snout along the canthus rostralis, and this line continues. up aver the edge of the evelid. The upper surlaces of the limbs are much the same colour as the middle of the back but have a few lighter and darker speckles oni them, The tinder surfaces ave grayish white with a faint yellowish tinge in the groin and in the: axillary regions, There is a general grey mottling on the chin which is much weaker on the chest and entirely absent on the lower abdomen. Similar mottling 42 THOMAS C. BURTON Fig. 5, Oudlines of dorsal views of heads of A, Copiula iyleri sp. nov; B, C. pipiens Button & Stocks, C,C. minor Menzies & Tyler. reappears on the utider surfaces of the hind limbs; The iris is dark brown, almost black, with tiny golden flecks. The horizontal pupil is conspicuously margined with a reddish gold line”. Comparison with other species Copiula rleri sp, nov. is a small species (maximum size of adult males 24.5 mm, females 25.5 mm §-V), distiner on this account from C- fistulans adult males (25.1-29.2 mm, females 29,4-33.5 S-V), Unlike the other small species (CC minor, C. oxyrhina. C. pipiens) there is strong contrast between the dark mid-dorsum and paler lateral dorsum, the tympanum is generally conspicuously unpigmented (Fig. 2) (dark and indistinct in other species), and the snout is truncate and broad, the nostrils opening laterally (Fig, 2) (anterolateral opening im other species), Fig, 5 shows a comparison between the shapes of the snouts of C tyleri sp, nov, C minor and C, pipiens. ©. axyrhind is so variable as to preclude its representation by a single morphotypy (Burton & Stocks: 1986). Copiula wieri sp. nov. differs from C, fistulans, C miner and C. oxvrhina in having a direct ligamentous. attachment between the ilium and sacrum. ©. pipiens shaves the C. tyleri condition, wut can be distinguished by characters of the dorsum, tympanum and snout noted above, and probably. by colour in life, as C. pipiens is tinged orange-pink in areas of the back and vent, compared with Zweafel's accaunt of C. tvleri above. The snout of C pipiens is relatively long (min, SN/E 145 compared with C ivlert max. SN/E 1.31)(Fig. 5). The shared possession of.a direct ligamentous attachment between the ilium and sacrum may suggest that the closest relation of C. (weri sp. nov. is C. pipiens, but the polarity and hence utility of this character is unknown (Burton 1986), The range of C. pipiens is poorly known: the only specimens were obtained from the Wewak area (Fig. 4). The range of C. tylerapparently surrotinds that of C pipiens, but there is no information to sugyest thar the ranges of the two species abut or overlap. Unidentified mainland specimens Two specimens from Mt Nomio, Irian Jaya (BM NH 1938.6.6.2-3) probably represent a further undescribed species. Both are small (S-V 19,1, 18.3), slender and little pigmented, and BMNH 1938.6.6.2 possesses a very long snout. Unfortunately, these specimens are in poor condition because of previous exploratory dissection and it is impossrble to sex or age them, or to determine the relationship between the ilium and sacrum. AMNH 49536 and 49554 (juvenile) from Bernhard Camp, Idenburg River, Irian Jaya cannot be referred to the species closest geographically, C. pipiens and C. tvleri, as they lack the direct ligamentous attachment between ilium and sacrum, They resemble most closely the geographivally distant . oxyrhine. Similarly, AMNH 79961 (S-V 27.4 mm) from Soliabeda, Chimby Province (Fiz, 4) falls into the size range of C. fisru/ans, but the site is 250 km to the west of the known range of that species. Bach instance may represent either a Tange extension or 2 new species, but either nrore specimens to allow-a study of variation or call data are needed before their {dentity can be resolved. RMNH 5256 and $269 from Timena River, {rian Jaya are tiny (S-V 15.3 mm, 15.7 mm), and appear juvenile, Ii is therefore impossible to determine their specific identity. Acknowledgments Specimens were provided by the following jnstitulions and their curators of agsdciates: NEW COPIULA SPECIES 93 American Museum of Natural History (R. G. Zweifel); British Museum (Natural History)(B. Clark); Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie (M. Hoogmoed) South Australian Museum .(M. JI. Tyler, A, Edwards) and University of Papua New Guinea (P. Lambley). R. G. Zweifel provided encourage- ment, distribution maps and field notes as well as specimens, and to him my debt is incalculable. Zweifel also provided the map on which Fig. 4 is based. M. J. Tyler and M. Davies read the manu- script and provided valuable criticisms, Much of the work was undertaken whilst 1 was a Visiting Research Fellow in the Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide. References Bock, W. J. & SHiiar C. R_ (1972) A staining method for gross dissection of vertebrate muscles. Anat, Anz, 130, 220-227. Bouvencer, G, A, (1898) Fourth report on additions to the batrachian collection in the Natural History Museum. Prac. zool. Suc. London 3, 473-482, Burton, T. C. (1983b) The musculature of the Papuan frog Phrynomaniis stictogaster (Anura: Microhylidae). J. Morphol. 175, 307-323. (1984) A new character to distinguish the Australian microhylid genera Cophixalus and Spheno- phryne, J. Herpetol 18, 205-207. (1986) A reassessment of the Papuan subfamily Asterophryinae (Anura: Microhylidae). Rec. S. Aust. Mus, 19, 405-450. & Stocks, R. (1986) A new species of terrestrial microhylid frog from Papua New Guinea, Trans, R. Sac. S. Aust, 110(4), 155-158. Dincerkus, G. & User, L, D. (1977) Enzyme clearing of alcian bluc stained whole small vertebrates for demonstration of cartilage. Svain Technology 52, 229-232. Ecker, A. (1889) “The Anatomy of the Frog” (G. Haslam translation), (Clarendon Press, Oxford), Emerson, S. B. (1976) A preliminary report on the superficial throat musculature of the Microhylidae and its possible role in tongue action. Cepeia 1976, 546-551, Jones, E. [. (1933) Observations on the pectoral musculature of Amphibia Salientia. Ann. Mag, Nat. fist. 12, 403-420. Kuuce, A. G, (1976) Phylogenctic relationships in the lizard family Pygopodidae, an evaluation of theory, methods and data. Misc, Publ, Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 152, 1-72, MEHELY, L, y. (1901) Beitrage zur kenntniss der Engy- stomatiden von Neu-Guinea, Jermesz. Fiizetek. 24, 169-271. Menzies, J. 1. & Tyer, M. J. (1977) The systematics and adaptations of some Papuan microhylid frogs which live underground. 4, Zoo/, 183, 431-464. Parker, H. W. (1934) “A Monograph of the Frogs of the Family Microhylidae”. (British Museum (Natural History), London), ZWEIFEL, R, G. & ALiison, A, (1982) A new montane microhylid frog from Papua New Guinea, and comments On the status of the genus Aphantophryne. Amer, Mus. Noyit. (2723), 1-14. ON THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHITON PARACHITON VERCONIS (COTTON & WEEDING, 1939) (MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA: LEPTOCHITONIDAE) BY K. L. GOWLETT-HOLMES Summary Transactions of the Royal Society af S. Aust., (1990), 114(2), 95-97, BRIEF COMMUNICATION ON THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE AUSTRALIAN CHITON PARACHITON VERCONIS (COTTON & WEEDING, 1939) (MOLLUSCA: POLYPLACOPHORA: LEPTOCHITONIDAE) Cotton & Weeding (1939)' described the chiton, Parachiton yerconis, from a single posterior valve dredged in 1909 off St Francis Island, South Australia. No complete specimen of this form has been recorded and, although the name has been adopted by various authors” ", they note its close resemblance to the eastern Australian species Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis Hull, 1923, and Kaas & Van Belle" suggest that it may be a subspecies of it. Two complete specimens of P verconis collected in South Australia have been located recently, providing the opportunily to compare it with L. (P) puppis; it is apparent that the two forms are conspecific. The material reported here is deposited in the Australian Museum, Sydney (AM), and the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM), Spirit material is preserved in 2% tormaldehyde/propylene glycol solution. The radula was prepared for examination under a scanning electron microscope (SEM) after the method of Bandel’. Systematics Family Leptochitonidae Dall, 1889 Genus Leptochiton Gray, 1847 Subgenus Parachiton Thiele, 1909 Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis (Hull, 1923) FIGS 1-3 Parachiton puppis Hull, 1923*, p. 158, pl. 24, figs 1-5; Iredale & Hull, 1925", p. 344, pl. 39, figs 15-19: [redale & Hull, 1927"), p..46, pl. 6, figs 15-19. Lepidopleurus puppis: Ashby, 1924!', p. 322. Fig. 1, Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis (SAM DI8415). A. whole specimen, x 8.5; B. detail of girdle, x 30. Of Parachiton verconis Cotton & Weeditig, 1939!, p. 183, pl. 7, tig. 2; Cotton & Godfrey, 1940°, p, 482, fig. 464; Cotton & Godfrey, 1940", p. 22; Cotton, 1964', p, 21, fig. 12. Leptochiton (Parachiton) puppis: Kaas, 1977", p. 85; Kaas & Van Belle, 1980", p. 107; Kaas & Van Belle, 1985", p. 169, fig. 78, map 25, Leptochiton (Parachiton) verconis: Kaas, 1977!" p. 85; Kaas & Van Belle, 1980", p. 139; Kaas & Van Belle, Oss", p. 177, fig, 83, map 25, » Leptochiton verconis: Zeidler & Gowlett, 1986"', p. TIL, Material examined: Types: Parachiton puppis: Holotype (AM C49540) and paratype (AM C149663), Bottle and Glass Point, Vaucluse, N.SW., coll, A.F.B, Hull & W. Barnes. Purechiton verconis: Holotype (SAM D11689) (single posterior valve), St Francis Id, Nuyts Archipelago, S, Aust., dredged in 27-37 m (15-20 fm), coll, J. C. Vereo, 1909, Ovher material: SAM 110670 (1) from Bottle and Glass Rocks, Vauclise, N.SMW., coll. E, Ashby, 25.ix.1923; SAM 114929 (1) from off Brighton, S. Aust., dredged in 18 m, coll. M. Tilbrook, 8.vi.1968; SAM DI18415 (1) from off Monument Hill, northern Spencer Gulf, 5. Aust., (32°50'00"S, 137°50'52"E), using Smith-McIntyre Grab dredge in 11 m, coll. E. Oks, ix.1987, Description: A specimen from Bottle and Glass Rocks, Vaucluse, N.SW., was described in detail”. Supplementary datai- Small chiton to 18 mm (Fig. 1A), Tegmentum with aesthetes arranged in semicircular groups, usually of five aesthetes, on each of the coalescing pustules of the lirae, with the semicircles opening anteriorly (Figs 2A, 2B). Posterior yalve with postmucronal slope steep, Straight to slightly concave (Fig. 3). On the dorsal girdle, the “gothic candle-like™ spicules of Kaas & Van Belle" are random, close-set, becoming larger and denser toward valves in fresh specimens (Fig, IB). These spicules are easily dislodged, and usually are missing from specimens from older collections. Radula (Pig. 2C) with narrow, very elongate central tveth, each with median longitudinal ridge, apical edge of head irregular; first lateral teeth narrow, very elongate, strongly curved; major lateral teeth elongate, narrow basally, with wide, bluntly tricuspidate heads, central cusp longest, Ctenidia large, merobranchial, adanal without interspace, with 10-17 on each side. Habiiat On and under stones, pebbles and shell fragments in sand, intertidal to at least 27 m depth. Runge South-eastern Australia, from Vaucluse, central N.SW. to Nuyts Archipelago, western S, Aust, not recorded [rom Vic, or Tas. Fig. 2. Leptochiton (Paraehitan) puppis. A. tegmentlum surface showing coalescing pustules and aesthetes, paratype, scale bar = 100 um (AM C149663); B. detail of tegmentum surface showing aesthetes, paratype, scale bar = 20 pm (AM €149663); C, radula, scale bar = 100 pm (SAM DI8415), Fig. 3. Leptuchiton (Parachiton) puppis. Posterior valve lateral profiles. A. holotype (AM C49540); B, paratype (AM 149663); C, Parachiton verconis holatype (SAM D11689); D. (SAM D10670); E. (SAM D14929); FE. (SAM D18415); scale bar = 1 mm. Remarks The main difference between verconis and puppis!' is fewer granulose lirae on the posterior valve in verconis, which was shown to be incorrect by Kaas & Van Belle”. The only other difference given between the two forms was the shape of the posterior valve postmucronal slope: concave in verconis, straight in Puppis. An examination of the available specimens has shown intergrading between the two extremes (Fig. 3), so this feature is not a consistent difference. Accordingly, Parachiton verconis Cotton & Weeding, 1939, is ‘Cotton, B. C. & Weeding, B. J. (1939) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 63(2), 180-99. pl. 7. “Cotton, B. C. & Godfrey, F. K, (1940) “The Molluscs of South Australia, Part II: Scaphopoda, Cephalopoda, Aplacophora and Crepipoda.” (S. Aust. Govt Printer, Adelaide). ‘Cotton, B. C. & Godfrey, F. K. (1940) Malac, Soc. S. Aust, 2, 1-32. ‘Cotton, B. C. (1964) “South Australian Mollusca: -Chitons.” (S, Aust. Govt Printer, Adelaide). “Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R, A. (1980) “Catalogue of Living Chitons (Mollusca; Polyplacophora)", (W. Back huys, Rotterdam), "Kaas, P. & Van Belle, R. A, (1985) “Monograph of considered a synonym of Leptochiron (Parachiton) puppis (Hull, 1923). Kaas & Van Belle" record L. (P) puppis from Port Stephens, N.SW., citing a record in Ashby". However, the specimen referred to there (prabably SAM D10670) is stated to-have been collected at Bottle and Glass Rocks, Vaucluse, so thal record is in error. 1 thank Mr 1. Loch (AM) for the loan of the type specimens of Pyrachitan puppis. The photographs were taken by Mrs J. Forrest and Ms A, Renfrey (SEM). living chitons (Mollusca: Polyplacophora). Vol. 1. Order Neoloricata: Lepidopleurina", (Brill, Leiden). ‘Bandel, K. (1984) Zool. Verhandl.; Leiden 214, 1-188. "Hull, A. F. B, (1923) Aust, Zool. 3, 157-166, pls 24-26. “Iredale, T. & Hull, A, FB. (1925) Aust. Zool. 4(2), 75-111, pls 9-12. “Iredale, T, & Hull, A. FB, (1927) “A Monograph of the Australian Loricates (Phylum Mollusca-Order _ Loricata).” (R. Soc. N,SW., Sydney). ‘Ashby, E, (1924) Trans, R, Soc, S. Aust, 48, 313-22, pl. 31. “Kaas, P, (1977) Basteria 41, 81-86, "Zeidler, W. & Gowlett, K. L. (1986) Rec, 5. Aust, Mus. 19(8), 97-115. K. I, GOWLETT-HOLMES, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S, Aust. 5000, LEIOLOPISMA TRILINEATUM (GRAY, 1838), AN ADDITION TO THE HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY MARK N. HUTCHINSON Summary Frrciarions af the Boyt Society af § Ausi (M90), L402) 99 IM, BRIEF COMMUNICATION LEIOLOPISMA TRILINEATUM (GRAY, 1838), AN ADDITION TO THE HERPETOFAUNA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA Two scincid lisandy, Leiafopism tritineatium (Gray, 1838) from sauthwesteri and southeastern Australia and Tasmania, and L. plotenotunr (Peters. R81) from feiperale eastern Australia (Fig, 1), have been recognised as close relatives, Whilled as the 2, frilimegnunt specics group', The southern Australian taxon, L fridinewtus, was subsequently divided ita wo species’. The name L. {rilireatum was restricted to the southwest, and Populations from sautheastern Aysttalia were assigned eo f, dheperreyi (Gray, 1838), The @, iriliavatnme species group helongs to the 4, bdMdini group, one of two assemblages within Ausialia's Leiclopisma radiation’, and has also been regarded as the sister lineage 10 Progblephartus and Morethia'- Sourh Australian populations, distributed in coastal and lemperale habitats from Kangaroo Island ta the Victorian border, all conform (o £. duperrey) in having well developed lateral siriped patterning, including a white midlaleral stripe etived below by a hlack line, and a pantow but prominent white dorsolateral line along the middle of scale raw 3 from the level of the car ta the base of the tail, These populailoms represent the western limil of £- duperrévi, while the eastern limit of £. trilineatwm is at the western end of the Great Australian Bight (Western Australian Moscum (WAM] R91637, Biltbunva Dunes, west oF Point Culver), Na records of either species had bees made from the iilervening, arid certain of the Bight!’ Aa During April-May 1988, Iwo specimens of the < frilineatum spesey gtOup were callected on he Jussicu Peninsula, atthe tin of the Eyre Peninsula, The firsi, (Museum of Victoria) NMV D60954, a female of §2 mm SVL, from Wanna, at jhe eastern end of Steaforu Bay, was collected hy S Dounellan and G, Armstrong. The second, NMV D30955, male of 63 min SVL, from just south of Taylor's Landing on te asl coasr of the Jussieu Peiluisula, was collected by jhe author and D, Pollock, Both specimens were collected fram clumps of 4 coastal shrub, Calocephnles tevwai! (Asteraceae), growing on focky graund a few metres from coaslal cliff edees. Calocephalus forms raided hummocks up) to 80em high and 0 mm or more in diameter and, i This area, provides 4 humid, shaded refuge for a variety ot reptiles, fn colour pattern, the rwo specimens confor lo 4. sedlineatum, not ihe nearby Kangaroo Island £. diypertevi, and thus represent the first S, Ausl tecords for 2, Jrifineadum sense stricta, The tateral pattern ts diffuse with no dark-edged white ntidlateral stripe, and a relatively poorly contrasting pale brown dorsolateral siripe which is broad (running along the otter half uf scale reaw 3 and the Upper third of scale row 4) and fades posteriorly. The dorsal scale rows have dark pigiiient al cheir comers, forming a series of narrow dark dorsal lines, but (Here is no strongly developed vertebral black stripe (typical of L. dteperreys). In scalatian, the two spceimens diverge from the fedeseriplion® if the number af paravertehtal scales Snecimens of £, trilimeorurn from between Augusta and Esperance ((he centre of the species’ range} examined by Cireer differed from L. wuperreyt in thas paravertebral scale counts within sexes showed mitimal overlap. Male 1 rifimenturn ranged 54-59 {X 56.3) paravertebrals, compared with 5762 (x S96) for maleL. dugerreyi, white in females the counts were 56-61 (¥ 59.8) and G2-66 (x 63,1), respectively, Greer standardized (he method of counting paravertebral scales, starting at the first scale behind a line joining the hack of the thighs and finishing with the enlarged nuchal adjaining the parietal. Using this metbod, the Eyre Peninsula male has & parayertebrals and the female 61, so thal the male falls in Greer's duperrey! range of values However, examination of Specimens from the most seographically proximate WA, Populations of L. trilineatuen (east of Esperance) shows thal males can range as high as 60 paravertcorals (WAM R68223, Mondrain Ts, Recherche Archipelago), ant females a5 high as 63 (WAM R41927, Base of Me L4 Grand). The observation thal Ue paravertebral scale coun differences are not as absolute as rst thought does not diminish the likelihood that the eastern and western populations represent (wo dislincl species The areac consistency in colour pattern along more than 1,440) kin af the Bight coastline, followed by the abrupt switch between the Eyre Peninsula and the Kangaroo fsfand population, plus the fact that paravertebral courLs are suill significantly different b-rween the two, argues for their genetic independence. In life, neither specimen had red throat colouring. The presence of bright calour patches in Ewgongy/us. group skinks may or may not be sexually significant, and the status of this character in the & tvitinewturn species eroup is confused, Greer! reported that red colouring occurs in “both sexes and all age groups” in the species of ihe L. Icilinewtum group, and later? noted that L. trifineatuen he collected appeared ta vary seasonally or geagraphically- specimens collected in mid Octaber from Esperance lacked red colouring, while the colour was present in all specimens (t) = 9, sex nat specified) collected four days later [ram Augusta. In my experience, however, red throat colouring is found only in mature males, not females, of all three species of the f. trifineatnm group, and immatures of at leayt one species also have red colouring on the aides af the jaws and neck, The distribution of red throat colouring ik neq only of intrinsic interest, but may also have a bearing On the relationships of the £, inhineatunt species group. Table I summarizes the known occurrence of red colaur Patches in the members of the Z. trilimeatury species group. In £, duperreyi, at least in Victoria and Tasmania, all juveniles of hoth sexes hatch with pink to orange-red patches on each side of the neck andaver the ear opening (Rounsevell® and pets.obs,} This colour is last at sevual fmaalurity, which occurs at about 50-55 mm snaut-vent lenath’, Breeding males (late spring-sumimer) develop bright scartet throat colouring onthe chin and gulsr scales, 100 lig, 1. Distributions of Le/olopisma trilineatuemt (solid circles) and 1. duperreyi (triangles), Arrow indicates ‘lugsie Peninsula area where S\A. L. irilineatum were collected (after Greer 19801). but not extending to the “juvenile” position around the ears. Females do not redevelop red colouring. Observations on the presence or absence of red colouring are not available for juveniles of L. srifineatum and L. plaiynotum, breeding female L, frilijéatum and non- breeding male L. platyno/um. A gradient in the timing of reproductive activity (and the development of red throat colouring) in L.. (rilineatum has been noved’, with populations in warmer parts of the species range (around Perth) breeding carlier (mid to late spring) than more southerly populations (summer), This suggests. that the observation of variation in. L. trilineatum throat colouring may be due to climatic differences across the area, such that specimens from the cooler grea (Esperance) were not yet in breeding condition and so lacked red colouring. Thus the evidence available tc) me strengthens. the hypothesis of a close relationship between the J. trilineatiém species group and Morerhia', since in both taxa, red pigmentation is limited in adults to males. Another point helping to reinforce this relationship is the presence of occasional scale anomalies that link the two groups. In the female L. trilineatum from Wanna (NMV 150954), the postnasal scales are distinct and there is a partial posterior separalion of the supranasals, chatacter states retained in most Morethia but usually absent.in the L. trilineatum-species group. As Greer suggested, based on a similarly aberrant specimen of L, platynotum, the supranasal and postnasal scales have apparently been lost via fusion with the nasal. In-one of the W.A. L. trilinearum examined (WAM R77956, 13 km W of Point Dempster), the interparietal shield, which is usually distinct in the L. trilineatum group, has fused with the single frontoparietal, forming the single large plate typical of Marethta. The presence of L. (rilineutury on the tip of the Fyre Peninsula adds 10 @ group of reptiles apparently wide- spread during glacial times actoss the cool, semi-arid plain exposed along the southern margin of the Australian continent, but reduced to disjunct or relictual near-coastal pockets since the post-glacial rise in sea level, This group of species includes Egernia mulriscutata, Hemiveryis peronli, Leiolopisma trilineatum, L, baudini, Lerista arenicola, £. dorsalis, L. terdigitata, Gemmatophora (= Amphibolurus) norrisi, Notechis ater, Drysdalia mastersi, TABLE |. Distribution of red colour markings in members of the 1, trilineatum species group. {-): absent; (7); not known, Species males breeding non-breeding L, duperreyi throat = L. platynetum throat and ? sides of neck throat and _ sides of neck L. trilineatum ~ females breeding juveniles non-breeding sides of neck and jaws — = 2 and possibly others such as Aprasia striolata and some species pairs like Zympanocryptis adelaidensis — T. diemensis and Egernia tuctuosa — E. conveniryt. L. trilin- eaturm is like several of these species in that it was first believed to be restricted to W.A. but has since proven to be patchily distributed well to the east, In most biogeo- graphic schemes for southern Australia, a southwestern region encompassing the higher rainfall areas is usually shown terminating at the beginning of the Great Australian ‘Greer, A. E, (1980) Rec. Aust. Mus. 33, 89-122, “Greer, A. E, (1982) Ibid. 34, 549—573. *Rawlinson, P, A. (1974) Biogeography and ecology of the reptiles of Tasmania and the Bass Strait area. [7 Williams, W. D. (Ed.), “Biogeography and Ecology in Tasmania”, (W, Junk, The Hague), *Schwaner, T. D., Miller, B. & Tyler, M. J. (1985) Reptiles and amphibians. Jn Twidale, C. R., Tyler, M. J. & Davies, M. (Eds), “Natural History of Eyre Peninsula” (Royal Society of South Australia, Inc, Adelaide). ‘Storr, G. M., Hanlon, T, M.S, & Harold, G. (1981) Rec. West. Aust. Mus. 9, 23-39, "Rounsevell, D. (1978) Tasmanian Nat. (52), 1-2. “Pengilley, R. K. (1972) Systematic relationships and ecology of some lygosomine lizards from southeastern 101 Bight (Israelite Bay area), while a southeastern (Bassian) region extends west to Kangaroo Island or the southern tip of the Eyre Peninsula’"!', In fact the pattern of reptile distributions along the southern coast now suggests that the Eyre Peninsula area, rather than the western end of the Bight, represents the major point of changeover from a southwestern to a southeastern reptile fauna. Australia. Unpubl. PhD thesis, Dept of Zoology, A.N.U., Canberra. *Hudson, S. C. (1988) Phalangeal growth rings as a method of aging for scincid lizards, and its application to the study of life history in Leiolopisma entrecasteauxii and 1. duperreyi. Unpubl, B.Sc.(Hons) thesis, Dept of Zoology, La Trobe University, Bundoora. *Dell, J., pers. comm., January, 1989. “Keast, A. (1959) The reptiles of Australia. In Keast, A., Crocker, R. L. & Christian, C. S. (Eds), “Biogeography and Ecology in Australia”, (W, Junk, The Hague). "'Heatwole, H. (1987) Major components and distri- butions of the terrestrial fauna, Jn Dyne, G. R. & Walton, D. W. (Eds), “Fauna of Australia, Vol. 1A, General Articles”, (Aust. Govt Pub}, Sery., Canberra). MARK N. HUTCHINSON, School of Biological Sciences, La Trobe University, Bundoora Vic. 30¥3. Present address; South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000, A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE SEA URCHIN PERONELLA LESUEURI FROM THE QUATERNARY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA BY N. S. PLEDGE & T. SADLER Summary Transuctions of the Raval Suvwey uf S tse, (99D), VED, 108-104, BRIEF COMMUNICATION A NEW SUBSPECIES OF THE SEA URCHIN PERONELLA LESUEURI FROM THE QUATERNARY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA The laganid sea urchin, Peranelly lesueuri, currently lives in the seas from the Maldives to New Zealand and north to Hong Kong. Ow (he Australian coastline it occurs from Albany in Western Australia, jorth around the tropical coast lo Port Denison (Bowen, Queensland) in the east’. IL is known front (he Miocene of Java and occurs in several places from the Pliocene in the fndo-Australian area It has not been recorded previously, extant or fossil, i Sourh Australia. Over the past few years, excavations for foundations and site works for the new Northern Power Station at Part Augusta have resulted in a variety of Quatertiary fossils heiie brought to the South Australian Museum for identification, Arhongst them have been a number of large sand dollar sea urchins, which have been acquired trom several sources, Most notably Messrs Joho Turner anc Des Pape. ‘These echinaids Were derived [rom i creamy yellow-grey silly clay dredged cluriny excavation of the large cooling water channel“ ,, from a depth of about 78m in yellowish niuid, below a black mud, and abovea clean sand and fiird, brow clay. The bottom of the ¢hannel is limestone al about 14m"2 To determine more avcuralely the stratigraphic position of the echinaids, access was #ained fo the study reports’ on the peology of the new power station site and to the core held in the SA, Dept Mines and Fnerey Core Library, The sequence can be matelied in some of the bores Unilled, though not all because of rather rapid lateral changes concommitant with ils nearshore estuarine Setting. The matrix matches those sexinents of the bore-corcs interpreted as Bakara Calerete although no direct evidence of echinoid remains Was present. [tis probably equivalerir to [he “soft moried sandy clay’ just below the Glanville Formation. Shells af the Sydney blood cockle Anadara trupesia occur in wie sund dredged with the eehinoidy. Unlortunalely they are ner found togerhier in the same Jump of matrix and their (rue relationship has been obscured by excavation. 4. rrapezie is abundant in the Glanville Formarion elsewhere, equivalent of (he Bakara Culerete” The age of the echinoids is therefore considered (o be Lute Pleistocene, possibly of (he last Pleistocene high sta level Nine mostly complete specimens and \jumerous scgments have heen collected (Table 4). SYSTEMATICS Class Echinoidea Order Clypeasteroidea A, Agassiz Family Layanidae A, Agassiz Genus Peronellu Gray Peronella leyueuri (1. Awassie, 1841) Peranella lesueur? dugusia subsp, nov Laganum lesueuri L. Ayassiz, 18417 116, pl 24, figs 307 Peronella lesueuri A. Agassiz, 1872: (48.8 Holotype: P24854, South Australian Museum, comprising a complete test. Diagnosis: Medium to large size, thin, elongate, oval; broadest just anterior of the apical disc, tapered behind, orally slightly concave. Notched or tangentially flattened at marginal ends of ambulavra. Apical area raised, almost central; petals narrow elongate, open, length 0.5-0.7 of radius, petals reduced to single pores apically and end some distance from the genital pores, betwee) paired pores miliary tubercules only; four geniral pores all within the madreporite, the posterior Iwo placed wider apart. Perisiome anterior of centre; ambulacral food gooves short, With he anterior groove 10% of length on the holotype. Periproct 6% of length from posterior murgin.. TWbular Ornamentation fine, regular, (Wiee ay dense dorsally as ventrally. Comment: Morphologically, Peronella lesueuri appears (uy be quite variable and although two varieties have been described’ (he species is clearly in need of revision, The specimens described here differ consistently fram lesweurt lesueurt in (hal they are concave orally, rapered behind, have a test margio that borders on the {hin extreme, and the petals reduce (o single pares apically. These specimens differ from P lesueuri var, rostrata, extant in the Philippines, in that they are broader relative 10 length, the tapering of the test posteriorly doey not react the extremes of this variety, bor do the series af pare pairs reach the genital pores and the genital pores are within the madreporite rather (han on the margin. TABLE 1. Measurements bf Peronella lesucuri ansusta subsp. HOLM, collection number, South Australian Museumy L. loneitudinal diameter; T, transverse diameter; H, height All measurements in millimetres. N 1 7 H P24454 (Lype) 80.0 70.9 W2 P24852 ORS 58.1 a0 P24562 RS. 75.5 (1.3 (est) P24659 74 722 7 P24664 396 35.7 (est) P24850 51.8 45.7 wR P9851 40.3 31.6 53 P24853 86,2 78. ILB P24855 71,3 0.5 73 104 Fig. 1. Peronella lesueuri augusta subsp. nav. (a) apical view SAM P24854, (b) adapical view SAM P24852, Scale = lcm. The specimens differ from P Jesueuri yar gadiana, extant in Singapore and the Strait of Malacca, in that the shape of the test is elongate rather than rounded, the 1 Mortensen, T.H. (1948) *A Monograph of the Echinoidea.” Part [V(2), Clypeastroida, (Reitzel, London.) 2? Durham, J.W. (1955) Univ. Calif. Public. Geol. Sci., 31, 73-198. 3 Turner, J. (1984) Pers. comm. 21.vi.1984. 4 Selby, J., Waterhouse, J.D. & Jones, G. (1976) Proposed Northern Power Station, Playford South site, Port Augusta, Preliminary geological and botanical investigations. Unpub. Report. S. Aust, Dept Mines. Rept. Bk. 76/69. margin being thin, the shape of the pore pairs and that they are separated only by miliary tubercules rather than interrupted by primary tubercules. 5 Selby, J. & Milner, G. (1981) Q, Geol. Notes, Geol. Surv. S. Aust. 77, 1-7. 6 Firman, J. (1969) Quaternary Period, /n Parkin, LW. (ed. “Handbook of South Australian Geology,” (Geol. Surv, S. Aust., Adelaide.) 7 Agassiz, L. (1841) “Monographies d’echinodermes: des Scutelles.” (Neuchatel en Suisse.) 8 Agassiz, A. (1872) “Illustrated Catalogue of the Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College, No. 7. Revision of the Echini.” (Uniy. Press, Cambridge.) N.S. PLEDGE & T. SADLER, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5000. TWO REPLACEMENT NAMES IN CASTIARINA (BUPRESTIDAE: COLEOPTERA) BY MARK N. HUTCHINSON Summary Transactions of the Royal Society of S. Aust, (1990), 114(2), 105, BRIEF COMMUNICATION TWO REPLACEMENT NAMES IN CASTIARINA (BUPRESTIDAE: COLEOPTERA). The elevation of Castiarina to genus! and the transfer of Hypostigmodera variegata Blackburn (1892)? to it, has created the need of a replacement name for one species. Stigmodera (Castiarina) variegata Barker (1983)* becomes a secondary homonym. | propose that the latter taxon be replaced with C. interstincta, derived from interstinctus L. “variegated”. 'Gardner, J. (1990) Invert, Taxon. 3, 291-361. “Blackburn, T. (1892) Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 15, 207-291. ‘Barker, S. (1983) Trans. R. Sac. S. Aust. 107, 139-169, In addition Stigmodera (Castiarina) deliciosa Barker (1988)* is a primary homonym of Stigmodera deliciosa Kerremans (1898)° and I propose the younger name be replaced with C. beatrix, derived from heatrix L. “she that makes happy”. “Barker, S. (1988) Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust. 112, 133~142. *Kerremans, C. (1898) Annis Soc. ent. Belg, 42, 113-182. S. BARKER, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, Box 498, G.P.O., Adelaide, S. Aust, 5001. VOL. 114, PARTS 3 & 4 30 NOVEMBER, 1990 Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia Incorporated Contents Wells, A. New species and a new genus of micro-caddisfly from northern Australia, including the first Australian record of the tribe Stactobiini (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae)- - - _ 4 2 > Koste, W. & Shiel, R. J. Rotifera from Australian inland waters. VI. Proalidae, Lindiidae (Rotifera: Monogononta) - - = = : z i McDonald, K. R. & Davies, M. Morphology and biology of the Australian tree tog Litoria pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura: Hylidae) - - Twidale, C. R., Parkin, L. W. & Rudd, E. A. C. T. Madigan’s contributions to pet in South and Central Australia - - - - = Barker, S. New species of Castiarina (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) and redescriptions o C. diversa (Kerremans) and C. elderi (Blackburn) —- - Lee, D. CG. & Shepherd, K. J. Magnobates (Acarida: SCepios amas bg age from South Australian soils - - - f ) McDonald, K. R. Rheobatrachus Liem and Taudactylus Straughan & Lee (Anura: Leptodactylidae) in Eungella National Park, Queensland: distribution and decline - = os s fs = z Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian records of the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description of a new species - Hartmann-Schroder, G. & Parker, S. A. First Australian record of Hesionura (Polychaeta: Phyllodocidae), with the description of a new species Davies, M. & Richards, S. J. Developmental biology of the Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Gunther) - - - - - - Read, J. L. & Tyler, M. J. The nature and incidence of post-axial, skeletal abnormalities in the frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South Australia - = = > = z . J nf Campbell, R. A. & Beveridge, I. Pseudochristianella (Cestoda: Trypanorhyncha), a new genus for Ventacularia minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensu Southwell, 1929 and its relationships with the family Eutetrarhynchidae - - = = 5 “ z Brief Communications: Bird, P. & Tyler, M. J. First South Australian record of the fossorial leptodactylid frog genus Uperoleia Gray - - - - - - Twidale, C. R. & Bourne, J. A. Comment: Preliminary investigations of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island - Short, A. D., Buckley, R. C. & Fotheringham, D. G. Reply: Preliminary investigation Ss of beach ridge progradation on Eyre Peninsula and Kangaroo Island Johnston, G. R. Cyclorana maini and Notaden sp: additions to the frog fauna of South Australia - > 7 = Z * . © az PUBLISHED AND SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS SOUTH AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, NORTH TERRACE, ADELAIDE, S.A. 5000 107 129 145 157 169 179 187 195 203 207 213 219 223 TRANSACTIONS OF THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA INCORPORATED VOL. 114, PART 3 NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF MICRO-CADDISFLY FROM NORTHERN AUSTRALIA, INCLUDING THE FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF THE TRIBE STACTOBIINI (TRICHOPTERA: HYDROPTILIDAE) BY A. WELLS* Summary Twenty-two further species are recognised in the Australian Hydroptilidae, all from northern Australia and, with the exception of Oxyethira bogambara, all newly described. For the first time a stactobiine species (in Chrysotrichia) is recorded and also a new monotypic genus, Jabitrichia gen. nov., probable sister group to Oxyethira. Other new species include two in Oxyethira, six in Hellyethira, two in Acritoptila, one in Orphninotrichia and eight in Orthotrichia. Information is given on immatures of several species, some new and others established. For the latter, new data on ranges also are supplied. KEY WORDS: Taxonomy, Trichoptera, Hydroptilidae, Stactobiini, Northern Australia, new genus. Transactions of the Royal Soctery of §, Aust. (1990), 114(3), 107 wt NEW SPECIES AND A NEW GENUS OF MICRO-CADDISFLY FROM NORTHERN AUSTRALIA, INCLUDING THE FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF THE TRIBF. STACTOBIINI (TRICHOPTERA; HYDROPTILIDAE) hy A. WELLS* Summary Wars, A. (1990) New species and a new genns of micro-caddistly trom northern Australia, including the first Australian recard of the tribe Stactobiini. Trams. R. Soc, 8, Aust 114(3), 107-128, 30 November, 1990. Twenty-livo farther species are recognised in the Australian Hvdroprilidae, all trom northern Australia, and, with the exceprion of GQayenre bogamoara, all newly desembed. Bor the first med slactubiine species din Chrysemichi@) is recorded and also a new monotypic eenus, Jabitrichia gen. noy., prabable sister group ty Oxyethira, Other new species include two in Oxyethira, six in Hellverhiro, two in Acnteptilo. ane lm Orphninarrichia and sight in Orthomehia. Information is given on immatores al several species, same mew and others established, For the falter, new dala On minges also are supplied, Key Worpbs: Taxonomy, Trichoptera, Hydroprilidac, Sracrobiini, Northern Australia, new genus Introduction The basic composition of the Australian Hsdroptilidae (Trichoptera) appeared to be known until recent intensive collecting in northern Australia revealed several new clements, as well as more species in established groups, Now, an Oriental-New Guinean genus in a tribe hitherto unknown in Australia and a new monotypic genus are reported. Both represent significant additions to jhe fauna, Wells (1946') conmmmented on the relatively restricted nature of Australian Hydroptilidae, apparently comprising only two Hydroptilinae tnbes, Hydroptilini and Orthotrichiini. Several genera in the tribe Stactobiini were known from SE Asia, but none from Australia or New Guinea. More recently, three stactobiine genera have been reported fram New Guinea (Wells 1990b), and now a species in Chresorercdve Schmid is deseribed from NE Australia, Another new species from northern Australia keys tu Hydroptila Dalman with which it shares the derived features (Wells 1986‘) of tibial spur formula 0,2.4, and acelli absent, Yet in veneral wing shape and venation, form of male and female venitalia, and presence of ubundant sensilla auricillica on antennal segments of niales, it more closely resembles members of Oxvethine Eaton, which has three ocelh and usually tibial spurs 0.34. Arguments are given for the establishinent ot a new enus, perceived as the sister group of Oxverhira, and the presence of this taxon is discussed in * Deparment of Zoglowy, University of Adelaide. t1,.P0 _ Bow $98, Adelaide, 8. Aust. S00) " Wells, A. (1986) The systematics and biogeouraphy of the Australian Hydroprilidae (Trichoptera). Ph.D: thesis, University of Adelaide (unpubl.). relation to representation of GxpvelAire subgenera in Australia. Among others described in this paper, 15 4 species in Orphninomechia Mosely, an endemic genus previnusly unknown Io the northwes1 of the Greal Dividing Range, although common and diverse in the southeast and occurring in the south-central region. A torrenticolous group, it i probably not surprising to find a member, possibly a component of a relictual Gondwanan fauna, in a small monsoon forest stream at the foot af the Kakadu Escarpment, From this same locality, a species is velerred 19 Oxyethira (Trichogiene), the most primitive of the Oxve/hira subgenera; it most clusely resembles a New Caledonian species, Oxverhira insuluris Kelley, Additional to the above, are a sceond and highly regular new species i Oavertine, and the firat Aus{ralian records of the widespread Oriental 0, bogambara Schmid. Descriptions are given alse of new species in the almost-cosmopolitan Orthotrichia Eaton, and in the Australian-E Asian Hellyethira Neboiss, genera which together comprise more than hall the Australian hydroptilid fauna; and two new species are referred to the Australian-New Caledonian genus, Acritoprila Wells. Information on immatures is supplied when available, and is included for several established species, previously unknown from larvae and/or Plipas, Ranges of these species are extended, Twenty-one new species are described, and with QO, bogambara, they taise the Australian Hydroprilidae to 121; wibal representation increases to three, all in the subfamily Hydroptilinae. Compared with about 340 species tm all other trichopteran families in Australia (Neboiss 1988), hydeoptilids appear extracnd|nanly well represented, However, work in progress on other tamilies (eg, 1cx A, WELLS Eenomidae, Leptoceridae, and Hydropsychidac: Carrwrleghit. Neboiss, St Clair & Dean in prep.) will shift the emphasis and result in a more realistic piceute of the fauna Materials and Methods Methods follow those of Wells (1979a, 1990a), All holotypes and some paratypes were prepared as pennanent slide mounts in Canada balsam: Material sludied includes light trap collections from Yuucabine Creek, NE Queensland (Benson & Pearson 1988), and Alligator Rivers mgion, Northern Territory, collected from 1985-1989 Samples of immatures were collected [rom the laner area, and for several species laryae have heen associated with adulls using pharate adults, larval cxuviae and cases. Reappraisal af Benson & Pearson's (1988) material has resulted in changes to several identifications and these are indicated Fur jhe species involved, One new species from NW Western Australia is described. No keys to genera or species are given as this as essentially a miscellaneous ser of species. Depositories are abhreviated as follows: Museur of Victoria, Melbourne (NM'V); Museunt and Art Cialleries of the Northern Territory, Darwin (NTM), Natienal Muscum of Natural Histary, Washingion, DC, (USNM); West Australian Museum (WAM), Systematics Chryseatrichia Schmid Chrysairichia Schmid, (958. p. 34, Type species: Chersatachia hatnagata Schmid, by original designation, Cheysorrichia ranges from Pakistan to New Guinea (Wells 1990b) and has been collected from beside slow, lowland streams (Schmid 1958) and faster first order streams (Wells 1990a, 1990h); lanvaé have been collected from rocks in streams. Chrysolrichia australis sp. nov, closely resembles C fomera Wells from the Central and Fast Highlands provinces of New Guinea (Wells TY90b) and probably evolved trom relatively recent cmigrants to Australia. Chrysotrichia australis sp, nav. FlG. | Holowpe: NMV, co, NE Qld, Yuceabine Creek, 11986, R. G. Pearson & L. J. Benson. Diagnasis: Closely resembling C. somera in furm of male genitalia, but distinguished by inferior appendages more allenuale apically, and dorsal plate wih a V-shaped apical clefl, Descriprion: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.3 mm, Genitalia, Fig. 1. Segment LX short. Dorsal plate elongate, longer than interior appendages, a V- shaped cleft apically, Aedeagus slender, with paired spines apico-larerally. Inferior appendages broad- based, attenuate apically, Female and immatures unknown. Distribution: Knowa only fromi the type locality, northeastern Qld. £tymoalogy: Tram the Latin = eusira@lis — southern, being the southern-most cocurrence of ihe venus. Jabitrichia gen, nov, Type species: Jautrichia dostinel gen. et sp. noy. A new genus is erected 19 acoommodate a species otherwise requiring considerable modification of the generic definitions of Hydropltifa or Oxvelhira, with cach of which ir shares some derived characters. Jehitrichia gen. nov. shares with Hydrayptila the apomorphous states of ocelli absent and tibial spur formula 0,2,4, as well as pattern of Wing colour and form of thoracic scutellae, The long antero-lateral apodemes on abdominal seement [X, seen in male Jabitrichia gen, nov., are found in the Holarctic Hneoides group in Hydroptila (Marshall 1979), allhough not in olher groups, Yel, wings strongly attenuated, forewing without jugal lobe, antennal segments with dense seasil/a auriciliica, lemale genitalia in form of a modified aviscapt, and particular reductions of male genitalic structures are apomorphies uniting the new venus with Oxyerhira; spur formula 0,2,4 and acdeagus without titillater occur in some Oxperhira, although not together. ‘The rounded or iriangular forward projection of the antero-ventral margin of abdominal segment IX of males and the uniquely (lask-shaped case of larva and pupa are autapamorphies of Oxve/Aira — as yet immatures of the new genus are unknown, Spur number and presence of oeelliscem to be labile characters in Hydroptilidae, and in a somewhat different situation, with an acelli-less New Guinean species which otherwise conforms with Scelofrichie Ulmer 1 argucd against establishing a separate genus (Wells 1990b), With this present species and Aydruptile, however, the synapomorphies are probably homoplasti¢, The closer association, indicated by sharing of derived states of more cunservalive characters, is (hus with Oxyelhira, and since several autapomerphous conditions can be recognised in cach taxon, a new genus is erected. Examination of characteristics of suh-genera in Oxyethira (see Kelley 1984) reveals resemblances between members of (A fiichpglenes and NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES 1” Jeditcichia dostinei fen, esp, nev, ih general Jorm of male genitalia. in lateral view, abdominal segment IX of each is similar in shape, although in ventral view the anterior margin of the segmeur is modified in Quverhire while Jebirrecéia is vloser to the primitive form for the family, According to Kelley (1984), some members of C1 (Trichoglede) have lost the titillator on the aedeagus and in others it is present asa vestigial rod, The elaborately curved spine associated with the aedeagus of Jaitinehia gen, gov, may be derived from rhe miillator. O7/ (Trichoglene), the mast primitive sub-genus in Oxyethire (Kelley 984), is Australasian, occurring mainly in southern and eastern Australia, and in New Zealand and New Caledonia (Kelley 1989). A neW species in this subgenus, O. corautara sp. nov, described here from the Alligator Rivers Region in the north, mose closely resembles a species rom New Caledonia; this is the species in what | believe is a relictual fauna in the small monsoon forest stream. All other Oxvethira to the west of the dividing range in northern Australia are iv the relatively highly derived -O. (Darnp/irrichia), several ranging from SE Asia through New Guinca fo Ausiralia. | have suggested previously (Wells 1987) that OG. ¢Thichoglene) probably evolved in Gondwanaland and that in Australia O. (Oumpsitrichia) represents a relatively recent arrival from the Oriental region. Jafisichia gen. nov, appears to be the sister group of Oxverhira, surviving in northern Australia in what could well have been the habitat (Wells 1987) of their common ancestor — ihe warm, macrophyte-rich billabong that seasonally becomes a slow-flowing, warm stream. With the initial dichotomy, the ancestor of Oxpethira may have invaded cooler, faster-lowing systems, Diagnosis: A sister group to Oxyerhira, bur differing in absence of ocelli, and in the male having slender anrerior apodemes on segment IX. Description; Adults. Head (Fig. 3) without ocelli, tentorium complete, tentorial arms reduced to fine threads medially, antennae of male with basal whorl of fimbriate hair and dense sensilla wurieiiicva on flagellar segments. Thorax (Fig, 3) with mesoscutellum convex anteriorly, metaseutellum Mmangoular; libial spur formula 0,2,4; wings narrow, attenuate apically, yestituire Puscous anteriorly, pale cream posteriorly, anterior wing withoul jugal lobe, with lork 2 only (Fig. 2), Male genitalia: no mesal process on segment VII; segment 1X short dorsally, with slender antero-lateral apodemes produced Forwards (of form seen in Stactobiini), posterior margin forming stout lateral processes; dorsal plate (tergite X) and subgenital plates absent; aedeagus withoul litillatoc (may be represented hy vurved, elongate spine). Female genitalia a modified Wuscapt (asin Oxyeritira) bursa copulatrix sloully rounded, Innmatores amnknown, Comments: Known only trom a single species collected at lights beside the slow-flowing inlet ta u large, shallow billabong that supports a fich growth of macrophytes, northeastern Nw Etymology: Derived trom Jabiru, the name of the township near the collecting lovality. Jabitrichia dostines gen, et sp. nov, FIGS 2-7 Halotype: NTM, of, NT, Guluneul Creek at inlet to Gulungul Billabong, 12°38'S, |32°53'E, 19.47.1988, Lt Tr, A. Wells & P. Suter. Paratypes, NT: NTM, @ (allotype), volleered with holo|ype; NTM, NMV_6 oo. same lov., ILiv.89, Wells & Suter, NM, | co, Jabiru, Ranger Retention Pond |, 20¥.88, Wells & Suter. Diagnosis; As for the senus, Description: Medium sized; pale, fuscous and cream. Male (Figs 2,3, 5-7). Anterior wing length, L&8 mm. Aniennac 32-segmenred, segments clongate. Genitalia, Figs 5-7. Sternite 1X about as long as wide tetracted within segment VU postero-latcral processes om segment 1X stout, curved jnwards, trumeate apically; antero-lateral apodemes elongate, produced forwards into seyment VI, Paired sinall sub-nangular ventro- lateral structures probably represent inferior appendages, Aedeagus swollen basally, constricted medially and expanded in distal half, a complex spine arises mesally, catends beyond apex tocurve sharply anteriorly, Temale, Length of anterior wing, 2,J mm. Antennae 2)-segmented, segments without x auricillicae. Genitalia, Fig, 4, Terminalla stout, Stermite IX broadly rounded posteriorly, Bursa copulatrix stout, Immatures unknown. Distribution: Kavwn only from the type locality and & Macrophyte-rich settling pond, Alligator Rivers region, N-T. Etymology; Named for P. Dostine who collected lives Of other caddis Mes, Orphinimatrictia Mosely Orphninatrivkia Mosely, 1934, — 138; Mosely & Kimmins 1953, p, $10; Wells 1980, 7, 62H, I9H#Sb, p, 4, Type species: Orphninotrichia muculara Mosely. by Original designation, Nine species iw this endemic genus have been described previuusly. The type species, Orphiinotriehia meculala, is Widespread from south-central SA., Tas., E Vie. to SE Qld, All others appear to be nartowly distributed although their 110 A, WELLS NORTHERN ‘AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFT IES ut lack of attraction to light may have led to a false impression of their distributions. One species is recorded from Atherton Tableland in NE Qld (Wells 1980) but none from W.A, The new species is (he First found west of the Grear Dividing Range, and is probably pact of a relictual Gondwanan fauna in the small, spring-fed stream at the base of the Kakadu Escarpment, No larvae have been collected, bul as all others conform with that of O, maculata this new species is expected tw be similar, Orphninvtrichia ariginis sp. nov. FIGS 8&9 Holotype: NTM, of, N-T., Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45°S. 132°55'E, t8-19.v.1988, Le Tr, A. Wells & P. Buen Pararvpes, NTM, g fallotype), collected with holotype; NTM, NMV, 2 oor, 4 9 @, same loc, 14,iv.89, Suter & Wells. Diagnosis: Quite dissimilar to congeners; male distinguished by dorsal plate deeply cleft apically, females lack the ventral abdonjinal glands seen an other spectes. Descriptions Adults. Uniformly dark grey, small. Male Anterior wing length, 1.6 mm. Antennac 1S-segmented, terminal seyments pale, rest dark. Genitaha, Fig, 8. Segment IX produced postero- taterally co form lobes, cach with a shert inner ventral process; slernite deeply excavated. Dorsal plate membranous, deeply cleft apically. Subgenital plate tapered, apex rounded, sclerotised, Inferior appendages sub-(riangular, bases scpatated widely by paired sclerotised processes, apices converging. Acdeagus of usual shape: elongate, slender, ditated towards rounded apex, tirillaton near base, Female. Anterior wing Jength, |S mm. Antennae 17-segmented. Genitalia, Fig. % Seement VIII elongale, lapered distally. Terminal segments narrow, ne prominent gland on abdominal sternile VIL immatures unknown Distribytion: Known from type lacality only, Kakadu National Park, northern NT. E1ymolagy: From the Latin — argues — soured, in reference Lo the likely rehctual najure of this and ather conponents of the fauna of the type locality, Hellvethira Nebotss Helliwerhira Neboiss, 1977, 9, 42: Wells 1979b, p. 3/2; 1983, p..632. Type species: Xuthotrichiasimpler Mosely, by wriginal designation, Six new species are described, two (vor the Alligator Rivers region, three from Yuccabine Creek and one from northwestern WA. Males of 4. radonensis sp. nov, H. forfieaia sp. nov., and H, Hauriona sp. nov, tesemble members of the exkensis group, 2& distinct lineage amongst Australian Heltlyethira (Wells 1979b), and #7, imparilohata sp, nov. and possibly A, guadrata sp. nov, are in the malleoforma group. | am usable to place the highly irregular A). spinesa sp. nov. (here tentarively placed in Hel/yethira), in any of the existing species groups, Its male genitalic parts are modified to form) a set of complex and irregular spines and lobes. Three strongly asymmetric species occur in New Guinea (Wells in prep.}, bur all are distinct from spinosa sp. nov; its immatures are unknown. These six new species increase to 23 the number of Australian Helfverhira. In addinon, four are known from New Guinea, one each from Sulawesi and Japan; one Australian species has been collected in New Caledonia. Hellyethira forfitata sp, nov, FIGS 10, 45 Holotype: NTM, &, N-T., Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55'E, [8.v.1988, A, Wells & P. Suter. Paratypes, NT: NTM, 1 ct. same loc. as holotype, 18-19.v.88, Wells & Suter; NUM, 4+ oo, Graveside Creck, t8.vii-88 P. Dostine. Other tnaierial examined, NT NTM, larvae, pupae, Radon Springs, 18.88, Suter & Wells; larvae and pupae, Koalpin Creek, 13°29°S, [32°33 EL 25.488, Suter & Wells, OSS voucher set. Diagnosis: In the eskensis group and most closely similar to H. radonensis ap. nov. Differing in parameres hooked sub-apically, apices acute; dorsal plate without spines or spinules. Description: Male. Vestiture nvottled, fawn-brown. Anterior wing length, 1.8 mm. Antennae A2-sepmented. Genitalia, Fig. 10. A slender, apically-acule mesal process on sternite VIT- Segment 1X broadly rounded anteriorly in ventral view, postero-lareral margins produved in shert triangular lobes, apical margin concave Dorsal plate stout throughout length, membranous, without spines or spinules. Subgenital plate not seen. Inferior appendages with a bread, irregularly Fig. 1, Chrvxotriéhle dustradis sp, mov, 1, male genitalia, veritral view, Figs 2-6. Jabitrichia dostine! sp. nov. 2, male wings: 3, male, dorsal head and thoras; 4. female genitalia, ventral view; 5,6, male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views, Abbreviations: ae, uleagus; ant. ap, anterior apodome; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages: lat, 1. 1X, laigral lohe of segment 1X; mes. sc, mesoseutellum; met.se., metascurelluum: s,1,, setal lobe; WIL, ahdaminal segment Vil, VILL, abdominal segment VIL, 1X, abdominal segment IX. A, WELLS NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES ui shaped ventral tobe and four slender lobes posteriorly, Paranieres Seissor-like, hooked sub- apleally, apices acute. Aedenvus slender, elongate, constricted slightly at about *4 Jength. Female unknown. Mature larva pale. Case (Fig, 45) purse- shaped, valves constructed of fine sand with disuinet dorsal and yentral margins, ends rounded, a shallow concavity dorsally in which a large sand grain is attached. Distribudion Norther: NT, larvac collected from sircars. Fiymolvgy; From the Latin — farfioatees — scigsors- shaped, deseribing the parameres, Hellyethira radorensis sp. nov. mG Holotype; NT, &, N.T., Kakadu National Park, Rutlon Springs, 12°45'S, 132°55'E, 18-19,v.1988, Lt Ty, A. Wells & P. Surer. Paratypes, NT. NTM, 2 co, same loc, 14.14.89, Suter & Wells; NMYV, 1 ot, same lac, [3=I4,iv.89, Suter & Wells; NMV,.1 oO, Magela Creck, at Ranger outlet pine, 23.88. Wells & Surery NTM, 1 oy, Bower Bird Billabong al outlet, 12°47°S, 133°02'B, 1.x.88, Duostine. Diegnasis; Closely resembling A. verute (Wells 1985a) but males distinguished by the form of whe base of the parameres which alien with che body, rather thar luterally: the digiziform, seiate processes above the inferior appendages; and the additignal upper lobe.on inferiot appendages with long setae on inner mafein. Description: Adulls. Male. Anterior wing length, 1.9-2.0 mm. Antennae 33-segmenred. Genitaha, Fig. 11.4 slender, clongate mesal process on slernple VILL. Stermte 1X roundly excavated apically, Dorsal plate broad throyghout length, expanded distally, apical margin rounded, withoul spines or spinules, Subgenital plate not apparent. Infetior appendages multi-lobed: ventral lobe with outer matgin broadly rounded, inner murgin crenulate; dorsal lobe narrower, with a tull of long setae sub-apically.on inner margin; laterally a long, slender lobe without apical seta, and a shorter slender lobe with an apical seta, Parameres slender, loosely S-shaped, not overlapping, apices rounded, Acdeagus with a swollen membrane apicallyand twisted sclerotised process. Female and immatures unknown, Distribution: N.V., Kakadu National Park, Raden Springs and upper Magela Creek, £tvmolagy; Named for the type laeality. Hellyethira naumanni sp, nav, WIGS 12-13, 17 Holotype: NMY, o, W.A., Charnicy River, Zkm SW Roly Hill, CALM Site 25/2, 16<20.v1.1988, 1, D. Naumann. Paratypes, NMV,7 oo, 1 2 (allotype), collected with holotype, Diagnosis: An eskensis-group species differing from others in having all male genitalic parts slender and elongate distally; female resembles H. vernoni Wells. Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.9-2.0 mm, Antennae 32-segmented, An elongate, slender mesal process on sternite VI, Segment IX short, Dorsal plate membranous, rounded distally. Subgenital plale sub-iriangular, narrowly rounded apically, Inferior appendages in ventral yiew tri- lobed: ventral lobe broad-based, constricted mesally, narrow in distal half; above, two slender processes. the uppermost setate apically. In lateral view, these Two dorsal processes can be seen as two lobes of a bifid branch, Parameres slender, overlying each other, inserted laterally. Aedeagus narrow, with an apical 1wist. Female. Anterior wing length, 2.3 mm. Antennae 27-scgmented, Sternite VIII with apical margin slightly notched medially, # pair of setae on each side of notch, Immatures unknown. Distribution: Collected from the type locality only. Etymology: Named for 1], DB. Naumann who collected rhe specimens. Hellyethira iniparalobata sp, nov, FIGS 14-16 Holotype: NMV, o, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek, 1,1985, R, G, Pearson & L. J. Benson. Other material exwmined? NMV, 1 of, WA, Chariley River, 2 kn SW of Roly Hill, CALM site 25/2, 16°22°S, 128°I2°E, 16-20vi88, f. DB Naumann, Diegnasie A close sister spevies to A. vernenti Wells, distinguished by asymmetrical inferior appendages and dorsal plate narrowly quadrate in distal halt. Figs 7~12. Jabitrichia dostinei sp. nov, 7, male genitalia, lateral view, Orphninotrichia originis sp, nov, 8,9, male and female genitalia, ventral views, Mellyethira forficata sp, nav, 10, male genitalia, ventral view, Hellye(iira radunensis sy. nov. 11. male wenisalia, venteal view, Hellyethira ranmarné sp. nov. 12, male genitalia, ventral view. Abbreviations: ac, aed¢agus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages: lar. §. 1X, lateral lobe of segmen| 1X; pr, paramere; VIN, abdominal segmem VIL; EX, abdominal segment IX. 114 A, WELLS Figs 13-17, Hellyethira naumanni sp, nov, 13, male genitalia, lateral view. Hellyethira imparalobata sp. nov. 14-16, male genitalia, dorsal, ventral and lateral views. Hellyethira naumanni sp. nov. 17, female genitalia, ventral view. Abbreviations: ae., aedeagus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages; pr., paramere; VIE, abdominal segment VIII; LX, abdominal segment IX. NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISF] TES Ns Description: Male. Anterior Wing length, 1.8 mm, Antennae damaged, Genitalia, Fizs 14-16. Abdominal sternite VET with slender, elongate mesal process, Dorsal plate broad-based, in distal hall narrowly sub-quadrate with margins dark and patred scleratised spines laterally, Subgenital plate not evident. Inferlor appendages unequal, ventrally With a broad lobe, several narrower processes distally and paired styliform processes laterally. Broad, sclerotised structures laterally above inferior appendages may represent parameres, Aedeagus twisted in distal half. Female and dmatures unknown, Distributions Known from. the type locality, northeastern Qld, and from Charnley River, northwestern W.A. Ewmeology: From the Latin — unpar, fobains — unequal, lobed, in reference to the labes of inferior apprndages. Hellyethira quadrata sp, nov. TIGS 18-19 Holotype: NMY, o, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek, xii, 1985, KR. G. Pearson & £., J, Benson Pararypes, NMY, sanic lov. and vellectors as holorype: Foc, 5 | 9 (incloding allotype), iL.85; lZoeu v85;4 70,5 OD ix.85. Other indterial examined, NMY, same loc and collectors: IL a@ ol x.84) 4 oor, xL.84) 8 oor, 1.85; 1 oo, vui.B5; 4 chor, ix.85; lor, xiBS; | or, i184; 3 oor, 1.86, Loo. iv.86, Diggnosis: Most closely resembling A. rarrosa Wells, bul male with inferior appendages wider than tong, almost truncate distally, buc with a pais of digitiform processes inedially. Desecipsion: Males, Anterior wing length, 2.0-2.2 mm. Antennac 3i-segmented. Genitalia (Pigs 18, 1Y). A slender, elongate mesal pracess on sternite VOL. Segment IX sub-quadrate. Dorsal plare membranous, rounded distally. Subgenital plate not apparent. Inferior appendages together as wide, in ventral view, as sternite DX, length about half width, inner apical margins produced posteriorly in a small lobe, a setate, digitiforns process mesally, Aedeagus with several constricrions distally, hooked apically. Females and immatures unknown. Uistributions From the type locality onfy, northeastern Qld, Enyrroloey bron) the Latin — ywadres— square, for the general shape of male terminalia. HNoellyethira spinesa sp. nov. FIGS 20-22 Holotype: NMV, o, NE Qld, Yuecubine Creek, R, G. Pearson & 1, J. Benson, Paratypes, NMV, o, collected with holotype, A curious species, originally believed to represent a new genus (Benson & Pearson 1988 —- “unidentified genus A”), but here referred 10 Hellyethira with which it contorms in general respects, although the aedeagus more closely resembles ihose of the new species in Acrilopitita. Diagnosis: Males readily recugnised by the array of digitiform processes. and irregular spines which replace the more usual genitalic structures; affinities obscure, Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 16-18 Mn. Antennae 28-segmented. Genitalia, Figs 20-22. Abdominal sternite VII with slender elongate mesal process. Dorsal plate membranous, rounded apically, Subgenital plate probably represented by the two setale, digitiform processes, fused basally (Fig. 22b). The homologies of a second pair of similar processes (Pig. 22c) are unknown. Inferior appendages (Fig. 22d) broad- based, consiricted! medially, finger-like distally, with paired apical setae. Parameres forming a set of irregular spines (Fig. 22a). Aedeagas slender, elongate, hooked apically, Female and immatures unknown Distribution: Known only from the Lype locality, Yuecahine Creck, northeastern Qld, Etvmology- Fram the Latin - spina - thom, describing the spiny form of the male genitalia, Acritoptila Wells Acrituptila Wells, 1982, p, 262) Kelley L989. p. LUO. Type specics, deviiaprifa globosa Wells, by original designation. A small genus closely resembling Hed/yerhira in general body features, but with male genitalic structures simpler and tending to be fused, Larvae known for Western Australian species are distinguished from Hell/perhira by the less Pronounced constriction of the first twa abdominal seements (Wells 1985b), Two new species from Yuccabine Creek (originally identified as Helfyethira sp. C and D for Benson & Pearson 1988) raise Australian representation to five; six are known trom New Caledonia (Kelley 1989). Acritoptila pearsani sp. nov, FIGS 23-24 Holotype: NMYV, co, NE Qld, Yueeabine Creek, 1.1986, R. G: Pearson & L. fy Benson. Parutypes, NM, | oo, collected with holotypey NMV¥, 1 o, same toc. and collectors, ii,95, Diagnosis! Resembling A. Agmata Wells in the clongale postera-lateral processes on abdominal sezmen| IX and paired spines on lateral margins of dorsal plate, but wilh distinctive ventral penitalic processes, 116 A. WELLS Figs 18-22. Hellpethira quadrata sp. nov. 18,19, male genitalia, lateral and ventral views. Hellyethira spinosa sp, nov. 20-22, male genitalia, lateral, dorsal and ventral views. Abbreviations: a, b, c, d, displaced genitalic structures; ae., aedeagus; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. app., inferior appendages; IX, abdominal segment IX. NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDIS#LLES wr Peseriptien: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.7-1.9 mm. Antennae 37-segmented. Genitalia, Figs 23, 34. Abdominal sternite VIII with a slender, elongate mesal provess, Segment IX with selose fpostero- lateral lobes. Dorsal plate membranous, rounded apically, overlaid by a short, triangular, sclerorised Jobe antero-mesally, and bordered by irregular stout, dark spines inflected at right-angles. sub-apically. Inferior appendages fused, with a-small ¥-shaped process apico-mesally, and stout, divergent lobes laterally, each tipped with a hair. A small process dorsal to inferior appendages may represent the subgenital plate. Aedeagus slender mesally, expanded distally, a long, sclerotised spur apically. Female and immatures unknown. Distribution: Known only from the type locality, northeastern Qld, Etymology: Named for R. G. Pearson who collected niuweh of the material osed in this siualy. Avrifoptila capisira sp, nov, FIGS 25-26 Holotype NMY, of, NE Qid, Yuccabine Creek, xi. 1984, R, Gy, Pearson & L. J. Benson. Paraiypes, NMV, same toc. and collectors: | or, collected with holotype; | ot, 7,85; | male, ii.85; | mile, ii-86; | , v. 86, Diagnesis; Males recognised by (he broad, strap- like spines wrapping around the dorsal plate. Description: Male. Anterior wing lengrh, 1.9-22 mm. Antennae 31~segmented. Genitalia, Figs 25, 26, Abdominal sternite VIE with a slender, elongate Mmegsal process. Segment LX not produced postero- laterally, although dorso-lateral spines are present, twisting sharply and wrapping around the dorsal plate, Dorsal plate membranous, cons|riyted in basal halt, expanded distally, then tapered towards apex, No subgenital plate evident. Inferior appendages fused act bases, forming stout lobes distally, Aedeagus elongate, slender throughout length, slightly hooked sub-apically, apex acute. Females. and immatures unknown, Distribution’ Known only from the type locality, northeastern Qld. Etymalogy; From the Latin — cupistruinr — halter, to describe the twisting strap-like spines wrapping about the dorsal plate. Oxyeihira Eaton Oxvethira Eaton, 1873, p. 143; Kelley 1984, p. 435. Type species: Hydropitile costalis Curis sis Bait, by oyigingl Jesignation, Trichoglene Nebuiss, 1977, p, 43, Wpe species: Tnicheglene columha WNebotss, by original designation, Previously, only two of the 10 subgenera comprising Gxpethira (Kelley 1984) were recorded from Australia: the most primitlye sub-genus, O, (Trichoglene) Neboiss, from the south and east, and a more highly derived group, O. (Damp/itrichia) Mosely, [rom the north, Now a third, O. (Oxperhira) Eaton, is added, with the discovery of the Orienta! O. (Oxyethira) hogambaru in the north-east. Of particular interest is the new species O. (Trichoglene) cornutata sp. nov, from the Alligator Rivers region, again from the small monsoon forest siream, Radon Springs. (ts closest associations are with a New Caledonian species, tending to support the thesis that this stream. harbours components of a relictual Fawna. Originally, 1 considered that the third species reported here, O. camplicata sp. nov., represented another new genus (Benson & Pearson 1988, “unidentified gerius sp, A,"), More cautiously, it is now placed in Oxpefitira with which It shares general features such as shape of wings and venalion, antennal form, ocelli 3 and in males lilillator present on aedeagus and anterior margin of abdominal segment 1X rounded, But it has a tibial spur formula of 0,2,4, which occurs only in members of the niinima group in O. (Dampfitrichia) and, in the male, abdominal segment 1X not retracted in VIIL and genitalic structures highly asymmetric. It is not assigned to any sub-genus, | am unawate of any other Oxyerhira species with highly asymmetrical genitalia — a state which is usually considered ta be derived, Oxyething (Oxyethira) bogambara Schmid Oxyethira bogambara Setmid, 1958,, p. 67. Holotype: male, Ceylon, Kandapola, USNM. New Records, NMV: 1 o, NE Qld, Yuveahine Creck, x.84, Benson & Pearson; 1 &, same loc, IO.iy.88; 2 oo, 2 9 G_ same loc., v.85; | or, same loc,, 1.86; | co, same loc, iL&6. {n the Oriental ramosa group, GQ (Oxyertira) (Kelley 1984), and, like Oxperhira ineana Ulmer, probably a species that has dispersed recently to Australia via New Guinea. Males readily recognised by the titillater twisted 2 to 3 times around the aedeagus (Schmid 1958), females by the stout terminalia and V-shaped structure on stemiite VIET (Wells & Dadgeon 1990), Distribution; SJE. Asia, New Guittea, notthern Aust, Oxyethira contplicata yp. wov. FIGS 27-29 OCriginally destgnated “New gesus sp, B” for Benson & Pearson (1988) this unusual species is now placed Icntalively in OxvelAira, bul left in incertae 118 A. WELLS sedis,as i! cannot be assigned to. any of the existing sub-genera. Hodlotypes NMY, o, NE Qld, Yuvcabine Creck, iL 1986, R, G, Pearson & L. SJ. Benson. Porarynes, NMYV, same loc and collectors as holotype: 2 oc, collected with holotype, 1 &, xi.85; 1 of, v.86, Diagnosis Males tecognised by the combination of presence ol ocelli, spur formula 0,2,4, and highly asymmetric genilalic appendages. Description: Male. Anterior wing Jength, 1.7-1.8 mm. Aniennac 27-segmented, (lavellar segments with abundant sensilla auricilica, Genttalia, Figs 27-29, Abdominal segment VII with a small acute spur apico-mesally, Segment [X well prorruded fram VIL, anterior margin broadly rounded, postero-laleral lobes rounded distally; sternite with apical margin deeply excavated. Subgenital plate not evident. Interior appendages asymmetrical, sclerotived, complexly multilobed, with paired, irregularly-cwisted, Setate, digitiform processes dorsally, Aedeagus straight, with a slender titillaror, and stronely recurved apical spine. Femate and immaturcs unknown. Orstributions Known only from the type locality, northeastern Old. £tvmalogy: Vrom the Latin — corplicetus - complicated, for the genitalic structures thal defy interpretation. Oxyethira (Trichoglene) cormutata sp, nov, FIGS 30-3] Holotype: NTM, &, NI, Kakadu Natiunal Park, Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55’E, t4.iv. 989, A. Wells & PF Suter. Diagnosis: Referred 10 O, (Trichoglene) and most closely resembling the New Caledonian Q. insularis Kelley (1989) with which it shares the form of ibe inferior appendages, but also showing some resenivlance to O. brevis Wells from SW W. Aust, and ©. caledonensis Kelley from: New Caledonia. Deseriprion: Male, Unitormly dark grey, Anterior wing length, 1.3 mm. Anténnae 26-segmented, with alternating bands of light and dark segments. Genitalia, Figs 30, 31, Abdominal segment IX narrow, elongate, anterior margin rounded, reaching into segment VIL. Dorsal plate short, rounded, with a selerotised process on cach side, Subgenital plate membranous, divided into twa lobes by rounded median excision, Bilobed process slightly longer ny than other genitalic parts. Uiferior appendages forming a pair of widely divergent arms. Aedeagus broadly hooked apically, Female and immatures. unknowu. Distributions Knowa only trom ane male from a small monsoon forest stream, Kakadu National Park, NvT. Etymology: From the Latin — carnulus —horn-tke. describing the form of the inferior appendages. Orthotrichia Baton Ortholrichia Eaton, 1873, mp. J44, Type species: Hydroptitaangusrella Me Lachlan, by original desiynation Eight new species referred to Orrhotrichia raise to 43 the Australian representation. Four are in the gracilis group (Wells 1979c), three in the more diverse adornata/kokadana groujy (Wells 1984), andl one in the aberrans group. Additional records of established species extend their Wistribucions, and cases of several of these are figured. Orthotrichiz amnica sp, nuy, FIGS 32-33, 47 Hoaiotper NTM, co. NA., Kambolgic Creek, 13°32’S, 132°23'F, 25vA98R, La Tr, A, Wells & P, Suter. Paratypes NTM, NMV, @ ocr, same loc, as holotype, 25.v.88, UV Lr, Suter & Wells. Orher material examined: NTM, pupae, same lac as holotype, 25.v.88, Wellss NTM, co pupa and cases, N-T,, South Alligator River at Gimbat OSS Station, 13°35'S, 132°36'E, Wells. Diagnosis: In ihe grecilis group and closely resembling Q kholoensis Wells and QO. pararga Wells from which it differs in shape of inferior appendages and presence of a small, pale spur distally on dorsal plate, Deseriprion: Male. Anterior wing Jength, 1.7 men, Antennae 26-segmented. Genitalia, Figs 32, 33. ‘Tergite VII with a pair of strong, black, spiny setae on apico-mesal margin. Tergite 1X with let lateral spine broad, blade-like, Dorsal plate elongate, membranous except for left ventral margity a small laterally-directed spur distally; apex truncate, about one third width of base. Inferior appendages in ventral view with a concavity apico-mesally, dorsal provess slender, undivided. Female unknown, Figs 23-29, Acvitoptila pearsoni sp, nov, 23,24, male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views, Acrifeptila capistra sp. nav. 25,26, male genitalia, dorsal and yeniral views, OxverAirs complicate sp, nov. 27-29, male genitalia, lateral, vernteat and dorsal views. Abbreviatians; ge, aedeagus; dpl,, dorsal plate; inf, app. inferior appendages; sp. spime; 1X, abdominal segment IX. 120 A. WELLS NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICROADDISELIES 121 Pupal case (Fig. 47). OF characteristic form, dark with short ribs dorsally, Mstribution: Collected from the upper reaches of the South Alligator River, and one of its small tributaries, N.T. Etymology: From. the Latin — aninicus — of a slreain. pertuining to type locality,a small stream: Orthotrichia fontinata sp. ov. FIGS 34-45 Hofotype- NTM, o, NT, Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45'S, 132955’ EB, 18-19.v.1988, Ls. ‘tn, P. Suter & A, Wells. Puratypes, NTM, NMV, 10 corer, collected with holotype; NMV, 1 o, same loc, 13-I4.iv.89, Wells & Suter; NTM, | oo, NAT., Kakadu National Park, Rowerbird Billabong, 12°47'S, 133°02°E, 1.x.88, Dostine. Diagnosis: Another gracilis group member, with male genitalia similar to Q altenuuwia Wells but distinguished by asymmetry of inferior appendages and their dorsal process, Pescriprions Male. Anterior wing length, 1.2 mm. Antennae 24-segmented. Genilalia, Figs 34, 35. Paired, black, spiny setae apicomesally on terpite VIL. Right dorsal spine only on tergite IX. Dorsal plale irregularly bilobed distally, left lobe stiehrly hooked apically, Paramere clongate, slendet, Inferior appendages asymmetrical; in ventral view, separated basally, converging distally, left sub- triangular, ight almost avoid; dorsal process undivided, arising on right, curving 10 left. Female and immatures unknown. Distrihution: Known only from two localities in Kakadt! National Park, N-T- Etyrolegys From jhe Latin — fonsinalixy — af a spring, pertaining to the collecting site, Orthotrichia tomentosa sp. ao. FIGS 36-37 Holotype; NTM, ov, NT, Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45°S, 132°55'E, Le Tr., 18-19.1v.1988, P. Suter & A, Wells, Prratypes, NT NTM, NMV, 6 oe, collected with holotype; 1c, Gulungul Creek at infet to Gulungul Hillaborig, 20,iv.89, Wells de Suter, Diagnosis; \n the greilis group, with malesclosely resembling O, aculeafe in form ofl interior apnendages and (their dorsal process bur distinguished by the dark, curved spine to the lef of the dorsal plate. Description; Anterior wing length, 1.4 mm. Antennae damiuged. Genitalia (Figs 36, 37). A pair of stout black, spinose setac offset from posterior margin of terete VIL. Abdominal segment 1X with obliquely Iniuncate anterior margin, a strongly curved, dark spine arising apically on felt and piressinig against dorsal plate, Dorsal plate narrowly rounded apically. Inferior appendages ovoid, sctose, separated at bases, converging apically; process of inferior appendages short, undivided, lying on right, Paramere slender, elongate. Female and immatures unknown. Distribution: Collected from two sites in Kakadu National Park, NT, Fipmology: From the Latin — tommeatum = hairy, describing the appearance of che inferior appendages. Orthotrichiat serrata sp. n0¥. PIGS 39-40 Holotype: NTM, c, NIT. Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45’S, 132°58'E, Lt Tr, I8-19.v,1988, P. Suter & A, Wells. Paratype, NTM, 1 o. same data as holotype. Diagnosis: & gracilis group member, with close similarities to O. parenga, but differing in the shape of interior appendages and their process, and the irregular-shaped sclerotised spine along left of dorsal plate, Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.5 mim Antennae damaged, Genitalia, Figs 39, 40. Paired black spiny setae subapical on tergite VILL. Right lateral spine on segment LX blade-like, lett irregular in shape, broad in proximal 34, slender distally, apes slightly expanded. Dorsal plate about same widih throughout Jength. Inferior appendages’ discrete, inner margins dark. toorhed; dorsal process asymmetric, slendes, atising, on right, arching towards let'l. Paramere slender, elongate, Female and immatures unknown, Distribution; Known only trom the type locality, Kakadu National Park, NT, Erymology: Prom the Latin — serra/us — notched. to describe the inner marzin of inferior appendages. Figs 30-35. Oxyethira cornutate sp nov. 71,31, male genitalia, ventral and lateral views. Oriberrichia amemea sp hav, 32,33, male genitalia, venrral and dorsal views, Ortforrichia Jonfinata sp. noy. 34,35, male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views, Abbreviations: ac, aedeagus; b.pr, bilobed process; dpr. inf. anp,, dorsal process of inferior a phendages; dpl., dorsal plate; inf. apn., inferior appendages; pr., paramere; sub.g,, subgenital plore: VIL, abdominal segment VAL; LX, ahdaminal scemens 1X, A, WELLS NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFI [ES 123 Orthotrichia paranga Wells FIG, 46 Orthotrichia paranga Wells, 1YT9e, po Bld. Holotype: o, W.A., Ord River Dar, 21.11.1977, WAM, New recards, NT: NTM, | co, Magela Creek at Rum Pipe, | 711,88, Dostine; NTM, | o, Kambolgie Creek, $3°32'S, 132923'E, Lt Tr., 25-26..88, Wells & Suter} | o pupa and case, Fisher Creek above South Alligator River junction, (3°34'S, 132°34' EL Wells & Suter, OSS voucher set. Originally described from NW W.Aust., O. paranga closely resembles O. stipa Wells, ©. Kholoensis Wells and O. fontinala, but differs in shape of inferior appendages and their dorsal process. The pupa has been associated, Pupal case (Fig. 46). Length, 2.2 mm. Darkly pigmented, dorso-ventrally flattened, with finely setrate ribs extending full length, Distribution, Eastern Qld, northern NT. Orthotrivhia tvleri Wells FIGS 5)-52 Orthorrichia tyleri Wells, 1979c, p. 637. Holotype: of, W. Aust, Mitchell Plateau, Camp Creek, 20.vii.1978, WAM, New records: Cased pupae, NT, Yellowwaters Billabong, 21.v.88, Dostitve, OSS voucher set. Males are distinguished by widcly separated, strong, black, spiny setac on abdominal tergite VILL; a gracilis group member, Pupal case (Figs 51, 52). Length, 2.4 mm. Pale, trattsparent; long, slender, tapering at each end, without ribs, a pair of vents opening on the dorsal margin as in O. turrita Wells (Wells 1985b). Distribution; Northwestern W.A., northern NT, This is a common species in lentic and lotic systems; immatures collected from stems of an aquatic macrophyte, Hydrilla sp. Orthotrichia furcata sp, nov, FIG, 38 Holotype: NTM, o, NU, South Alligator River above Fisher Creek juttction, 11 Tr, 19~20.1v.1989, P. Suter & A. Wells, Paratype: NTM, 1 o, NUT, Kakadu National Park, Magcla Creek al outlet lo Bowerbird Billabong, 1.2.88, Dostine. Diagnosis: Av adornata group species with elongate inferior appendages fused medially, and paramere bifid apically. Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 2,1-2,3 mm. Antennae 27-segmented, Genitalia, Fig. 38. Abdominal sternite V1 with brush of blunt, black selae mesally, Segment JX short. Dorsal plate broad, rounded apically, a small spur on margin. Inferior appendages elongate, widely separated distally, bases fused; dorsal process. Y-shaped. Paramere stout, dark, distally bifid, apices acute. Female and immatures unknown, Distribution: Known ooly from two locatities, Kakadu National Park, NT, Etymology; From the Latin -—furcafus — forked, to describe the forked paramere, Orthatrichia alata sp, nov, FIGS 4)|-42, 48-49 Heforpue: NTM, &, NT, Kambalgie Creek, 13°32'S, 132°23'R, Lt Tr, 25-26v,1988, A. Wells & P. Suter. Paratypes; NTM, 2 oo, Ni, Kakadu National Park, Radon Springs, 12°45'S, 132°55'E, 18-194.88, Suter & Wells; NMV, 5 o o', same loc,, 13-14.6¥,.89, Suter & Wells; NTM, | of, South Alligator River, Gimbar Station, 26.iv.88, Dosrine: NTM, 10 oo, Graveside Creek, 18.vii.88, Dostine: NMY, 1 o, Creek 5 km W of OSS Gimbat station, 19.iv.89, Wells & Suter. Other material examined: NTM, NMV, larvae, pupac, cases, N-T., Kakadu National Park, Baroalba Springs, 12°49'S, 132°52'E 22.88, Wells & Suter: NTM, immatures, South Alligator River, numerous records, Dostine. Diagnosis: In the gdornata group; males wih irregular and strongly asymmetric inferior appendages resembling those of ©. tyler? Wells; cases recognised by distinctive lateral flanges. Description: Male. Anterior wing length, 1.7 mm. Antennae 25-segmented, Genitalia, Figs 41, 42. Tergite VIII without black setae. Sternite IX rounded anteriorly; tergite with right lateral spine only, stour, curving towards left distally, Dorsal plate irregularly rounded apically, a deep notch in right lateral margin, sclerotised spur subapically. Inferior appendages comprised of irregular lobes, sclerotised distally; dorsal process small, slightly divided subapically, lobes divergent. Female unknown, Figs 36-40. Orthotrichia, tomentosa-sp. quv 36,37. male genitalia, dorsal and ventral views. Orthotrichia furcare Sp, Nov, 38, male genitalia, ventral view. Oriharrichia serrata sp. noy, 39,40, male genital, ventral and dorsal views. 124 A. WELLS NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES 125 Larval and pupal cases (l'igs 48, 49). Length of pupal case, 18-21 mm. Black, without usual dorsal ribs but with lateral margins expanded and raised to form “wings” or Manges, a furrow mid-dorsally. Distribution: Alligator Rivers region, N.T., where it occurs in small slreams on the edge of the escarpment and in the higher reaches of the Sourh Alligator Riven Etymalogy: The Latin ~ alatus = lurnished with wings, describing the Manges on (he cases, Orthotrichia sevlata Wells FIG, 55 Ortkorcichia scutata Wells, (979e, p. 599. Hotetype: o, W. Aust., Spillway Creek, Ord River Dam, 20.11.1977, WAM, New Records, N.L: NTM, | &, South Alligator River at Gimbat OSS Station, 13°35'S, 132°36°E. 28,iv,88, Dostine; NTM, larvae, pupae, same lov., 24.v.88, Wells & Suter. In samples of congeners, Q seutafa can be recognised by its large size and dark colour; males have cight lateral spine on abdominal tergite 1X broadly bilobed and visible in ventral view as a “bract” about the left margin of the dorsal plate Larval and pupal cases. Pupal case length, 2.3-2,7 mm, Case (Fig. 55) dark brown, larger than other Orthotrichia except wberrans group members, relatively stout, with short ribs dorso-mesally, pupal case with posterior end longer than anterior end, D&tribution: Northwestern W.A., northern NT, Immarures collected from undersides of rocks in flowing water, Orthotrichia bensoni sp. wov- FIG. 44 Holetype NMY, o, NE Qi, Yuceubine Creek, xi.I984, L. J, Benson & R. G, Pearson. Paratypes; NMV, 3 & om, same loc. and collectors, ii.85. Diagnosis: 1n the adornata zroup, and distinguished hy the slender lateral spine projecting posteriorly on the right side, well away from other genitalic Structures, Description: Male. Antetior Wing length, 1.4-1.6 mm, Antennae 22-segmented, Genitalia, Fig. 44. Abdominal segment [X rounded distally, with a strong, dark, slendev right lateral spine. Dorsal plate in form of two stout spines, one 2x length of other, each with apex curving inwards. Inferior appendages rounded laterally, fused basally, divided distally, with slender tapered projections apico- laterally; dorsal process asymmetrical, arching from tight ro left, left arm produced and notched, Paramere clongate, Female und immatures unknown, Distribuccorw Northeastern Old, Yuccabine Creek. Etyaielogy; Named tor one of the collectors, L. 1 Benson, Orthotrichia stureri Wells FIGS 54, 56 Orthorrich! setert Wells 1979. p, 605, Hofoiype; of, W. Aust. Mitchell Plateau, Camp Creek, 3.viil978, WAM. New Records, NT; NTM; Jabiru, Ranger Retention Pond 1, I6,iv.89, A. Wells, A tiny caddisfly deseribed from northwestern W.A., male recognised by long, widely divergent lobes.on the dorsal process of Inferior appendages, Larval and pupal cases (Figs 54, 56), Small stender, transparent, without ribs, larval case tubular, pupal case bluntly rounded anteriorly, tapered posteriorly. Distribution: Northwestern W,A,, northern NT. Collected from beneath Nymphaea and Nymphoides leaves in still water. Orthotrichia velata Wells FIG. 50 Orthotrichia velata Wells 1983, p, 641, Holotype: &, Old, Upper Ross River, below. weir, 8.1979, NMY. New Records, NT: NTM: 1 o, Magela Creek sat Modginberri Billabong inlet, 18.¥.88, Wells & Suter; 4 co", Radon Springs, 18-19¥.88, Suter & Wells: 9 oro, same data, 14,/v,89; 2 o or, Magela Creck at Ranger outlet pipe, 20,v.88; 8 of oO, pupae, South Alligator River at Fisher Creek confluence, 24.v.88, Wells & Suter; 7 oo, same data, 19-20.iv.8% $ oc, South Alligator River at Gimbat Station, 284.88, Dostine. Male of this species can be recognised by the broad, sheathing dorsal plate with V-shaped apico- ventral excision, larvae by the spines on the anal prolegs,. The pupal case is figured for the first time. Pupal case (Fig. 50). Length, 14-1.9 mm, Rounded, with short medial ribs, grey, Distribution: Northern Australia. Orthotrickia musceri Wells FIG, 33 Orthotrichia musoari Wells, 1983, p. 638. Holotype: co, Qld, Iron range, Middle Claudie River, 2+9,x. 1974. NMV. New Records, NT. NTM, | o, | 9, Radon Springs, [4.iv.89, Suter & Wells; f o pupa and case, Kakadu National Park, Baroalba Springs, 12°49’S, Figs 41-44, Crthoirichia alata sp. nov, 41,32, male genitalia, docsal and ventral views. Ortfarrichia constricta sp. nov 43, male gemialia, ventral view, Orrhorrodhia bensani sp, nov, 44, male genitalia, ventral view, 126 A. WELLS Figs 45-56. Hellyethira forficata sp. noy. 45, larval case. Orthotrichia paranga Wells. 46, pupal case. Orthotrichia amnica sp. nov. 47, pupal case. Orrhotrichia alata sp. noy, 48,49, larval and pupal cases. Orthotrichia velata Wells. 50, pupal case. Orfhotrichia tvleri Wells. 51, 52, pupal case, lateral and dorsal views, Orthotrichia muscari Wells, §3, pupal case. Orthatrichia scutata Wells, 54, larva and case, OrtHorrichia sureri Wells. 55,56, larval and pupal cases. Scale bars = | mm. 132°§2'E, 22.y,88, Wells & Suter, OSS voucher set; 1 karvas } pupa, Magela Creed below fails, 21iv.89, Wells & Suntery | pupa, Batoalba Creek, 17iv.8¢ Suter & Wells. An unusual ember of the ahernmnis group of large hydroptilids, with elongate inferior appendages and a brush-like structure arising above the right inferior appendage. Several cased pupae have been collected and conform with othersin the group. Pupa and case, Pupal case length, 4.6 mm. Case large, smooth, transparent, constructed of secretion. In ane specimen, one of the two tiny valves of the early final instar larva is incorporated into the later Stage case (Fig. 53), others lack the small valves. Pupal cases are covered looscly with coarse sand; pupal hook plates with only one large hook each, anterior margin of the head is produced as in other members of the group (Wells 1985b), Distribution: Northeastern Qld, northern NT. Pupae were collected from undersides of rocks in asmail, spring-fed strcam at the toot of the Kakadu Escarpment. Orthotrichia constricia sp. nav. FIG. 43 Holotype: NMV, C, NE Qld, Yuccabine Creek, i. 1985, R. G. Pearson & L. 4. Benson. Diagnosis; A new aberrans group species. distinguished by rhe form of its inferior appendages und their dorsal process, and by the narrow sub- apical constriction on the aedeagus which results in a sharp twist at about 4 length, 127 Description; Male. Anterior wing length, 2.6 mm. Aileanae 2S-segmented. Genitalla, Pig. <2. Abdominal segment VIII short, broad, sternite produced apico-miesally to form 4 triangular lobe, tipped with blunt setae. Segment IX narrow, laterally on right produced posteriorly to form a stout spine. Dorsal plate membranous, a broad, blunt, marginal spine on lett. Inferior appendages fused, bulbous, slightly cleft mesally: dorsal process undivided, irregular in shape, slightly produced apico-mesally, Aedeagus elongate, tightly constricied ard twisted at about 44 length. Paramere a short, cwisted spite. Fentiale and immatures unknown. Distribution; Known only From the type locality, northeastern Qid. Etymoejogy; From the Latin — constrictus = contracted, describing the shape of the aedeagus. Acknowledgments R. G. Pearson and L: §, Benson kindly allowed me to study their hydroptilid collection from Yuocabine Creek, NE Queensland. The office of the Supervising Sciemist, Alligators Rivers Region Research Institute funded the project which gave rise to mast-of the other material used in (his work, I wish to thank particularly P, Dustine and C, Humphrey who encouraged me to become involved in work in the Alligator Rivers region, and who, together with P. Suter and P. Cranston, helped with much of the collecting; P. Dostine also made other extensive collections. References Benson, L. J. & Poarsow, R, G, (1988) Diversity and seasonality of adult Trichuptera captured in a light-trap at Yuceabine Creek, a tropical Australian rainforest stream. Aust, £ Fool 13, 337-344, Earon, A. E. (1873) On the Hydroptilidae, a family of the Trichoptera. Trams. ent. Soc. Lond. W873, 125-150, Keitey, R. W. (1984) Phylogeny, morphology and olassifiganion of the micro-caddisfly genus Qaererhire Eaton (Trichopterar Hydroptilidae), Tras. Alm. Ent. Soe. (10, 435-463. (1989) New species of micra-caddisflics (Trichopreta, Hydvoptilidae) froin New Caledonia, Vanuatu and Fuji, Pree, Entomol. Sac. Kush. $1, 190-202. MarsHain, J E. (1979) A review ul the genera uf the Hydroptilidwe (Trichupters). ull Se Mus. nat. Hise, (Ent.) 39, 135-239. Moseiy, M. BE. (1934) New exotic Hydroptilidag, Thans. R. wal, Soc, Loe, 82, 137-163. & Kimoins, DL: EB, (1953) “The Trichoptera of Australia and New Zealand". 550 pp. (British Museum (Natural History), london.) Neweorss, A, (1977) A taxonormme and zoogeographic siudy of Tasmanian caddisflies (Insecta: lyichapient), Atom, Natl Mus, View 38, 1-208. ______ (1988) Trichoprera. 7 Walton, D. W, & Housion, WW. K, (Eds) “Zoological Catalogue of Austratia, Vol, 6." (Aust. Govt Printing Service, Canberra). Scnsin, WW (1958) Trichoptéres de Ceylon. Arch. Hydreblol, 54, 1-173, Werrs, A. (1979a) A review of the Ausitalian species of Hydropiita Dalman (Trichoptera; Hydroptilidae) with descriptions of new species, Aus?, J Zool, 26, (1978), 745-762, ______ (1979b) A review of the Australian genera Xuthatrichia Mosely and H¢éilyetkira Neboiss (lrichoptera: Hydropailidac), with descriptions of new species. (bid 27, 311-329. ~—— (1979c) The Australian species of Orthotrichia Eaton (Irichoptera: Hydroptitidae). {bid 27, 385-622. —— (1980) A review of the Australian genery Orphninatrichia Mosely and Mapdenaptila Nevoiss (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae), with descriptions of new species. Ibid 28, 627-645. (1982) Trichalerochiion Kloet & Hineks and new gener in the Australian Hydroptilidae (Trichopterap. Ibid 30, 251-270, (193) New species in the Australiag Hydroptilidac (Trichoptera), with observations un celasionsttips and distributions. Sofa $f, 629-649, 128 NORTHERN AUSTRALIAN MICRO-CADDISFLIES (1984) Hydroptila Dalman and Orthotrichia Eaton (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) from the islands of New Guinea and New Britain, with observations on relationships. /bid 32, 261-82. (1985a) Four new species of Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera) from the Alligator Rivers Region, Northern Territory. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust, 109, 97-102. _____(1985b) Larvae and pupae of Australian Hydroptilidae (Trichoptera), with observations on general biology and relationships. Aust, 4. Zool Suppl. Ser, No. 113, 1-69. 7 (1987) On the biogeography of the Oxvpethira group, tribe Hydroptilini (Hydroptilinae, Hydroptilidae, Trichoptera). 4m Bournaud, M. & Tachet, H. (Eds), Proc. Sth Int. Symp. Trichoptera. (Junk, Dortrecht, The Netherlands). _______ (1990a) The micro-caddisflies (Trichoptera) of North Sulawesi. Invert. Taxon. 3, (1989), 363-406, _____—-(1990b) ~The hydroptilid tribe Stactobiini (Trichoptera: Hydroptilidae) in New Guinea. /bid 3, 817-849. DupGEON, D. (1990) Hydroptilidae (Insecta: Trichoptera) from Hong Kong. Aquatic Insects 12. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS. VI. PROALIDAE, LINDITIDAE (ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA) BY W. KOSTA* & R. J. SHIELT Summary Keys are given to the genera and species of the Rotifera: Monogononta of the families Proalidae (four genera) and Lindiidae (one genus). The proalid genus Wulfertia is not known from Australia, and a single record of Bryceella is doubtful. Two species of Proalinopsis and ten species of Proales are known from Australian inland waters. Proales similis exoculis (Berzins, 1953) is suppressed. Five species of the lindiid genus Lindia are confirmed, with a sixth, known from New Zealand, doubtful. All species of these genera recorded from Australian waters are described and figured with known distribution data and ecological information. Brief comments are included on current rotifer taxonomy and biogeography. KEY WORDS: Rotifera, Proalidae, Lindiidae, Australia, taxonomic revision, biogeography. Trartartionsof the Royal Society of 8, Ausy.. 44990), 174(3), 129 Ja), ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS. VIL PROALIDAE, LINDIIDAE (ROTIFERA: MONOGONONTA) by W. KosTe* & R, J, SHIELT Summary Kosre, W. & SHier, R. J, (1990) Rotifera from Australian inland waters VI. Proalidae, Lindiidae (Ratifera: Monogononta) Trans. R. Soc. §. Aust, 114(3), 129-143, 30 November, 1990. Keys are given to the yenera and species of the Rotifera! Monogononta of the tamilies Proalidae (four genera) and Lindtidae (one genus), The proalid genus Wudfertia is not Kaown from Australia, and a single record of Srpceella is doubtlul. Two species ef Provlinapsis and ten species of Proales are known from Australian inland waters. Proales similis exeeulis (Herzins, 1953) is suppressed, Five species of the lindiid genus Linala are confirmed, with a sixth, known from New Zealand, doubtful, All species of these genera tecorded trom Australian Waters are described and figured with known distribution data and ecological information. Brief comments are included. on current rotifer taxonomy and biogeoaraphy. Key Woros: Rotitera, Proalidac, Lindiidae, Australia, taxonomic revision, biogeography. Introduction This. paper is the sixth of a series reviewing the Reifera recorded from Australia, The initial purpose of the series was Lo collate a century of records (much early survey work was done by visitors, and their publications were widely dispersed), bring nomenclature to accepted world standard, and provide usable keys to the known Australian rotifer fauna, A& the series has progressed, so too has methodology; advances in light and electron microscopy, biochemical techniques and computing used in studies of Lhe Rotiféra worldwide have provided much. better reslution of a number of problem areas, incliding systematics. Some of these advances are documented in the proceedings of triennial symposia on the Rotifera (eg, Ricci et a/. 1989), of which there have now been five. Increasing attendances al these symposia suggest Unat more researchers are studying rotifers, Some imnpetus has been provided by the environmental crisis; Microscopic aquatic organisms such as Protozoa and Rotifera have been seen as ‘carly warning sysiems’ for deterioratity waler quality, and their morphology, physiology, behaviour, or poputation characteristics, have been more closcly exarnined. Whatever [he reasons, interest in rotifers has expanded, and with it, requests for our revision papers from outside Australia. In view of this more widespread interest, and as a cautionary note to the use of our keys elsewhere, we felt it appropriate to hriefly review present rotifer blogeagraphy. At the * Ludwig-Brill-Stragse 3, Quakenbrick D-4570, Federal Republic of Germany, | Murray-Darling Freshwater Research Centre, POL Box 421, Albury, N.SAV. 2640. suggestion of an anonymous referee, to facilitate comparative studies, we also have sicluded more formal taxonomic details than in the earlier parts, Biogeography Global rotifer biogeography and the evidence for vicariance were reviewed by Dumont (1983), He noted that each continent has a distinctive endemic faunule among more widely distributed taxa. Until relatively recently, cosmopolitanism has been promoted by the global use of authoritative taxonoimle references (e.g. Ward & Whipple, revised by Edmondson 1963) or the use of figures from the work of respected taxonomists for taxa superficially similar (or not!) but geographically separated. In the Australian context, much of the earlier work was done elsewhere, by workers more Familiar with the Rotifera of the northern hemisphere, at a time when rotifers, aniong others, were widely accepted as cosmopolitan. When competent local workers tn Australia began to describe the indigenous species early this century, European reviewers ‘cosmeo- politanized’ these species by synonymy with familiar northern hemisphere taxa. lt has become increasingly evident in our studies of Australian rotifer taxonomy, ecology and distribution that a high degrce of endemicity prevails (cI. Koste & Shiel 1987). Methods now exist by which superficially similar taxa can be resolved (cl. Koste & Shiel 1989). These include SEM, as used by Frey (in press) for chydorid cladocverans, and electrophoretic methods, as used by Benzic (1988) tor Dapénia, Until such methods are applied to the Australasian Rotifera, caution should be ysed in identification below family, particularly where evaluation of environmental impacts or 0 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIBL perturbations is involved. Similar caution should be exercised in use of out keys and Ngures co identify non-Australian rotifers. Systematics The families of Rolifera: Monogononta considered in this part of our revision are predominantly littoral (epiphytic or epibenthic) in affinity, collected in and around vegetation in shallow waters, 2g, billabongs, or at lake margins, where they graze on detricus, bacteria or algae. The Proalidae and Lindiidae are illoricate rotifers, Le, they lack the firm, sometimes facetted cuticle (lorica) characteristic of most of the rotifer Families we have reviewed (cf. Koste & Shiel 1990). On preservation, most iloricate taxa contract into indeterminate spherical ‘blobs’, and identification is difficult. Specific determination from preserved miaterial therefore relics heavily on comparative morphology of the sclerotized masiax elements ({trophi), which appear to be species-specific. There are difficulties in detailed examination of trophi structure: the trophi of some rotifer genera are minute {(< 20 jn), with correspondingly tiny components. Bleaching the body tissue away generally leaves the trophi, bul delicate parts may be lost|, and the three-dimensional onentation of the trophi is disrupted. In view of these difficulties, the details of rrophi structure given in previously published works may be only partially accurate, or at worst, useless to interpret trophi morphology. Inadequate descriptions and figures may have passed through several generations of revisions. The recent application of scanning electran microscopy (SEM) to trophi structure (Markevich 1987; Markevich & Kutikova 1989) has improved resolution of components, but the problems of dissociation and disorientation remain. In the systematic section below we have followed the format of earlier parts. Formal descriptions are modified (generally abbreviated in translation fran the orginal author) with additions in some cases after the most recent reviser's comments (Koste 1978). Keys to families are included in Keste & Shiel (1987), and details of Rotifera outside Australia, including other species of the two families reviewed here, are found in Koste (1978). Information, where available, on type localities and known distribution, is included. Type material per se is very limited; some early taxonomists did not make type slides at all, and many extant collections were lost during the destruction in Europe during WWJ). Our Australian type material has been or will be lodged in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM), and our collections, presently housed ac the Murray- Darlittg Freshwater Research Centfe, or as subsamples in the Koste collection, Quakentintick, ultimately will be deposiled ac the SAM. Family Proalidae Bartos Proalidae Bartos, 1959, 515. (— sub-family Prealinae Remane, 1933 partim). Moricate, body swollen, fusiform or vermiforns; head and foot clearly defined; corona mostly supraoral; buccal field with rudiments of lateral cilia (Bryceella with two long cirri); mastax resembles malleate with different number of unci teeth (1+8), however is used like virgate mastax, with epipharynx present; hypopharynx muscle inserted on miastax wall, net fulcrum; eyespot on brain, sometimes lateral in Praales, OF Four geneta, Proalinapsis (2 spp.) and Proales (10 spp.) are Known [rem Australia, Bryceella (1 sp.) is a doubtful recosd, and Wulfertia has not been recorded here. Key to genera of the Family Proalidae 1, Corona willt stout cirri with which the anymal moves rapidly in a jerky motion; head with rostrum; body fusiform of fear-shaped with transverse pseudosegimentation; uncus 5-7 toothed, re St tas, As Se aes a oe Bryceeiie Remane. Corona without clrrh.,,.. 0. e ec cee ee ene 2 Yl). Head jong, with sulci; corona reduced, without lateral ciliary Cults; toes short, wide and acuie; body fusiform, widening at beginning of posterior \4; cuticle with longitudinal pleats; uncus 5-toothed; large epipharyngeal plate...... Wulferti¢ Donner Corona with lateral ciligfy qufts.,.j).cc.ecer ee 3 3(2). Spioulare papilla above cloaca; unci B-9 toothed Bie Proalinapsis Weber cloaca; unci 1-6 toothed... .., cote eeee ess. Progles Gosse Genus Sryceella Remane Gryceelfa Remane, (929, p 15 Type: Stophanops srplatus Milne, 1886 = Aryceelta styleta (Milne). Dye locality: Moss, neat Glasgow, Scotland. Bryceella is isolated systematically by the possession of peculiar cirri assemblages on (he corona. Body slender; anterior end oval, with neck clearly defined, head extended anteriorly (rostrum): abdomen oval, with narrow preanal section and short, squat taik foot slender, with 2-3 pseudosegments; toes blunt, slender, curved ventrally; integament relatively stiff; abdomen with lateral longitudinal sulci; trophi small, of modified malleate type; manubria with lateral lamellae; unci with 5-7 teeth; rami with teeth on inner margin as well as basalapophysis; cirrt of corona stand in several iransverse rows and serve in locomotion ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 131 (reminiscent of the ciliate £up/odes}; animal proceeds jerkily, with longest cirri to the front; laterally, a pair of extremely long sensory setae project from the head. Distribution; B. stplata (Milne, 1886) (Fig. ib is known from the Palaearcti, and & tenela (Bryce, 1897) (Fig. 1:2) is known more widely from acid waters of North and South America, Europe, Asia and New Zealand, B vaigii was described from Romania by Rodewald (1935), however the figures and descriplion were unsalisfactory, and rhe status of this taxon was queried by Koste (1978), The singleoothed uncus, lack of inner-margin teeth of the rami, apparent absence of long lateral setae and differences in the morphology as figured. make placement of & vaigi/ doubtful. Australian record: The only record is of Brvceelig voigtt by Berzins (1982) from two localities at Bombala, N.SW, (28.xi1,49 and 8.1.50), both fram moss on Exealyptus trunks, No figures or description were given, hence we regard it as an unverified record of un indeterminate taxan. Genus Proalinopsis Weber Proalinopsis Weber in Weber & Monict, 1918, p, 98. Teper Notonimata caudata Collins, 1872 = Proatinopsis caudatus (Collins) Tipe Jocality; pools, Sandhurst, Berksture, England. Body elongated, illoricate, cuticle very transparent, adult sometimes with filamentous gelatinous envelope; head and fool clearly demarcated; body cross-section hemispherical; dorsal] antennae on cuplike-cylindrical papillae: gibbous rump protrudes as a rim over foot; foot iwosegmented, proximal segment longest, with dorsal] knob bearing a long spine or setal tuft; corona an oblique dise with short marginal cilia and two lateral areas with long cilia: lateral antennae with long sensillae, on small protuberances, at level of upper imestine; long pointed toes, elongated foot glands; masiax intermediate between malleate and virgale trophi; fulcrum slender, laterally dagger-tike; rami symmetrical, large and triangular, without teeth or alulae; uncus with ca, eight long, thin teeth, clubbed at tips; epipharynx absent; eyespot, if present, cervical. Seven species are Known (Koste 1978), two of which have been recorded from Auseralia. Key to species of the genus Proalinopsis known from Australia Fine needle-like spinules on posteriot dorsal papiliq. seven 0? Gtaudatis (Collins) Papitla with robust spine. . sels emesis iochre'ne|- yee spits wae ue stawus Harring & Myers eee ey Proalinapsis caudatus (Collins) FIG, 1:3 Notammata caudaia Collins, 1872, p, 11, Fig. 8 Proalinopsis caudatus: Weher & Montet 1918, 7, 93 Tepe locality: Pools, Sandhurst, Berkshire, England, Holotype: Not designated. Description: Body slender, bulging posteriorly, width <4 length; head narrow, separated from neck by transverse fold; bright red cervical eyespot; abdomen-ends in short tail projecting over foot; foot two-segmented,. fusiform; proximal segment with dorsal knob bearing long deflexed serae; toes long, acute, slightly curved; foot glands small and slender; mastax virgate, resembles malleate; eight teeth on lef, seven on right wncus, ventral tooth in each case largest and clubbed, remaining teeth decreasing dorsally. Length: 125-268 pm; Width 10 77 wm; toes 16-22 am; trophi (8 pm wide, 25 ym tong: manubrium {8 ym; fulcrum 7am} unci IL am; subitaneous ege 60 « 3) xin, Ecology; Widely distribuled, probably cosmopolitan in slightly acid waters (pH 4.5-6.5), Sphagnum pools. Rare, N.SW., WA, Literatures Koste (1978). Proalinopsis staurus Harting & Myers FIG 1:4 Proalinepsis stmunes Hatring & Myers, 1924, p, 439-40 Fig. 20: 5-9, Type facality: No single locality specified; In ‘Noating and submerged Sphagnucri in soft water lakes and ponds’, Mamie Lake, Eagle River and Lac Vieux Desert, Vilas County, Wisconsin, also New Jersey and Florida, U.S.A, Holotype: Myers Coll, USNMNH, New York. Description; Body fusiform; deep constriction separates Nead from abdomen; no red cervical evespot; abdomen tapers gradually to tail; foot two- segmented, proximal segment with dorsal knob bearing single stout spine; toes stout at base, acute; foot glands large, pyriform; mastax virgate, resembles malleate; unci with eight or nine clubbed teeth, decreasing dorsally. Length: 100 pm; toes 18 ym; trophi 15 ym, E¢ology: Only known previously [rom Sphagnum in North America. Two Australian records; L. Tidler (Gordon R.) and a stock dam at Golden Valley, Tas. 18.0-25.0°C:, pH 5.87.8, 40.8=46.6 wS cm ~, TDS 26.1 mg | ', 19 NTU. Literature: Koste (1978), Koste ef af. (1988). Nat recorded from Australia: P gracilis Myers, 1933, US.A; 7 fobotus Radewaid, 1935, Europe; & phagus Myers, 1933 U.S.A. P 132 W. KOSTE & R, J, SHIEI, Fig. |: 1, Aryceella stylata (Milne): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; {c) trophi, 2, B. tenela (Bryce): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c} trophi. 3, Proalinopsis caudatus (Collins): (a) dorsal; (b) faot and toes, lateral; (c) irophi, dorsaly (d) trophi, ventral: (e) trophi, lateral, 4, P st@urus Harring & Myers: (a) lateral; (b) trophi, lateral. 5, Progles daphnicola Thompson: (a) lateral; (b) dorsal;, (c) trophi, ventral; (d) trophi, lateral. 1 after Wulfert (1940); 2 after Kutikova (1970); 3-5 afwr Harring & Myers (1924). Scale lines; adult 50 wm, trophi 10 ym. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 133 selene Myers, 1933. U.S.A. P squamipes Hauer, 1934. Europe Genus Pracies Gosse Fmales Gosse in Hudson & Gosse, 1866, 2, p 36. Type Notommata decipiens Ehrenberg, 1832 = Proales decipiens (Ehrenberg), Type locality; near Berlin, FRG, A diverse series of taxa, From [free-living to parasitic, freshwater o halophile Fusiform iloricate body in free-living species, more swollen in parasitic taxa (also considerable distortion of the body jn fermales bearing resting eggs); head separated from abdomen by slight constriction behind mastax; foot indistinct, very short to long and articulated; two toes; corona generally oblique, ciliary disc with short marginal cilia and two lateral tults of long cilia (not contractile auricles as in Lindia or Notonvnata species); mastax modified malleare- Virgate type; trophi very small. Comment: Proaies requires thorough revision; the cliversity of Laxa presently included in the genus undoubtedly will separate into more uniform groups with improvements in taxonomy, eg. SEM study of trophi morphology as by Markevich (1987). OF 30 species recorded globally, 10 are known front Australia, Key to species of the genus Proales known from Australia |, Foot with single toe... ..F dataris Mower} Foor with two-tues... 02020. oe eee 2(1), Eyespot below base of brain; body bulbaus, = coniform; commonly epizaic on Daphnia... , .P daphiicala Thompson Eyespot, body and toes nol ag above; nol epiztic on DAPhnid vii vvevrn ens een ener yee ane ees ene | 3(2), Parasitic in colanies ‘of Votvax on in Faweherio pelle Free-swimming, not parasitic.. .... a) in Volvox colonies (not to be confused with Ascomorphella volvacicofay: ophi small (09 15 pnt) Sor oe ong cteceen ste as & paresita (Ehrenberg) In Vaweherte filaments P werneeki Qehrenbery) 5(3). Toetbody ratio >18...-2, 2.22 eee Toe:boudy ratio <17....2 0. eee , f(5). Trophi <30pm; small dorsal knob beiween toes - & Jatiaciasa Wultert Trovhi >3um; pointed spine on dorsal margin of RAG gs ctitroelesjeeesackeé & gig papiee (Glasscoit) (5), Foat long (2-3 tne tengthl,, & sardtida Gosse Foot short (<2® toe length)........20....-.. 5 R(7). Eyespot absent; body vermiform......-.....-. miceopus (Goss) Byespot present, (nedian or laterally displaced; body FUSHLOT Ts ts pot shea it foe ee elect Se's 9 98). Median eyespot, ventral 3 base of brain. no lens, 6 unel teeth P similis De Beauchamp Eyespor displaced to right, ‘crystalline lens; 4/5 onci teeth, ...------- eee & decipiens (Ehrenberg) 43). Proales daphnicate Thompson FIG, 1:5 FP dephaicola Thompson, 1892, p, 220, Fig. 124. Type lecality: (England) Holotype: Not designated, Description: Body short, stout, Wides! medially with marked constriction behind head, fusiform thereafter; corona slightly oblique, with two lateral strongly-ciliated areas corresponding to auricles in notomimatids; integument soft, flexible; foot show, stoul, two-segmented, with two short coniform toes, swollen at the base, with tubular spinules; reddish eyespot at underside of brain; trophi malleate with five clubbed unci teeth, rami with unusual doubled hornlike, conical, elongated spikes; oesophagus long, slender, gastric glands large: foot glands large, pyriform, with reservairs in distal and proximal foot segments, subitaneous ege smooth; resting eee light- brown, covered in hacks. Male similar in form ta female, slightly smaller. Length 275-400 pin, toes 25-30 pum, trophi 36-40 wim, unc: to [8 wm, subitaneous egg 9630 pm, resling egg 105-109 » 76-80 pum Ecology: Widely distributed epizoite on Daphnia spp., where il feeds on flagellates and ciliates living on the carapace. Regarded in early literature as ‘entozoically parasitic’ (Hudson & Gosse 18864). Eggs generally are attached 1o the bases of the cladoceran’s antenitae (Koste 1978), Europe, Asia, N. America, Africa, Only known localities in Australia are from R. Murray billabongs near Albury-Wodonga on D, carinata and D, cephatata, 10.2-15,3°C, pH 69-7.9, DO 71-124 meg I, 78-170 pS om ', 4.0-39.0 NTU, Lilerafirres Harring & Myers 1924; Koste (978. Proates decipiens (Bhrenberg) FIG, 2:1 Notommata decipiens Ehrenberg, 1832, p, 132. Proales desipiens! Hudson. & Gosse 1886, 2, p\ 36 Tepe Jocalirys near Berlin, FRG, Holotype: Not designated. Description: Body elongate, slender, transpatent; trunk widest in posterior third, lapers to twa- segmented foot bearing two toes with acute points; integument with longitudinal folds; transverse folds demarcate head und neck from trunk; corona oblique with lateral ciliary fields; eyespot small, red, mostly displaced to right; distinct bubble-like retrocerebral sac; gastric glands oval or lobate; Mastax with virgate trophi, but resembling maleate type; ram with large basal apophysis, on which are asymmetric teeth medially; no alulae; unci with 5/5 and 4/5 webbed teeth, the largest bifurcate, decreasing in size dorsally: epipharynx two hammer- 134 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIEL Fig. 2: 1, Proales decipiens (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; {c-e) trophi, various aspects. 2, P doliaris (Rousselet): {a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c-d) trophi, 3, P Jallaciose Wulfert: (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c-d) trophi.4, P gigantea (Glasscott): (a) dorsal; (b) juvenile; (c) postenior showing tail and toes; (d) trophi; (2) manubrium and uncus, lateral. 5, P mtieropus {Gosse): (a) darsal;, (b) lateral; (c) 2nd individual, lateral; (d-e) trophi. 1, 2 after Harring & Myers (1924); 3 after Wulfert (1939); 4 after Koste (1978); 5 after Hudson & Gasse (1886), as figured by Kuukovg (1970). Scale lines: adult 50 pr, trophi 10 wim. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 13s like structifres; manubrium long, broadly eriangular ribbed plates, Male known, Length: 120-270 am, toes 10-16 wm trophi 15-21 urn. fcology; Cosmopolitan among vegetation, in small water bodies, billabongs, ponds. Rare; Tas, Vic. 10.2-21,0°C, pH 7,2-7,6, 11.8-57.3 »S cm-', DO 9.0 mz | |, 4.0-5.0 NTU Literature: Harring & Myers (1922); Koste (1978). Proales godliaris (Rousselet) FIG, 2;2 Microcodides doliaris Rousselet, 1895, p. 120, Fig. 74 P doliaris: Harring & Myers 1924, p. 439, Fig. 19:37. Type locality: U.K, Holotype: Not designated. Description: Cuticle soft and transparent; trunk oval to round in section; foot two- or three- segmented; two foot glands; indistinct reddish cerebral eyespot; corona oblique with supraoral buccal field; complete circumapical cillation and lateral ciliary bundles; right uncus with seven, left uncus with six teeth; inner margin of rami with asymmetric hooklike denticles, externally with wide lamellae; retrocerebral organ absent, Length: 170=300 pm; toes 20-25 wm; trophi 20-25 em. Ecology; Widespread (Europe, North America, New Zealand, Asia); Not secn in our material. Berzins (1982) recorded it from Sunbury, Vic. Literature; Koste (1978), Progles fallaciosa Wulfert FIG. 2:3 Progles fallaciosa Walfert, 1937, p, 65, Fig. 4; 1939, p. £97, Fig. 12. Type tocality: Bad Lauchstadt, FRG, Holetype; Not designated. Description: Variable morphology, body cylindrical with medial bulge, tapers to truncated two tepmented foot with two conical toes; small rounded knob projecting dorsally between toes; culicle generally with longitudinal folds; corona oblique, laterally with strong ciliary tufts rather than auricles; small rostrum) present; hemispherical retrocerebral sac and red eyespot displaced to right; trophi primitive virgate type resembling malleate: left uncus with seven teeth, right with 5—6 teeth; fine denticles directed inwards along tooth-plate margin (Fig. 2:3c), rari with basal apophysis drawn into 2-3 points; no alulae; manubrium with shorter inner lamella and outer inwardly curving wider lamella: gastric glands round to elongated; foot glands with reservoirs, Tatal length 200-320 ym; toes 9-15 am; trophi 25-28 um; fulcrum 6-1) om; rami 9-12 xm; unci 9-15 um. Exology; Cosmopolitan in alkaline to slightly acid water, particularly decomposing macrophytes, where it feeds on detritus, bacteria and algae, also on decomposing rmicrocrustaceans and macroinvertebrates. Often confused with & decipiens or P. sordida (Koste 1978). Only known from Tasmania: stock dam near Huronville, 9.0-16,0°C, pH 5,7-7.6, 134445 2S cm —!, 0.6-1.7 NTU. Literature: Koste (1978); Koste & Shiel (1986), Progies gigantea {(Glasscoit) FIG. 2:4 Notomunata gigantea Glasscott, 1893, p. 80, Fig. 7. Proales gigantea; Stevens 1912, p. 481, Fig. 241-5. Type locality; (reland), Holotype: Not designated. Description: Body cylindrical, very flexible in living animal; clearly defined constriction behind mastax: trunk dilates distally to wide, short foot terminating in two short, conical toes; pointed spur on posterior dorsal margin of foot; mastax with asymmetric malleate-type trophi: incus straight; fulcrum long, with slight terminal curvature; manubrium with short lamella at head; rami broad, triangular, right ramus only with broad denticulate blade opposing first Llooth of left uncus; right uncus 5-6 toothed, heft 4-5 toothed; no alulae; gastric and foot glands elongated, fusiform. Length; 140-510 wm toes 8-12 ym, trophi length 30-35 wm, unci to 19 pm, tmanubrium 18 ym, subitanedus egg 150650 pm. Ecology: Europe, N. America, N.Z. Parasitic in pond snail eges (eg. Lymnaea, Radix). Young female pierces egg shell, Jays eggs, juvenile ? giganieo eat the snail embrya, A 140 um juvenile Icaving an eggshell can reach 510 win in 5-6 days (Kosie 1978), We have not encountered this animal in our Australian material, however Laird (1956, verified by Russell 1957) recorded it free-swimming from a ponded stream near Rollingstone, Queensland (19°03'S/146°24'B), Literature: Harring & Myers (1924). Proales micropus (Gosse) FIG, 2:5 Fureularia micropes Goase in Hudson & Gosse, 1886, 2, p. 46, Fig. 19:12. Proales micropus: Jennings 1901, p. 743, Fig. 5:82 Type locality: A ditch near Birmingham, England. 136 Haloltype: Not designated. Description: Small cylindrical vermitorm body, colourless, illoricate, very pliable and variable in living. animal; trunk tapers to minute conical toes almost as wide as Jong; toes with inner convexity, commonly deflected ventrally; corowa oblique; eyespor occasionally present; small rostrum may be extended; uncus with three teeth; epipharynx with two small plates. Length; 100-150 jim, toes 6=9 wm, trophi 14-16 wim. Ecology: Rare in periphyton, an Chara in ponds and lakes, Exirope, N, America, Not seen in our material. Single unconfirmed record from Queensland by Colledge (}911). Literature: Koste (1978). Proules perasita (Ehrenberg) FIG. 3:1 Notommata parasisa Ehrenberg, 1838, p. 426, Fig. 50:1. Proales parasita: Rousselet. 1911, p. 8. THe locality: Near Berlin, FRG. Holotype: Not designated, Description: Body short and stoul, integument Flexible; head and neck marked by transverse folds; trunk dilated posteriorly, tapering ta foot; rail a rounded median Jobe; foot broad, indistinctly two- scemented; toes wide at base, coniform to acute points; Corona wath two laleral ciliary tufts; brain quadratic with hemispherical retrocerebral sac; red eyespot at end of brain; Wulfert (1960) reported red crystalline bodies in a light sensitive organ, displaced to night; mastax small, epipharynx two slender curved rods; trophi modified virgate type; basal apophysis a semicircular plate; unci 3-toothed, teeth joined by thin Jamellary web; rami asymmetric, more developed on right than left, without alulae; manubria with broad plates antériorly, continue as slender, curved rods; gasiric glands small; stomach commonly filled with green or dark red-yellow food mass: separale intestine; foot glands large, sausage-shaped with reservoirs; resting egg covered with short, strong spines. Length 140-180 pm, toes 10 um, trophi [5 pm, subitancous egg 64 um, male 40 pm. Ecology: Europe, N. Ameriva, Asia. Lives in colonies of Volvox, Ophridium, Urozlena, occasionally confused with Ascomourphella volyovicola, which its behaviour resembles. Eggs laid in algal colony, young animals and parent graze: individual algal cells, eventually swim from the ruptured colony to seek fresh colonies. Not seen in our material, Recorded by Whitelegge (1889) from N.SW.,, and by Colledge (1914) from Queensland, These records may represent 4. vo/vocicola, Literature; Harring & Myers (1922 Koste (1978). WO KOSTE & &. 4. SHULL Proales similis De Beauchanip FIG, 3:2 Proales similis De Beauchamp, t407, py. 153, Fig, 2, Type locality: (France), Holotype: Not desiziiated. Description? Body elongate transparent cylinder, slightly dilated medially, tapering to cumparatively long wrinkled foot and toes; ruby-red cyespor behind brain, medial, displaced ventrally: retrocerebral sac small, ductless; stomach and Intestine not clearly separated; mastax light brown; epipharynx two long curved rods in anterior masrax wall; trophi intermediate between virgate and malleate; rami triangular, without denticulation on inner edge; short, pointed alulae present; filcrum short; unei with six teeth, last two on dorsal margin partly fused (NB; 4-5 tecth were reported by De Beauchamp 1908 and 6-7/8-9 by Wulfere 1942); foot glands small, pyriform, with small tnucus reservoir at base of toes, Length 125-180 xm, toes 7-20 pr, drophi 18-24 pen, Ecology; Halophile, in athallassic saline, estuarine and brackish waters, Europe, N. America, Single record from Diana’s Basin near St Helens, Tasmania 19.0°C, pH 8.9, 34.8 mS cm! Comment A variant described by Berzins (1953) as P similis var. exoculis, from saline (ephemeral) waters near Tammin, W.A., is here synonymised, Its measurements fall within the range of # stiles. The lack of an eyespot as noted by Berzins is probably a preservation artefact, Literature: Rosie (1978), Proales sordidy Gosse FIG, 3:3 Proales sordide Gosse in Hudson & Gosse, 1886, 2, p. 37, Fig. 18:7. PT sorida: Harring & Myers 1922, p, 605, Fie. Type locality; Not specified. ‘Many localities in England and Scovand: common in pools,” Holotype: Not designated. Description: Squat, head slightly Mared antetiorty: head and neck marked by transverse folds: trunk almost cylindrical, tapering to 3-seemented foot with rounded distal segment projecting over swollen bases of stout toes; foot with median Jongitudinal depression; corona oblique; numerous vesicles |n anterior of head; large hemispherical fetrocerebral sac; brain with lateral ruby-red eyespor; stomach and intestine not separeted; foot glands large with reservoirs; unci with five teeth; rami with large alulag, cpipharynx qneiform with characteristic basal plate. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS {37 Fig. 3; 1, Proates purasita (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal); (b) lateral; (c—d) trophi. 2, P similis De Beauchamp: (a) dorsal; (b) luteral; (cd) trophi, 3, 8 sardidus (Gosse): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c~d) trophi. 4, 2 wernecki (Ehrenberg): (a) dorsal; (b) larcral; (c—e) Crophi, various aspects. i after Harring & Myers (1924); 2 Koste, orig.; 3 after Wulfert (1939), Scale tines: adult 50 pm, trophi 10 zm, Length: 150-230 um, toes 10-12 ym, trophi 25 gm, fulerum 12 pm, unci to 12 pm, manubrium to 20 um, E£eolegy- Cosmopolitan, in periphyton and diatom films. Not seen in our material; recorded by Colledge (1914) from Queensland and Evans (1951) from Victoria. Literature: Koste (1978). Proales wernecki (Ehrenberg) FIG. 3:4 Notommuata werneckii Ehrenberg, 1834, p. 216, Proawes werneckii: Hudson & Gosse 1889, p. 23, Fig, 32:18. Type locality: Near Dassau, FRG. Holotype: Not designated. Description: Body elongate, transparent, very slender; integument flexible; head longer than wide, rounded anteriorly, slight constriction demarcating neck; body cylindrical, tapering to 2-segmented foat with sightly decurved conical tocs; corona oblique with lateral ciliary tufts; retrocerebral sac present: mastax with salivary glands; epipharynx two sigmoid plates embedded in mastax wall near base of rami; trophi resemble malleate type; rami (riangular, decurved at posterior ends; unci single- toothed; manubria with small anterior lamellae, elongate with hooked ends curving diagonally 138 W. KOSTE & R. J. SHIEL inwards; gastric glands large, Ned with refractive globules; stomach not separated trom intestine; retrocerebral sac present; eyespot posterior to brain. Resting egg. with smooth shell, Length; 140-200 wm, male 128-150 pm, toes L-16 em, trophi 12-18 wm, subltaneous ege 65-87 xm, resting ege 62+72 um, Ecology: Parasitic in filaments of Vaucheria spp., the eells of which form galls around the rotifer, which subsists on chloroplasts, cytoplasm and oils produced by the alga. Up to 80 subitaneous eggs produced by the temale in the gall, where she subsequently dies, Young animals leave the gall; copulation is outside rhe host, with resting eggs produced overwintering in the sediments, Europe, North America, Two Australian records; Sydney (Whitelegge 1889) and Macquarie Marshes, N.SW. (F. Crome unpubl.) Literature! Koste (1978), For species mot recorded from Australia, see Koste (1978: 267-284), Family Birgeidae Remane, 1937 Newt recorded From Australia (see Kose 1978: 284-5) Family Lindiidae Remane, 1933 Vermiform or fusiform rotifers in general appearance and caronal form resembling Notommata (Notommatidae); mastax cardate; manubria with characteristic hooked structure Remane (1933) separated Lindig Dujardin, 184! into two subgenera, Lindia (fs. 5.) and Linda {Halolindia), which, although having comparable trophi structure, have marked differences in body- and coronal-form, also in ecology. Lindia (= str) occurs in freshwater, and is oviparous, JL. (Halolindia) occurs in marine or athallasste saline waters, and is viviparous. Five species of Linedia (x. sj) are known from Australia, none of L- (Halolindia). Lindia parratti Russell, described from New Zealand, also may occur here Genus Lindia fs, s) Dujardin india Dujardin, 184), p. 653. Yype locality: (France). Body cylindrical or fusiform; head with lateral, medium to very long, ciliary auricles (not everted under pressure of coverslip in mounted preparations); head and neck delincated by tramsverse sutures, which also occur along trunk, bur most obviously on tail; foot short, stout, two- segmented, cylindrical with short acute conical roes; trophi with small 2-4 toothed unci; manubna with dorsal] projecting plate-, hook-, strut- or sickle- shaped structures; preuncial teeth in several species: conspicuous epipharynx generally present; hypopharynx muscle, when present, rudimentary; salivary glands present in L. truncata; stomach and instestine indistinctly Separate; gastric glands mostly large; protonephridia and retrocerebral sac withour structure; subcerebral glands absent; cerebral eyespol always present. Key to species of Lindia known from Australia Body <100 am; trophi <10 vm..... L. parrose Russell Body >100 um; trophi > 10 am, bas oe 21), Toes >30 wm.. 22.20.22... L. ecela Myers Toes <30 pm...,.....----65 3 3(2). Distinct bilateral spherical protrusions ‘of wrteguMeNt 40 contracted individuals (Fig. 4:2b); trophi >50 jam long........ L. deridderi Koste No obvious. protrusions; troph! <50 ym long. 4 4(3), Trophy <20 wm, L. annecta Harring & Myers Trophy S20 eM. ecu gees eet eeec enna ed 5{4). Head with rostrum; toes cylindrical with offset ‘hort points; elongate ciliated auricles (Fix. 4:4a); trophi 26-32 PM ee eee L. torulosa Dujardin Heud without tostrum; toes conical, tapered; ciliary auricles short (Fig. 4:52); ttaphi 30-43 pm... voc, iurtcata Jennings Lindia anmmecta Harring & Myers FIG. 4:1 Lindia annecta Harring & Myers, 1922, p. 622-424, Fic. 54: 6-9 Type locality; No single locality specified. ‘.,. Sphagnum bogs and ditehes mear Atlantic City, New Jersey.” Holotype: ?Myers Coll., USNMNH, New York Deseription: Body slender, transparent, transverse folds give annular appearance; head and neck sections of similar length and width; trunk widest posteriorly, tapering ¢o indistinctly 3-lobed rump, twa-jointed foot, short, yonical, acute toes; corona extends ventrally ca. 1/Sth of body length; lateral auricles small, widely tongue-shaped as in many Notmmata species: rudimentary salivary glands, large gastric and food glands; brain large, saccate, with posterior retrocerebral organ encasing distinct red eye-spot, scattered pigment granules; mastax specialized virgate type: fulcrum short, quadrate; manubria with wide lamellae, before hooked appendage; unci with three teeth, median twice as long and more strongly developed than {wa laterals, all three joined by elongate plate, Length: 300-350 wm; toes 15-18 qaints irophl 18 wm long, 30 win wide ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 139 Fig. 4; 1, Lindia annecte Harring & Myers: (a) lateral; (b) dorsal; (c-d) trophi. 2, 2. deridderi Koste; (a) dorsal, slightly contracted; (b) fully contracted; (c) trophi, ventral. 3, 2, ecela Myers; (a) dorsal; (b) traphi, ventral; (c) unci, frontal; (d)trophi, lateral. 4, 4, toru/ose Dujardin: (a) dorsal; (b) laterals (c—d) trophi. 5, L, truncata (Jennings): (a) dorsal; (b) lateral; (c—d) trophi. 1, 4 after Harring & Myers (1922); 2 after Koste (1981); 3 alter Myers (1933); 5 after Wulfert (1939), Scale lines: adult 50 pm, trophi 10 pm. 140) W. ROSIE & R. J; SHIEL Feology: Most abundant in Sphagnum and periphyton. Single unconfirmed Australian record from 2000 m, Mt Buffalo, Vic, (Berzins 1982), Liferature: Koste (1978), Lindia deridderi Kosie FIG, 4:2 Londia deridderi Koste, 1980, p. 504-Si1, Tigs +. Type locality: Ryan's | billabong, Wodonga, Vic. (36°07'S, 146°53°E). Holotype: Holotype trophi only and three paratype trophi preparations Jodged with the Type Collection, Zoological Muscum, University of Kiel, FRG, Nos. Rot 15-18. Description: Fusiform body with distinctive paired lateral protrusions of integument (mare obvious in contracted individuals), trunk broadly rounded te rump projecting over single segmented Joot and conical toes; head and neck distinctly pseudosegmented by dorsal annular creases, which also occur (less distinctly) on trunk; corona of Novomnmara type; oval salivary glands, very large elliptical gastric glands; large retrocerebral sac and eye spot present; mastax with specialized cardate trophi, with distinct paired hypopharyngeal muscles unique fo genus binding fulerurd and tami rami sickle-shaped, acutely pointed, bearing two small pointed teeth; unique to L. deridderi also are the widened tips of ihe rami, forming spoonlike extensions bearing 1 small, sharp teeth (Fig. 4:2c) below the inwardly directed main teeth; wnci plates with four longer rod-like teeth, beneath which are 6-7 denticles on a rod-tike structure, possibly functioning in opposition to the Tami-processes (?preuncinal teeth), Subtlaneous egg spiny. Leneth: 300-400 «wm; toes 14-20 ym; trophi 33 pm long, 60 pm wide; fulcrum 12 pm; rami 29-32 pm; longest uncus tooth 16-20 jam; manubritim 40 ym, subitancous egg 136100 pm with 12-16 xm spines. Eevlogy: Endemic. Recorded only in billabongs on the R, Murray floodplain between Wodonga and Yarrawonga, Vic, Often with cyanobacterial remains in sul. 10.2-17.5°C, pH 46.8-7.2, DO 7,3-9.0 mg 17, 108-145 «Sem ', 40 NTU. Lindte evela Myers FIG. 4:3 Lindia ecela Myers, 1933, p, 9. Fig. 3, Type locality: Mt Desert Island, Maine, W.S.A,, among Nitelfa and Borrachospermunrin permanent bodies of acid water. Halotype: Myers Coll,, USNMNH, New York. Description: Body elongate, cylindrical, slender, integument very flexible; head small, neck fold indistinct; abdomen swollen posteriorly, tapers abruptly to very short foot with equally short, acute loes; corona extends ca, 30% along ventral surface; retrocercbral sac (posterior to brain) round, ductless, encloses eyespol aiid red pigment granules; trophi cardate; rami lyrate with thin lunate extensions on margins; fulcrum a subsquare plate; unci with single Jong ventral tooth and smaller accessory, joined by weblike plate; manubria with large, crescentic anterior branch; epipharynx of two irregular plates, finely denticulate on inner margins, Length: 370 «m; toes 32 pm_ Ecology ln permanent acid walters, apparently feeding on cyanobacteria (blue-green algac) (Myers 1933). Single récord from humic waters in Tasmania, hear L. Garcia On the west coast, 17°C, pH 3.1, 80.6 pS cm 1, 0.4 NTU. Literature: Koste et al, (1988), Eindiv ferulosa Dujardin FIG, 4:4 Lindia torvlasa Dujardin, 1841, p 453, Fig. 22.2 Type locality: ¢(brance)- Holotype; Not designated, Descrition: Body elongate, fusifornt 16. vermiforn, transparent; cuticle thin, very flexible; adult animal tinged yellow to orange-red; transverse folds distinct anteriorly, many partly telescopic annular rings posteriorly in creeping animal; abdomen tapers to rounded lobe of tail, foot indistinctly two- segmented; foot-glands small bulbs in terminal segment; toes small, cylindrical, terminate in minute tubules; mastax specialized virgate, with lyrate rami; alulae well-developed; fulcrum. a triangular plate; \iricr with three teeth, first or ventral most developed; Jamellary web unites teeth; manubria with crescentic veritral and straight median branch; epipharynx two bent rods behind mouth, with twa rhomboidal lamellae from external angles of which 12~15 thin ribs radiate; small! brain with red eyespot; retrocerebral sac brown to black; oesophagus, lone, ringed; stomach and intestine not s¢parate, often filled with Osciflatoria fragments. Tength: 250-600-um, toes to IL yan, trophi 26-32 pm, mate to 175 pm. Ecology; Cosmopolitan in still and Flowing waters; mass developments in Osciifataria blooms; single record from ‘Sheepwash Billabong, Yea, Victoria, 11.0°C, pH! 7.2, DO 6.1 mgt ', 170 ~Sem-', 1? NTU, Literature: Koste (1978). ROTIFERA EROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS {et Lindia truncata (Jennings) FIG, 4:5 Norommata truncata Jennings, 1894, p_ 16, Figs 10, 1 _Lindia truncata after Marring & Myers, (922, p. 626, Pig, 54:1, 2- Type locality: Lake Sv Clair, Michigan, in bottom vegelalion, Aolotype: Not designated. Description: Elongate fusiform body, with annulate transverse folds, tapers. t rounded tail; two- segmented foot with short, conical toes; body orange-brown to red coloured; retrocerebral sac Gark red to red-brown; cerebral eye carmine red; mastax with two large salivary glands pushing posterior ends of manubria outward; rami lyrate with large alulae and long right-angled dorsal extension supporting raml; fulerum slender, tapering; unci with three teeth united by lametlary web; ventral branch of manubtium crescentic, dorsal branch shorl, forms anterior margin of broad lamella projecting dorsally; epipharynx two hammer-like pieces behind mouth; brain large and elongate, posteriorly with hemispherical heavily red- Pigmented retrocerebral sac enclosing eye-spot. Length: 200-512 pm, loe 8-15 pun, tropht 30-43 um long, to 50 xm wide (fulcrum 9 pm, manubria 25 pm, tami 16 pm); epipharynx width 19 xm; subilaneous exg 90% 60 ym. Ecology; Europe, N.. America, BE. Asia in Rivalaria and Gleatrichia colonies, ocgasionally in periphyton on submerged macrophytes, Two records: Yarnup Swamp, W.A. and Seatts Peak, near L.. Pedder, Tas, 14.0°C, pH 6,2, 75-1600 pS cm. |. Literature: Koste et ai, (1983), Koste & Shiel (1987), Incertae sedis A totifer identitied as Russelfetia (sic) parrorti Russell ? was listed from Myall Lake, ca. 80 kim north of Newcastle, by Sudzuki & Timms (1977). No description of figures were provided. If iis is the rotifer described by Russell (1947), it was ascribed to the genus, Lincdia, now placed in the family Lindiidae, not Rousselezia (Notommatidae}. Lindia parrotti Russell Lindia parretri Russell, 1947, p. 403. Tepe locality: Vicioria Lake, Christchurch, N.Z, Holotype; Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Description Elongate, slender body tapering gently to foot; no distinc! separation between head and abdomen; annulation obvious in contracted animals Foot rudimentary, no tail; tocs short; single dorsal untennae on papilla; lateral antennae not described; corona Weak, oblique, extends ventrally to retractile o> AS Fig. S$ Trophi of Lindie parrorit Russell, 1947 us Nyurea by Russell, Scale line 5 yum. chin; mastax cardate, small; fulcrum long, narrow, terminates in circular plate; rami lyrate, not denticulate; unci with four teeth (three rudimentary, lamcilare)} manubria long, slender, curved, expanded proximally at junction with uneci; ?no epipharynx; ?no retrocercbral organ; foot glands indistinct. Length 80-100 pm; width 27-35 hm; manubrium 7~9 ym; uncus 5am; fulcrum 3 xm; subitaneous egg 45x25 pm, Ecology; Described from Victoria Lake, Christchureh,. N.Z. 18-24°C, pH 8.5-10. Record from Myall Lake needs verification, Occurrence with Brachionus plicatilis and other halophile rotifers and microcrustaceans suggests that the Myall Lake species is a halophile. Literaturer Sudzuki & Timms (1977), Comment: Russell provided no figure of this species, and the trophi as figured (Fig. 5) are inadequate, however the description appears valid, No authority is given by Sudzuki & Timms for the relocation of L. parrott/ to the notommatid genus Rousseletia Harring. Russell described the trophi as cardate (vs. virgate trophi in Rousseletia); other differences in trophi morphology separate the genera, We segard the Myall Lake record as incertae sedis, Acknowledgements The Deutschen Forschungsgemeinschaft, Boun- Bad Godesberg, is thanked for long-term toan al microscope and ancillary equipment to WK. Tasmanian material was collected with support from The Australian Biological Resources Study and Peter Tyler, University of Tasmania. ia2 Wi KOSTE & &, 1, SHIEI References BEAUCHAMP, FL De (1907) Description de trois Rotlferes douveaux dela faune francaise. Bull Sac; Zao), A Paris 32, 148-157. Benzie, J, A, H, (1988) The systematics of ie Auscralian Daphnia complex (Cladavera; Daphniidae), Electeophorebe analysis of the Dephwia carinma complex. Hydrobrolagiv 166, 183-197. Berzins, B (1953) Zur kennthis der Rotatorien aus West- Australien. Report Na 4 fro Professor T. Gislen's expedition to Australia in 1951-1952. Lunds Unie Arsskr WLP, 249, I-12. —____ (1982) Coneriburion to the knowledge af Rotataria af Australia. (University of Lund, Lund), CoLLeooe, W. RK. {19E1} Nates on the tatifers or wheel- animaculae of Brisbane Proc. &, Soc. Olé 23, 87-41. —_— (1914) Additions ro the Rorifera of Queenstand, ibid. 27, 70-75, CoLiins, F. (1872) New species of Rotatoria, Semnare Gossip London 8, 11. Disarois, F (1841) ‘Histoire naturelle des zaophytes infusoires comprenant la physiologie et la mamiere de les etudier d l'aide du microscope’. (Paris.} Dumont, H, J, (1983) Biogeography of rotifers. Hyd@rabivfogia 104, 19-33. Epysonnsow, W. T. (1963) “Freshwater Biology", 2nd Edition, (Wiley, NY). EMRENBERG, C. ©, (1832) Zur Erkenninis der Organisation in der Richtung des kleinsten Raumes. 2- Entwickelung, Lebensdaver und Seructur der Mawénthiere und Raderthlere, oder sogennanien infusoricn, nebst ciner physiologischen Characteristik beider Klassen und 442 Arten derselben, 4o4, Akad, Hiss. Berl, (for 1831), pp. 1-154. _____ {1834} Beitrag zur Erkenntnis grasser Organisation in der Richwng des kleinsten Raunies, 4, fhid, (for 1833), pp. 145-3346 (1838) Die Infusionsthierchen als vorkammene Organismen, Ein Blick in das tictere organische Leben der Natur. Folia. (f gipzig.) Evans, J. (1951) The totifer tecord of Victoria, Proc. Microse, Soc, Viet 1, 4-7. Frev, DG, (in press) The species of Pleawraxks and of three yelated genera (Cladocera, Chydoridac) in southern Australia and New Zealand, Rec Aust, Museum GLAsscoTT, L. 5S, (1893) A list of some of the Rotifera of Sreland. Sei, Proe XK. Dubliv Sov. NS. 8, 25-86. Harring, H, K, & Mvers, F. J, (1922) The rotifer fauna of Wistonsm, Thaas Bise, Aovad. Aces Sel. Lett, 20, 553-662. ___ ()924) The rotifer fauna of Wisconsin, If A revision af the notammntatid rotifers, exclusive of the Dicranophorinae. Shfd, 21, 415-549, Hupsoy, C. T. & Gosse, P. H_ (1886) The Rotifera or wheel-animalcules, both British and foreign. 2 vols. (Longman, Loiidon,) __— (1889) The Rotifera or whee-animalcules, both British and foreign. Supplement. (Longman, London.) Joxninus, H. 5, (1894) A list of the Rotaepria of the Greal Lakes and some of the inland Jakes of Michigan. Aull, Mich, Fisk. Comm, 3, 1-34, _____ t 1901) Synopses of North-American invertebrates, XVIL The Rotatoria, Are. Net, 35, 725-777. Koste, W. (1978) ‘Rotatoria. Die Ruaderliere Micteleuropas. Bestiimmungswerk begrundel von Max ‘niet’, 2 vols, (Borntraeees, Suuttgarvi. (1980) Livan deridders ny sp, ein Radertier der Familie Lindiidac (Ubcromdnung Monogononta) aus 5.E. Auaralien. Arch. Hyarobdsol. 87, 304-41L —.— — (1981) Zur Morphologie, Systematik und Okolagi¢e Von neuen monogononten Radertieren (Rotatoria) aus dem wWherschweniniungspebiet des Magela Ck in der Alfigator River Region, Ausiraliens, NT. Teil &. Osnabricker aaturwiss. Mir. 8. 97-126. SHipe, & J, (1936) New Rotifers (Ascheiminckesi from Tasmania Jfad 110, 93-108. & ____s (1987) Rotifera from Australian inland waters. 1] Epyphandae and Brachlonidae (Roufera: Monogononiah Javert. Texan t, Y44-Hi21. & (1989) Classical laxonomy and modern methodology, Mydrnbin/ogio 186/187, 279-284. & (1990) Rotifera fram Austrilian inland waters. V, Lecanidae (Rotiferas Monogonontay, Trans A. Sov. S. Aust, 114, 1-36, & & Brock, M.A. (1983) Ratifera from Western Australian wellands, with deserimions of two new species. ffrarofielegiy Wa, 9-17 & Tas, L. W. (L988) Now. rotifers (Ronifera) front Tastnania. Tron... Suc S .dease O12, 119-131. Kuvixowa, L.A. (197) TRotifer fauina of (he USSR, subclass Euratatorial. Fawna CCCP 04, 1-744_ (Akash, Nauk, CCCP, Leningrad.) [Russtan.] Lairn, M, (1986) Studies of masquitoes wd fresh water ecology in the South Pacific. Bull, R. Soc. NZ h, Marxevick, G. 1. (1987) [Functional morphology of ihe maxillary apparatus of coulers). Dissertation submitted to the Academy of Science, Leningrad, |Russian.} & Kuvikova, L, A. (1989) Mastax marphology under SEM and its usefulness in reconstritcting rotifer pliylogeny and syslematics. Aydrabiclogia 186) 187, Myers, FJ, (1933) The distribution af Rotifera on Mount Desert Island, IL[, New Notommatidae of the genera Plewrotroch, Lindia, Bosdinia, Proatinapsis and Emcenrun. Ant Mus. Now 660, 2-18, REMANE, A_ (1929-1933) Rotetoria, fer HG, Bron Ed, ‘Klassen und Ordnungea des Tierreichs'. 4, 1-576. Ried, C., SNeT, T. W, & Kino, C, B. (198% Rovifer Spanos ¥. Developments in Avadrahiaingy 32, I-43), Rovewsop, L (1935) Fauna rotiferelar din Bucovina. Sistematica, Biologia si Raspandirea lor gengratica. Bull. Fae. Si dig Cernauti. ®, 187-266, RaUSSELET, C. F. (1895) Gn Diptass trigena sp. nu, and olher rotifers. #2 Quek. Micr. Cl, Landon, Ser 2, fi, 119-126. _____ (YD Retifera fexeluding Boelloiday. Ctare tland Survey Pt $1. Prov. R. trish. Acae. 31, te10, RUSSELL, C. R. (1947) Additions ra the Rotataria of New Zealand, Part 1. Tras 8 See’, V7 76, 409-408. — — (1957) Sere nati fers from (he South Pacific istagids ald nértherd Austratia, Jans K. Sac, NZ 84, 897-502. STEVESS, J. (1912) Nate wn Progles (Notanrmrra) gigen/ee Glasscull, « rotifer parasitic in the egas of the water-siiail, J Quek Mier ©/, fond Ser. 2. 1, 481-486 Supzuki, M. & F)MMs, BV. (L997) A new species of Brochionus (Rolilera) from the Myall Lakes, New South Wales. Proc, Line. Soc. N.S. WA, 163-166, THOMPSON, P. Ci. (1892) Notes on the parasitic tendency of rotifers of the penus Prog/es: with an account of a new species, Science Gossip, Lond. 2&, 19-224 WrarR, EF. & Monret, G. (1918) Rotareurs, Car, fnvert. Suisse 2, 1-339. Wairrieoce, T4889) List of ihe marine and fresh Water inverrebrare fauna of Port Jackson and the neighbourhood, Proc, &. Soe, N.S.Me 2a, 163-123. ROTIFERA FROM AUSTRALIAN INLAND WATERS 143 WULFERT, K. (1937) Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Radertierfauna Deutschlands. III. Arch. Hydrobiol. 31, 592-635. (1939) Beitrdge zur Kenntnis der Radertierfauna Deutschlands. IV. Die Radertiere der Saale-Elster Niederung bei Mersburg in Okologisch-faunistischer Beziehung. /bid. 35, 563-624. (1940) Rotatorien einiger ostdeutscher Torfmoore. Ibid. 36, 552-587, (1942) Uber die Meeres- und Brackwasser- rotatorien in der Umgebung von Rovigno d'lstria. Thalassia 4, 1-26. (1960) Die Radertier saurer Gewasser der Diibener Heide. II. Die Rotatorien des Krebsscherentumpels bei Winkelmiihle. Arch. Hydrobial. 56, 311-333. MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG LITORIA PEARSONIANA (COPLAND) (ANURA: HYLIDAE) BY KEITH R. MCDONALD*} & MARGARET DAVIEST Summary Litoria pearsoniana (Copland) is a small, polymorphic tree frog found in northeastern NSW and southeastern Qld at elevated altitudes. Morphometric data, colour variation and osteological data are provided together with observations on large winter aggregations of the species, temperature regulation and behaviour. The call and tadpole are described and a possible decline in populations is reported. KEY WORDS: Litoria pearsoniana, tree frog, morphology, biology, advertisement call, ostelogy, larval development, winter hibernaculum, distribution. Jransavtions of the Royal Soctery of S. Aust, (1990), 1943), 145-158 MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG LITORIA PEARSONIANA (COPLAND) (ANURA: HYLIDAE) by KEITH R, MCDONALD*7 & MARGARET DAVIES] Summary MeBonarn, K, R & Davics, M, (1990) Morphology and biology of the Australian tree frog Litario pearsoniana (Copland) (Anura; Hylidae). Trans, &. Soe, S, Aust, 114(3), 145-156, 30 November, LYS0, Litoria pearsonianu (Copland) is a small, polymorphic tree frog found in northeastern NSW and southeastern Qid at elevated altitudes, Morphometrie data, estour variation and osteblogical data are provided together with observations on large winter aggregations of the species, temperanure regulation and behaviour The call.and tadpole are described and a possible decline in populations is reported, Krvy Worns: Litoria pearsoniana, tree frog, morphology, biology, advertisement call, osteology, larval Jevelopment, winter hibernaculum, distribution. Introduction Litoria pearsaniana (Copland) is a small hylid frog occurring on the eastern seaboard of Australia. It is closely related to Liroria eitropa (Dumeérit & Bibren), L. subglandulosa Tyler & Anstis, L. piperata Tyler & Davies and L. phyllachroa (Giinther) with which it fornis the L. cirropa species eroup of Tyler & Davies (1978), In the original description Copland (1960) compared L. pearsoniana with L. gnicilenta, but not with more closely allied species. Moore (1961), Cogger (1975) and Cogger, Cameron & Cogger (1983) considered it to be a synonym of ZL. phyllochrog although these latter authors did not justify their conclusion. Frost (1985) recognised the species on the basis of chromosome daia presented by King (1980) and differences.in call indicated by Barker & Grigg (1977). The name L. darringronensis (Coptand} has been applied by Ingram & Covacevich (1981) and Cxechura (1983) to species here recognised as L, pearsoniene, However, none of these authors provided justification for the name change. The types of L. phylochraa Sarringtonensis are subadult, and 2 conclusion as to their status was considered to be impossible by Tyler & Davies (1985) in the absence of topotypic material reliably identified a5 L. pearsoriana, L. phyllechreu or L, piperara. * Queensland Nabonal Parks & Wildlife Service, Pallarenda, Townsville, Qld 4810 + Centre for Amphibian Studies, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 494. Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001, Straughan, J. R. An analysis of species recognition and species isolation in certain Queensland frogs. Ph.D. thesis, University of Qld, Unpubl. Few data have been published on the biology and habitat preferences of L. pearsoniana other than those provided in the description by Copland (1960), Straughan (1966)! and Barker & Grigg (1977), despite the species’ abundance throughout its range during this study. Here we report data on the morphology, habitat, biology and distribution of the species, collected during Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Surveys within the Moreton region of Queensland, and in particular the Kileoy Shire (McEvoy e7 ai. 1979), Materials and methods The specimens reported here are lodged in the following collections: Queensland Museun, Brisbane (QM); South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM); University of Adelaide Zoology Department (UAZ); Queensland National Parks and Wildlife Service (QNPWS), Animals. were measured wiih dial calipers measuring to 01 mm. Methods of measurement of adults follow Tyler (1968), The following measurements were taken: snout-vent length (S-V); tibia Jength (TL) head width (HW); head length (HI); eye to naris distance (E-N); internarial span (IN). Measurements are expressed in mm, 45 mean (®) = standard deviation, Larvae were staged according to Gosner (1960). The following measurements (in mim) were taken using dial calipers measuring to .05 mm or an eyepieve micrometer: total length (TL), body length (BL), maximum body width (MBW), body width at eyes (EBW), maximum body depth (BD), snout to eye (SE). snout to naris (SN), eye to naris (EN), snout 10 Sspiracular opening (SS), internarial 144 ®. R. MeDONALD & M, DAVIES distance (IN), interorbital distance (EE), width of outer cye surface (OE), eye diameter (E), pupil diameter (P), narial diameters (ND), transverse oral disc diameter (TDD), basal tail muscle height (BTMH), basal tail muscle width (BTMW), maximurn dorsal fin height (DF), maxitnum ventral fin height (VF), distance from maximutn dorsal fin height to body terminus (BDF), tail muscle height at maximum dorsal fin height (TMD), distance from maximum ventral fin height to body terminus (BVP), tail muscle height at maximum ventral fin height (TMY). Calls were recorded on a Uher 4000 Report portable reel-to-reel tape recorder at a tape speed of 19 cm/sec and a Grampian DP, microphone, Calls were analysed on a DSP 5000 digital Sona- Graph (Kay Elemetrics) with playback on a Revox B7711 stereo tape recorder, Frequency responses of all audio-electronic components are cluse to linear with the relevant frequency range (1000-5000 KHz). The built-in set up No, 10 was used for analysis on the Sona-Graph. Classification of vegetation follows Webb (1959). Observations on aggregating frogs were made from August 1976-Scptember 1978, Cloacal temperatures were taken with a Schultheis rapid reading thermometer, Specimens were handled by the hind limbs with a gloved hand to minimize heat transfer. Humidity was determitied using a Zeal hygrometer at the opening of the crack occupied by overwintering frogs, whilst air, water aod Fig. |, Ay Balmar view of hana aud 8, plantar view of foot of Lituria pearsuniana (UAZ reference collection), microhabitat temperatures were measured ro the nearest 0.2°C using Schultheis thermometers. Thermometers were calibrated regularly, Data were analysed using two-tailed Student 4- test dud regression equations. Illustrations were drawn using a Wild M8 stereo dissecting microscope and an attached camera ucida. Results Litoria pearsoniana (Copland, 1961) FIGS 1-3, 7-12 Hyla pearsoni Copland, 1960: p, 154 Hyla pearsontana Copland, 1961 p. 168 Litorta pearsoni: Tyler 1971 p. 354 Litoria pearsoniana: Barker & Grigg 1977 jx. $6 Litoria barringtonensis; Ingram & Cavacevich 1981 p. 299 Definition; Small green tree frogs (oo 24~297m, 2 9 30-37 mm) with well-developed lateral stape from naris to flank, brown tympanum, large finger and toe discs, basally webbed fingers, extensively webbed toes, slightly developed submental gland External morphology Only variations from the original description of Copland (1960) are provided here, S-V of a sample of 20 adult males trom the Conondale Ranges ranged from 24.4-29.1 mm { « = 23.2 + 1.3) and S-V of 20 gravid fetnales ranges! from 30,5-35,8 mm (X = 32.1 + 1.6), The largest L, pearsoane examined was a female of 37.1 mim S-¥. The head is deep, flattened dorsally, rounded In dorsal view and broader than long (HL/HW, females 089-100, x = 0.95 + 0.03; males 0.92-).98, x = 0.95 + 0,02), Eye to naris distance is consistently greater than internarial span (E-N/IN, females 1.24-1.52, © = 14] + 0.08: males 1.22-1.52, ¢ = 1,38 + 0,09). The legs are moderately long (T1L/S-¥, females 0.49-0,56, x = 0.53 + 0.22; males 0,510.55, = = 053 + 0.01). Webbing between the toes is extensive (Fig. 1), reaching the subarticular tubercle al the base of the penultimate phalanx of toe LV. The fingers are long and slender with large terminal discs und a trace of webbing between the second and third and third and fourth fingers (Fig. 1). A rudimentary submentai gland is present The colour is highly variable within the species. The dorsum of live adults varies. The following colours were observed: dark brown, brown with green suffusions, yellowish brown with greet suffusions, brown and green and completely green, all with or without black spots or reticulations. A brown canthal stripe extends trom the naris through MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 147 Fig. 2. Litoria pearsoniana in life (Conondale Ranges). the eye and tympanum along the flank to the mid- body (Fig. 2). It is barely discernible in brown specimens. The anterior and posterior surfaces of the hindlimbs vary from yellowish tan to brick red and can change in an individual over a short period of time, The tympanum is brown merging with the canthal stripe in all the specimens examined. A white upper lip stripe is sometimes present. The iris is golden or bronze. The ventral surface is cream. Coloration can vary seasonally. Individuals examined from a winter hibernaculum had all of the dorsal colour variation described above. During September when the winter aggregation in the hibernaculum was breaking up, some individuals were brown anteriorly and predominantly moitled green on the posterior half of the dorsal surface and on the legs. In January, these dual coloured frogs were not in evidence. Individuals were either green or brown mottled with green, with all degrees of these colorations occurring. An individual! can thus vary from brown to brown and green mottling to predominantly green. Black spotting occurs on both green and brown animals with similar frequency. Osteology (based on UAZ A1034, an adult male, S-V 25.3 mm) Skull moderately ossified (Fig. 3). Sphenethmoid well-ossified extending between nasals dorsally and between vomers ventrally, overlain dorsolaterally by nasals. Prootic and exoccipital completely fused; exoccipitals separated dorsomedially by calcified plate extending anteriorly to form posterior margin of frontoparietal fontanelle. Crista parotica moderately short and stocky, overlain laterally by poorly expanded otic ramus of squamosal. Frontoparietal fontanelle moderately extensive, circular, bordered laterally by poorly ossified frontoparietals which edge about 60% of length of orbit. Anterior margin of frontoparietal fontanelle formed by sphenethmoid at level of anterior 25% of orbit. Posterior margin at level of prootic. Nasals moderately broad, moderately separated medially with acutely tapering maxillary process not articulating with very poorly developed preorbital process of deep partes faciales of manxillae. Palatines moderately long, moderately slender and acuminate, terminating on sphenethmoid 48 hk. R. McDONALD & M, DAVIES Fig. 3. A, Dorsal and B, ventral views of the skull of Liraria pearsoniana (UAZ Al034), Scale bar = 5 mm, between level of dentizerous and posterior alary processes of vomers, Parasphenoid robust with broad cultriform process terminating behind level of palatines. Alary processes moderately slender, short, angled posterolaterally, not overlain by medial rami of pterygoid. Pterygoid moderately robust; anterior ramus in contact with maxilla about 2-way along length of orbit; posterior ramus short and acuminate: medial ranius expanded distally, in bony contact with proolic, Quadratojugal reduced to base of squamosal. Squamosals moderately robust with short, acuminate zygomatic ramus and poorly expanded otic ramus. Maxilla and premaxilla dentate. Alary processes of premaxillae robust, vertical. Palatine processes of premaxillae short, inclined posteromedially, Vomers slender, reduced medially (Fig. 3). Short dentigerous processes inclined slightly to midline, Bony columella present. Processus coronoideus of mandible hooked, Pectoral girdle arciferal and robust. Omosternum and xiphisternum present; clavicles slender, curved, minimally separated medially; coracoids robust, moderately separated medially, Bicapitate scapula equal in length to clavicle, Suprascapula aboul % ossified. Well- developed humeral crest, Eight procoelous non-imbricate presacral vertebrae. Relative widths of transverse processes W>ivV=et>v-s> VI = VII = VIII. Sacral diapophyses. moderately expanded; ilia extend anteriorly to anterior extremity; urostyle bicondylar with dorsal crest extending aboul 34 its length. Pubis calcified; poorly developed ilial crest. Dorsal prominence moderately developed, more lateral than superior; dorsal protuberance lateral, Phalangeal formula of hand 3, 3, 4, 4, Terminal phalanges clawed; well-developed bony. prepollex. Radiale, os centrale postaxiale and os centrale preaxiale present in carpus. Phalangeal formula of foot 3, 3, 4, 5, 4; small bony prehallux. Os distale tarsale 1, 2, and 3 present in tarsus, Variation’ A further seven specimens were examined, Variation occurs in the degree of ossification of the sphenethmoid which can extend between and anteriorly to the nasals, The anterolateral edge of the hasal can be in contact with the dorsal edge of the pars facialis. The anterior extremities of (he ilia extend about \4-way along the length of the sacral diapophyseal expansion. Comparison with other species L. peursoniana is a member of the L. citropa species group of Tyler & Davies (1978, 1985) comprising L. clirapa, L. subglandulosa, L, phyllochroa, L. pearsoniana and L. piperata. £, peasoniana differs from L, citrepa and J. subglandulosa by its smaller size and by the poorly MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 149 developed submental gland, From £, piperata, £. pearsoniana differs by the presence of a conspicuous canthal stripe (faint and narrow in L. piperata) and by the absence of a conspicuous anteromedial flange on the otic ramus of the squamosal.and greater ossification of the yvarners. L. peursonigna can be separated from L. phyllochroe by having a brown tympanum (green in L, phyllochroa). Key fo members of ihe Litorra atropa species group (. Submenrtal gland now prominent... ...-.60eee0 2-4 Submental gland prominent, ... ..-- 2... 22 we 4 aot Tas L. ettropa _L stibglandulose 3. Canthal stripe prominent,......6.00505 0 =e 28> 5 Canthal stripe indislimer.... ee eens iL. piperate » Tympanum distinet, ..-- Tympanum indistinct, , 4. Tympanum brown.....-. Tympanum ween... ~~~. 4. pearsoniana oes L. phyllachroe Habitat Specimens have been observed in rocky mountain streams in closed forest (= rainforest), closed forest wilh emergent Eucalyptus Tarest, or in thickly vegetated streams adjacent to closed forest, in elevated areas of southeast Queensland, and northeast New South Wales, Adult behaviour The macrohabitat was complex notophyll vine forest and sclerophyll vine forest of Webb (1959). in spring and summer adult male frogs were collected during the day under lags, rocks, rotting leal litter and moist cavities lh the soil immediately adjacent to the water edge, AL night males were : hace = Fig. 4. Bridge girder over Kileoy Creek. Connndale Ranges, The hibernaculum of £itaria peursontuna was Jocaled (7 (he arrowed crack. observed calling from rocks, ferns, grass, dead branches and leaf litter in or near streams, The greatest height above water was approx. | m, Dry bulb lenjperatures taken near calling males were 13,9°O-=24,8°C. Calling increased on warm nights during and immediately after rain. In winter L. peursoniana forms aggregations tinder rocks, in cracks in rocks, in cracks in bridge girders and also in cracks behind waterfalls (G. Czechura pers. comm,), Males and females aggregate together and an aggregahion located in cracks between bearers on a bridge at the Kilcoy Creek study site (Fig. 4) was observed in the winiers of 1976-1978. A sample of 139 taken on 7 September 1976 had a sex ratio of 1 9:4,79 oc, The vuracks between the bridge bearers were 0.61.0 em wide in the front and tapered backwards (Fig, 5), Not all cracks were occupied. All narrow openings other than those in the frant of cracks were sealed off with mud from old wasps nests. and silt seepage from the top of the bridge, Within the oecupied cracks the mud had been pushed to the sides and backs of the eracks, Each frog adopted a pose similar to that of 7, chloris illustrated by Tyler (1989 plate 35). All were close together in groups jn the cracks and all faced toward the opening, Dorsal and ventral surfaces were in contact with the wood surfaces. The eyes were partially or completely closed when examined in situ by torch light, Frogs were very lethargic when disturbed or handled, In early August 1978, 188 frogs were located in the hearer cracks, The aggregation had formed during May and hroke up in September, It partially disbanded in August 1978 when weather conditions were overcast with light rain, but it reformed 24 hrs later when cool, fine weather predominated, The only record of the break up of the aggregation during the three years of the study was on 7 September 1977 (air temperature 13.9°C at 8.50 p.m aller the first spring light rain) when some breeding commenced; males were calling at intervals and some females spawned, However most males were not giving the complete diphasic call (Straughan 1966'), The aggregation had only partially broken up at this stage but by 7 October 1977 it had completely dispersed and frogs were located during the day in decaying vegetation and under rocks and logs on the water edge. Relative humidity was high during winter, and readings from close to the cracks during a typical 24 hr period in June 1978 together with ambient lemperalures in the cracks, in the water and in the ourside air are shown in Fig. 6. There was rio significant difference in body temperature between che sexes (t = 1.7094, df = 86, U.0S < p < 0.01), but the body temperatures 150 K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES gy Sse __—SS—S—— Fig. 5. Dimensions of the crack occupied by a hibernaculum of Litoria pearsoniana. Scale bar = 1 cm. & > = a4 £ =] = = 14 3. mes 13 12 oO o £ al Ai s A—A @ a i= £& 10 3.00pm 12.00 3.00am 12.00 3.00pm Time of day Fig. 6. Relative humidity in the hibernaculum over a 24 hr period in June 1978. Ambient temperature in the crack (closed circle) in the outside air (open circle) and in the water of the stream (triangle) over a 24 hour period in June 1978. MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 151 differed between winter and summer (t = 71,023, df = 86, p < 0,005). Cloacal temperatures of a sample of frogs (N = 47, % = 10.12 + 0.74°C) and of ambient air within the cracks and within 5 cm of each frog on 27 June and 26 July 1978 are depicted in Fig. 7A. These winter body temperatures were significantly different from ambient temperature (t = 4.758, df = 45, p < 0.005), the body temperatures being higher on average. There is no significant correlation between body temperature and ambient temperature (N = 47, df = 45,r = —0.08864, p > 0.10). Summer body temperatures taken on 17 January 1978 and 23 January 1978 also were significantly different from ambient temperature (t = 7.82, df = 39, p < 0,005), Cloacal temperatures of breeding frogs in summer (N = 41, % = 22.74°C + 0.93) and ambient air temperature within 3 cm of each frog are shown in Fig. 7B, Again there is no significant correlation between body temperature and ambient temperature (N = 41, df = 39,r = —O0.18016, p > 0.10), Temperatures in two cracks lacking frogs did not differ from those in cracks with frogs, but the unoccupied cracks were not true controls as they were of differing dimensions and were not occupied by an equivalent non-living mass similar to the bulk of frogs in the other cracks. Body Temperature Breeding biology Males call consistently from early September to February with some spasmodic calling in March and April. Peaks of calling were observed to occur from Gctober to early February, coinciding with the summer rains and the major breeding season. The call is a diphasic three-note call and can be likened to “Weeek Kuk Kuk”. It lasts from 0.8-1.8 seconds (Straughan 1966!), The waveform display of an advertisement call taken in the Jimna State Forest al Marumba Creek is shown in Fig. 8. Air femperature at the calling site was 18°C, Call parameters are shown in Table |. This recording was from a single male sitting on a rock above water, and may not be representative of the calls made in a chorus. Calling can vary in several ways. A very slow version of the first part of the advertisement call is sometimes heard early in the evening. Sometimes the first part of the call is made by one male and answered by a second by completing the sequence, The duration of these calls and parts of calls is quite variable. Another call, consisting of the last two nates of the full call repeated several times, was noted in a general chorus recording. We cannot comment further upon the call data in the absence of appropriate temperature measurements. 25 24 23 22 Body Temperature a 21 22 25 ae Alr Temperature Fig. 7, A. Cloacal temperatures of Liforig pearsontana and ambient temperatures in the crack on 26 June and 27 Jujy 1978. B, Cloacal temperatures of breeding Liforia pearsoniana and ambient temperatures in summer, 152 K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES TABLE 1. Characteristics of the biphasic call of Litoria pearsoniana taken at Marumba Creek, Jimna State Forest, Qld. Air dry temperature at calling site was 18°C. Duration No, of Pulse repetition Dominant Pulses Tate (pulses/sec) Frequency (Hz) Complete call 871.9 = ~ - Introductory note 262.5 c, 377! 432.1 2280, 2680, 3080+ First repeated note 84.4 6 67.4 1840 Second repeated note 78.1 6 73.6 1840 | Back calculated from note duration and the pulse * Three peaks of equal intensity probably representing repetition rate measured from 20 pulses and pulse emphasized size band frequencies generated by the intervals taken from near the middle of the note. modulating frequency of ¢. 400 Hz (the pulse repetition rate of the call). A B nw Fa D ono oC CO fo —_ 5 Relative intensity (dB) 123 4 5 6 7 B 25 50 75 100 125 150 ime (ms) Frequency (kHz) Ar C 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 Time (ms) Fig. 8, Waveform display of a calling male litoria pearsoriana at Marumba Creek in the Conondale Ranges. Air temperature at the calling site was 18°C. A = Power spectrum of the introductory note; B = Last segment of introductory note, showing pulses; C = Complete call. MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE PROG 1s} Gravid females were found in the winter hibernaculum from June to August, Ova were at various stages of development with some females having the body cavity fully occupied by eggs. Litera pearsoniana was the first species of [rag to Spawn of the eight species (Adeletus brevis, Mixophyes fasciolatus, M. iteratus, Rheabatruchus silus, Jaudactvlus diurnus, Litoria chloris and L, lesueuri) at the study site in Kilcoy Creek. A female which spawned in the field on 15 November 1978 and retained in the laboratory possessed large pigmented ova on 7 December 1978 suggesting a capacity to breed more than once jh a season, Axillary amplexus takes place adjacent to pools connected to or separated from creeks, After amplexus is achieved at or near the male’s calling site, the fermale moves to the water and adopts a position in which about “4 of her abdomen and '4 of that of the male is submerged in the water. When spawning, (he female takes a semi-upright position, clasping leaves, rocks or twigs. Spawning usually takes place al night, but has been observed at midday on an overcast day in a shady area of the creek, Eggs are deposited in sull, shallow pools adjacent to, or connected with, Lhe main stream, The greatest depth of water in which ova were deposited was 35 mm. Over the period 1976-1978, spawning commenced in early September, although on one océasion (8 August 1978) breeding occurred earlier in unusally warm conditions with an overcast day and light rain. When cooler weather returned 24 hrs later, the winter hibernaculum reformed until September, The eges laid on & August 1978 were at stage 15 on 17 August 1978 and had not hatched. Eges are L1-1.3 mm in diameter and are individually capsulated in a clear jelly 3.0-3.5 mm in diameter. They are attached in a mags to twigs, rocks, leaves and vegetation, Eggs have a dark brown animal] pole and an off-white vegetal pole. Macroscopically they appear to be black, Silt settles on the jelly capsule in one to two days giving ita ercy or brown appearatice and concealing the developing embryo. Eggs are laid 5-8 ata time, with occasional groups of up to 12, and can be along twigs and rock surfaces or in clumps on the bougm of a pool. The longest row of eggs measured was 24 cm. Eyes are usually clamped together rather than strung out over such long distances. Spawn clumps comprise 363-732 exys ( « = 445,n = 10), Larvae Initial development is rapid, neurulation occurring in 2-3 days with hatching occurring 3-5 days after spawning in late September. The eggs Hatch al stage 19. A Fig. % A, Lateral and B, dorsal views of a tadpole of Litoria pearsoniana at Stage 37. Seale bar = 5 mm. eet dc Banga ely Se Fig. 10. Oral disc of a tadpole of Literia pedrsuniane, Stage 37 Seale bar = | mm. The following description is of a tadpole at stage 37, Body broader than deep with greatest breadth posterior Lo eyes (Fig. 9). Mouth ventral (Fig. 10) with two upper and three lower rows of labial teeth. The second upper arid first lower row have a median gap, Labial papillae surround lateral and posterior margins of mouth. Dorsal surface of body brown Ln later stages of development some specimens have dark spots dorsally, Spiracle sinistral and ventrolateral (Fig. 10). Anal aperture dextral, opening adjacent to veniral fin. Tail moderately thick, deepest in anterior 44, Tip rounded. Neuromasts of lateral line lightly blotched with brown, Pins transparent with clusters of melanophores anterjorly and superiorly, Greatest depth of fin is posteriorly, Ventral surface of body unpigmented. A light golden appearance is characteristic of early Stages (i.e. 25-28). Metamorphosis of tadpoles reared at ambient temperature from spawn collected on 27 September 154 K. R. MCDONALD & M. DAVIES TABLE 2. Measurements (in mm) of single larvae of Liloria pearsoniana. See fext for abbreviations. Gosner slage 25 37 39 TL 11.52 30.2 25.6 MBW 3.92 7.8 6.16 EBW 3.6 6.2 5.84 P 0.24 0.32 0.48 OE 0.6 1.76 1.76 IN 0.92 1,2 0,96 SE 1.68 2.16 2.08 EN 0.68 1.04 0.96 BTM 0.96 3,52 2.56 DFH 0.96 3.24 1.52 BL 4.44 10,2 8.4 BD 2,32 6.4 3.68 E 0.48 1,28 2.0 EE 1,12 1.44 3.76 ND 1.6%0.4 0,320.32 1.6x0.4 SN 0.48 0,96 1.12 SS 3.24 6.64 6.08 TDD 1.44 2.88 2.56 BIMW 0.72 2.5 1.76 VF 0.72 1.6 1.2 BDF 3.6 12.8 7.84 BVF 3.6 12.8 7.84 TMD 0.4 1.44 1,52 TMV 0.4 1.44 1.52 DVFB 2.28 $12 3.6 4 o = > tN 1977 was completed between late December 1977 and early January 1978: a larval life of 2-24 months, Mean snout-vent lengths of seven newly- metamorphosed individuals was 9.9 mm (9.3-11.1 mm). Colour was dark brown with a reticulated appearance, No green pigmentation was evident. Newly-metamorphosed individuals were observed in the field in January and February. Measurements on a developing series of tadpoles are provided in Table 2. Distribution Litoria pearsoniana has a distribution in preferred habitat from northeastern N.SW. (vicinity of Lismore) to the vicinity of Kenilworth, southeast Qld, with an isolated population on Kroombit Tops (Czechura 1986) (Fig. 11). The species is restricted to elevated areas, and has not been located in lower coastal country. Distribution appears to be influenced by the presence of a combination of closed forest or thick vegetation, flowing rocky streams and elevation. 22.6 30.7 27,2 5.76 8.3 6.0 5.60 6.9 5.6 1.44 0.48 0.56 2.4 1.6 1.6 1.12 1.32 0.96 2.88 2.96 1.68 1.12 1.48 1.28 3,44 3.6 2.4 1.52 2.24 1.6 8.12 11.6 9.12 4.4 4.5 3.84 1.36 1.36 1.6 2.56 2.8 1.92 0.32 «0.24 0.48 0.48 0.24% 0.24 1.68 0.88 0.24 6.8 7.8 ~ 2.56 3.36 1.44 2.56 3.0 2.56 0.64 1.28 1.04 9.6 8.0 9.6 9.6 8.0 9.6 1.12 3.04 1,28 1.12 3.04 1.28 3.44 4.96 3,12 wate | e * oe fe o""%. 8 { i f \ ars oy 4 *, es ve e Brisbane « 4" Ps MA, a ; | \q sit Se L se ef os 2 oe “e° ie oo a e oC * ® e \ e e e | 0 20 40 km a es Fig. 11. Distribution of Litoria pearsoniana in northern N.SW., and southeastern Queensland. MORPHOLOGY AND BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN TREE FROG 155 Couseryation status Acthe time of this study (1976-1978), the species was exceptionally abundant (usifig the criteria of Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979}. However, (he species declined al the end of the decaile and in December 1983 at the site at which 50 L. peersoniane were collected and checked for colour variation in |978, only five specimens were seen and heard over a period of 1/2 hrs. Ac this time no confirmed egg masses of L. pearsoniana were observed. Other species of frogs have disappeared from this area including the Gastric brooding frog Rheabatrachus silus (Unetam 1983) and the southern day frog Tiuedactyius diurnius (Czchura 1984), We have hoe further data on abundance of the species and hence are unsure whether the populations have “declined” at other sites: along their disiribution or of the status of the Conondale Ratize populations at this time, Material examined S4M RI7S83-3, Warrie N.P., Springbrook; NPWS NIST60-2, N1S765-7, N1S776-8L, NITI99, NL7271-4_ 17276, NI7278, Nit283, NI7285-6, NI7287-8. NI7200-4, N17565—74, NI7587, N28004, Conondale N.P. Kilooy Creek Bridge; NI70B7, Conondale Ra, Bellthorpe S.F., Sandy Creek; A320, A323, Mt Glorious; 4468-471, ‘TWin Falls, Warrie N.B.; A476, Goamoolara Falls, Warrie N.P: A326, Nt2012-28, Warrie N.P.; A357, AB59-60, Cunningham's Gap N_P.; A352, Giraween N.P; A758-760), Kondalilla NP; N17687, Conondaly Ra, Sandy Creek, Bellthorpe SF, N17384, 17510, Kundys Hut, Murumba Ck, Jimna $.F.; NI75G0-3, East Branch, Kilcoy Creek: NI7882=4, Muruniba Ck, JimnaS.F; QM 130879, 137645, 340420, 340425, 340428, 140447. Eden Ck Falls. 25 km SE Woodenbong, N.SW.; I30885, 137637, 340418, 140423-4, Undercliff, NSW. 131478, 11.4 kin W Ballina, N.SW.; 331494, Tweed Platzau, Old; 13554, Mi Clunie, NUSW., 337647-8, J40501, Mackintosh's Kd, nr Woodenbong, N.SWs 140419, 140427, Back Creek Rd, Unurngah State Forest (20°25'S, 152°42° E); 346935, Suow Ck, Upper Cooper Ck (28°33°S, (53°23°E). UAZ A87, Mt Nebo; AS&—9, Warric N-P., Springbrook; B42!, 41034, Al4S4-5, Conondale Ra, Discussion Lyoria pearsoniana is closely related to other members of the L. crfrope species group ay defined by Tyler & Davies (1978, 1985). It shares with these species a number of features including a submental gland and the lrabit of forming Winter aggregations, the choice of breeding sites, the method of ege deposition (Tyler & Anstis 1975; Harrison £922). Larvae of L. pearsoniana show typical hylid characters in the dorsolateral position of the eve and venolateral spiracle, However, the gently rounded tall tip t§ nat typical of hylids (Banks ef af, 1983), The tooth row formula is typical of many Australian hylid tadpoles (Martin & Watson 1971) and similar lo that of L. cifrope althouwh diffcring from that species in possessing labial paplliae that entirely surround the oral disc) The oral disc of J. Subgianduiese lacks tooth rows and comprises a finnel of papillae of varying lengths (Tyler & Anstis 1975). Tadpoles ef L. piperata and L, phylfochroa have not been described. The tadpoles of L. pearsoniana have more lotic adaptations Jn that they are not a bizh finned hecktonic type typical of many Ausrralian lytids (Banks ef ai, 1983). The call of £, peersoniene is complex ahd we present the data here to provide @ basis for elaboration by other workers. The observations on overwintering aggregations reported here are the first detailed for an Australian frog species, and suggest that the frogs actively seck appropriate microenvironments in which to overwinter, The full details oF site selection remain obsture, bul the data indicate that the amplirude of temperature fluctuations and the relative humidity conditions within the mivrohabitat are important factors. The cracks appear to stabilize both temperature and humidity and the macrohabitat (dense closed forest and associated perennial streams) reduces extreme fluctuations in air temperature and humicity that would be experienced in more open vegetation (Greenslade & Thompson 1981). Position and posture within the cracks also are imporiant factors in thal crowding and maintenance of the limbs against the body reduces exposed surface area and this conserves moisture (Johnson 1971; Tyler 1976, 198% Heatwole 1963; Heatwole er al, 1969), Rody iemperatures of inactive frogs in winter were less than 2°C above the temperature in the crack over. a 24 hr period. The air within the crack fluctoated through I°C whilst that outside varied by 53°C. The significant difference between body temperature and amblent air temperature for both summer and winter implies some form of control over body temperature by the frogs. Populations of spectes of frog such as &- pearsoniong which form winter ageregations can become extremely vulnerable during these penods, Comptcte or partial destruction of aggregation sites could result in the elimination of a local population whilst destruction of macrohabitat would subject any population remaining Lo adverse changes in temperature and moisture fluctuations The possible decline of the specles In the Conondale Ranges is cause fer concern as it mirrors declines in other species in that area and elsewhere (Cfyter in press). Such declines may be indicative of ittajor environmental problems and as such, deserve carer) siely, 156 kK, R. MCDONALD & M1, DAVIES it should be noted that amongst the material examined in this study were five specimens from Barrington Tops, N.SW. (QM J34236-9, 134246), the type locality of Litoria phyllochroa berringtonensis, These specimens have green tympana and afe identified as ZL. pAyilochroa However, ili the absence of accompanying call data, we are not prepared to comment further on the siatus of L. phyllochroa barringronensis. Acknowledgments S. Crafter, 1. S. McEVoy and Dr J. D. Miller are thanked for assislance in the field, Dr G, F. Watson ran (he sonagram and analysed the call while G, Czechura, Dr R. S. Seymour and A/Prot’. M. J, Tyler provided critical comment for which we are grateful, Patrick Couper is thanked for the loan of material from the Queensland Museum, Lorna Lucas typed the manuscript, References Baxks, C B, Brrkett, J, R., Dus, R, W, & Martin, A, A. (1983) Development of Litaria infrafreadir tAnura: Hylidae). Thoms. Ro Sec S Awst. 10704), 197-200, Barker, 1 & Gricc, G. f1977) “A Hield guide ta Australian frogs". (Rigby, Sydney.) Coccer, H. G. (1975) “Reptiles and Amphibians of Australia", (Reed, Sydney.) ___, Cameron, BE. & Cooorr, H. M, (1983) “Zoological Catalogue of Australia. 1. Amphihia and Reptilia.” (A,G,.P.S., Canberra.) Copiann, & J. (1960) A new tree-f'rog (eenus Ayla) from Queensland. Proc, Lina, Soc. N.S.W 85(1), 1S4-156. (1961) A new name for A’yla pearsoni, preoccupied (Amphibia). bid, 86(1), 168. Crechura, G, V. (1984) The Blackall-Conondale Ranges: Frogs, reptiles and fauma conservation. JG, L, Werren & A. P. Kershaw (Eds) Proceedings of workshop “The present, past and futate of Australian rainforests”. {Monash University, Clayton.) ___ (1986) Distant exiles: frogs and reptiles recorded from Kroombii Tops, Southeast Queensland, Qld Nat. 271-4), 61-67, Frost, D. R. (Ed.) (1985) “Amphibian species of the world. A taxonomic and geographical reference”. (Allan Press & A,S,C., Lawrence, Kansas.) Gosner, K. (1960) A simplified table for siaging anuran embryos. and larvae with moles on identification. Herpetologica 16, 355-363, GREENSLADE, P, J. M. & THOMPsoN, C. H. (1983) Ant distribution, vegetation and soil relationships in the Cooloola-Noosa River area, Queensland, pp. 192<207, in ACN. Gillison & D. J. Anderson (Eds) “Vegetation Classification in Australia" (C._S.LR.O, & ANU, Press, Canberra.) Harrison, L. (1922) On the breeding habils of some Australian frogs. Ausf. Zool. 3, 17-34. Heatwoce, H. (1963) Leologic segregation of two species of tropical frogs of the genus Eleutheroductplus. Carib. a Sci, 3, 17-23. Torres, FR, De Austin, S. Bo & Heatwonk, A. (1969) Studies on anuran water balanoc. |. Dynamics af evaporative water loss by the Coqui, Eleutheroductylus pottoricensis. Carp. Biachem. Physiol, 28, 245-269. Ingram, G. J. (1983) Natural History, pp. 16-35. fv M. 4. Byler (Ed) “The gastric brooding frog” (Croom Helm, London.) & CovacevicH, J. (1981) Frog and replile type specimens in the Queensland Museum with a checklist of frogs and repriles in Queenstand. Men Old Ans. 22), 55-70, JOHNSON, CC. R, (1961) Thermal relations in some southern and eastern Australian anurans Proc, R. Soc. Qld 82, 92-94, Kinc, M, (1980) A cytotaxonomic analysis of Australian hytid trogs of the venus Litoria. nC. B. Banks & A, A, Martin (Eds) “Proceedings of the Melbourne Herpetological Symposium". (Zool, Board Viet., Melbourtic.) Kigkeatrick, T. H. & Lavery, H, J, (1979) Fauna surveys in Queensland, Old J, Agric, Animal Sci. 36, 181-188. Martin, A. A, & Watson, G. F. (1971) Life history as an aid to generic delimitation in the family Hylidae. Copeia 1971{1), 79-89. McEvoy, J. S., McDonaALp, K. R. & SearLr, A. K, (1979) Mammals, birds, reptiles and antiphibians of the Rallooy Sill, Queensland, Old J. Agric. Animal Sct 36, Mookrg, J. A, (1961) The frogs of eastern New South Wales, Bull, Am. Mus, Nat. Hist. 124, 151-385. TYLER, M. J. (1968) Papuan hylid frogs of the genus Ayla. Zoal. Verh. Leiden 96, 1-203, ———— (1971) The phylogenetic significance of vocal sac structure in hylid frogs. Univ, Kansas Publ. Mus. Net. Hist, 19(4), 319-360, —____ (1976) “Frogs”, (Collins, Sydney.) —.. . (1989) “Australian Frogs”. (Viking O'Neil, Melbourne.) (in press) Declining amphibian populations: 2 globyl. phenomenon? An Australian perspective. A/pies, & Anstis, M. (1975) Taxonomy atid blolugy of frogs of the Litorta citropa complex (Anura: Eylidae). Rec, 8, Ausn Mus, 11(5), 41-50. & Davies, M. (1978) Species groups within the Australopapuan hylid frog getius Litoria Toehudi, Aust, J. Zool, Suppl, Ser 63, 1-79. ~— — &_____ (1985) A new species of Lerovia (Anura: Hylidac) trom New South Wales, Aosintlia, Cope (1985), 145-149, Wess, L. J. (1959) A physiognomic classification af Australian rainforest. .. £eol, 47, 551-570, C. T. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA BY C. R. TWIDALE’, L. W. PARKIN’ & E. A. Rupp! Summary He contributed to our early knowledge of the stratigraphy of Fleurieu Peninsula and of the MacDonnell Ranges, but is best known for his investigations of the Simpson Desert, which he named, and particularly of the age and origin of sand ridges or longitudinal dunes. Many of his conclusions have been modified as a result of later research, but his astute observations and imaginative explanations have earned him an honourable place as one of the very great explorer scientists of this State. KEY WORDS: Madigan, Simpson Desert, sand ridges, Lake Eyre, Fleurieu Peninsula, MacDonnell Ranges, aerial reconnaissance, evolution of dunes. Transictions ef the Rayal Sacwiy ef 8, Mast, (990), Ub03), 187-167, C T, MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA by C. R. TWLDALE!, L. W. Parkin? & E, A, Rupp! Summary Twinare, C, R., Parkin, L. W.& Rupp, E. A, (1990) C. T. Madigan’s contriblitions (@ geology. in Sourh and central Australia. Yrans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 114(3) 157-167, 30 Novernber, 1990), Ceeil Madigan (1889-1947) was for many years a Lecturer in Geology in the University of Adelaide. He contributed (o our early knowledge of the strarigraphy of Fleurieu Peninsula and of the MacDonnell Runges, but is best known for his jAvestigalions of (he Simpson Desert, which he named, and particularly of the age and origin of sand ridges ar longitudinal dunes, Many of his conclusions have been niodified as a resul( of later research, but his astute observations and imavinative explanations have carned him an honourable place as one of rhe very great explorer scientisls.af this Stale, Key Worps: Madigan, Simpson Desert, sand ridges, Lake Eyre, Pleurieus Peninsula, MacDonnell Ranges, acrial reconaissanee, evolution of dunes. Iniraduction The year 1989 marked the centenary af the birth of one of the pioneers af Australian geology, C. T, Madigan. Madigan was one of the last of a generation af explorer-scientists who belonged to an heroic age, yet was active recently enough to be survived by many of those who srudied under and worked with him. Madigan's contribudians to our knowledye of the stratigraphy of the Fleurieu Peninsula and of the MacDonnell Ranges, and of the nature of the sand ridge deserts of central Australia, are reviewed and placed in perspective, BIOGRAPHICAL SKETCH Cecil Thomas Madigan (1889-1947) was born at Renmark in the Riverland of South Australia, The son of a struggling irrigation settler associated with the Chaffey brothers, he was one of a family of five (Parkin 1984). The children were still young when their father died on the Kalgoorlie yoldfields while allemptlng to redress the family fortunes, By working as a teacher with the Education Department of South Australia, Madigan’s mother contrived not only to res her family, bui alse to see them through ro a terliary education. Cecil won a scholarship to the University of Adelaide, taking 4 Diploma |n Mining Engincering, which was later surrendered fora Bachelor of Engineering degree. Madigan was a brilliant student and athlete, and on graduation at the age of twenty-one, in 1910, he was selected as Rhodes Scholar for South Australia. While in England, he was appointed by Douglas Mawson as meteorologist ta the Australian Antarctic Expedition and, haying arranged deterral ! Departmen! of Geology and Geophysics, University of Adelaide, GPO. Box 498. Adelaide, S.Aust. 5001, * Australian Mitcral Foundation, Adelaide. of his Oxford studies, he sailed for the Antaretic in the “Aurora” in 191]. In addition to his meteorological duties, Madigan undertook several exploratory sledging journeys from (he hase camp at Cape Denison, during one of which he carried OU a Winter reconnaissance of the ice plateau of Adelie Land, experiencing record conditions of cold and wind, In the summer of 192-13 Madigan led the Eastern sledging party which traversed the sea- ice and coastline of what was later lo be named King George V Land, a journey of some cighi hundred kilomerres which took two months to complete. This undertaking coincided with Mawson's ill-fated Far Eastern sledging journey during which Ninnis and Mertz both perished, Mawson himsell struggling back alone Lo base camp toa late to embark on the relief ship. Madizan was chosen as leader of the group of seven who remained behind for a second year pending the return of Mawson, or, failing his return, fo mount a search. In recognition of his contributians to (he expedition Madigan was awarded the King’s Polar Medal in 1914. This brief period of Antarctic exploration was crucial to Madigan’s. later scientific life, for he demonstrated both to himsell and to the world av large, his capacity lor organisation and survival in (he most rigoraus conditions. The exhilaration of treading where no one else bad trod lay latent for several years but il was to emerge and llower once the unknown landscapes of central Australia were within his. reach, On his. return from Antarctica, Madigan’s Oxford studies were again interrupted, this time by the First World War: He joined the Royal Engineers, (Guards Division) rising to the rank of Captain in 1916, and served in France where he was twice Wounded and twice mentioned in despatcties. 58 €. R. TWIDALE, L. W. PARKIN & E. A, RU DB Upon demobilization, Madigan completed his studies at Magdalen College, Oxford, graduating B.A, in 1919 with First Class Honours in Natural Science (Geology). In 1920 he was appointed Assistant Geologist in the Sudan Civil Service where he served for two years, Meanwhile Mawson, who in 1905 had been appointed Lecturer In Ciealogy and Mineralogy in (he University of Adelaide, was promoted in 192] to the Chair and almosec immediately offered Madigan the post of Lecturer, an appointment which Madigan held fram 1922 until his death some twenty-five years later. Madigan had been awarded an Oxtord M.A. in 1922, and in 1933 his geological researches, principally in the MacDonnell Ranges of the Northern Territory, were recognized by the conferral of a DSc, from the University of Oxford, Asa teacher Madigan was responsible primarily for Second Year students, conducting classes in most aspects of geology as then embraced in the academie curriculum, and, tn addition, teaching oné-term units in both mining geology and enginecring geology. Initially his research focussed upon the Fleurieu Peninsula, and can be seen as complementing the work of Howchin, Mawson and others, but in the late Iwenties his physical and intellectual energies Were given greater scope by his journeys into central Australia, where folded and faulted terrains, like the MacDonnell and James ranges, excited his attention, and where the sand ridges of the Simpson Desert became an obsession that was 10 dominate his later years. Madigan himself later named the Simpson Desert after A, A, Simpson, then President of the South Australian Branch of the Royal Geographical Society ol Australasia and personal sponsor of the 1939 ground expedition that traversed the dune field. His University duties were interrupted by World War [J] when he was appointed Chief Instructor, with the rank of Lieutenant-Colonel, in the School of Military Field Engineering at Liverpool, N.S.W, (Fig. 1). He retired from the Army in 1943, resuming his duties with the University of Adelaide, and, in particular, seeing to press the results of the 1939 investigation of the Simpson Desert, So much for the record — but what of the man? Madigan was tall, of impressive physique, handsome, and confident in any society. His student blues for rowing and boxing attest his physical stature and interest in fitness; attributes that stood him in good stead in hig Antaretic and central Australian expeditions, While serving on the stalf of the University of Adelaide, he took a great interest in studem! affairs, being involved in the Students’ Union and in the Graduates’ Association, of which he served as Chairman, 1943-4. He was Nig. |. Li Col. Madigan, early nineteen forties (Royal Society of South Australia), instrumental in founding the Tate Society, an interdisciplinary society for natural science students which organized scientific field camps at various centres Of interest in South Australia (Fig. 2). Madigan was awarded many honours and held numerous professional offices, including Fellow of the Geological Society of London; President of the Royal Saviety of South Australia 1935, and Verco Medallist 1945; President of the Geographical Section of ANZAAS 1937, and a member of the Council of the Royal Geographieal Society of Australasia (S.A, Branch) 1939-1946. His communily interests included the Legacy Club, which he served as President, and the Boy Scouts’ Association in which he attained the high office of Chief Commissioner for South Australia, Madigan’s many and varied activites made tim well-known to Lhe South Australian, and indeed to the Australian, publie at large. His scientific reputation however rested on his contributions to the unravelling of the stratigraphy of Fleurieu Peninsula and the MacDonnell and associated ranges in central Australia, on his pioneering efforts in aerial reconnaissance and survey, his observations C. T. MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA 159 Fig. 2. Tate Society expedition to caves near Swan Reach on the River Murray, in 1937: left to right: B. Warhust, P. Nairn, B. Barrien, C. T. Madigan, G. D. Aitchison, R. C. Sprigg, with L, W. Parkin front right (A. F, Pilgrim). of Lake Eyre, and, most widely and enduringly appreciated, his work on the dunefields of inland Australia, particularly the Simpson Desert (Fig. 3). FLEURIEU PENINSULA When Madigan entered the South Australian geological scene, the framework of the State's geology had already been established by such distinguished workers as H. Y. L. Brown, R. Lockhart Jack and Walter Howchin. L. K. Ward was active in his capacity as Director of Mines and Government Geologist. Mawson’s interests were concentrated in the basement rocks of the Broken Hill and Olary districts and of the northern Flinders, on the stratigraphy of the Flinders Ranges, and on the ancient glacial sediments exposed in various parts of the State. Madigan was drawn to Fleurieu Peninsula partly because it had been only cursorily examined by previous workers, but also because, being then served by a railway as far as Willunga, it was relatively accessible at a time when motor cars were comparatively rare; in any case, neither Madigan nor the Geology Department possessed one, nor indeed did Madigan ever own either a car or a driver's licence. ® : | | The Granites | | 1 KRICHAUFF AA, Alice 2 WATERHOUSE AA, ) Springs 3 JAMES RA. Siaepatne [ %, > ser” | SIMPSON! | “SIN NT DESERT| QLD <-— + saree atean ee t = SOUTH AUSTRALIA STAZELECKI | DESERT Lake ' C Eyre TIRARI | | DESERT : Madigan Gulf g lz ao | - # ' i) Pia Broken 8 | Hill @ OLARY Maes" 0 Bus — Murray FR. KDELAIDE WILLUNGA SCARP Myponga — KANGAROO ISLAND FLEURIEU PENINSULA Victor ! Harbor P Fig. 3. Map showing places and features mentioned in text. 160) C.R. TWIDALE. L. W_ PARKIN & B. A. RUDD To place Madigan's Fleuvieu Peninsula work in the perspective of ihe time it is necessary to recall that at this stage Howchin bad summarized his own work with the publication of “The Geology of South Australia” 41918), Amongst many other observations, Howchin determined (he stratigraphic Succession of the Mt Lofly Ranges and concluded that the strata lying unconformatly above the highly-metamorphosed inliers exposed in several areas af the Ranges were of Carpbrian age, ranging from Lower Cambrian for those units pow designated Adelaidean, through ta Upper Cambrian for he tossiliferaus (Archaeocyathinae) limestones. The 1918 volume includes 4 cross-section at Sellick Hill, in the north of Fleurieu Peninsula, which provided Madigan with a starting-point for his own investigations, Madigan re-examined this section, describmg each unit meticulously, and redrew it using his own revised lithology. He then extended the work along the coast to Cape Jervis and chence to Victor Harbar, running sections wherever rock exposures were adequate and, usine the Archacocyathinae horizon as a marker traced the succession throughout the area (Madigan 1925), He compiled a geological map which appeared as a folded coloured plare in chis publication. He made the important observation that the greywackes and associated rocks now known as the Kanmnanioo Group overlie the Archiaeocyathinae Limestone and are (herefore Cambrian or younger, whereas Hoawchin cominued to regard them as Precambrian. Madigan obviously had misgivings abour the details of his correlations for he soon returned to thie area and concentrated particularly pon the scarp of the Willunga Range, establishing the stratigraphical succession from the fossiliferous limestroue to che well-idenrified Sturtian tillite, He constructed a map on a scale of J inch ta the mile, showing the relationship of the major units, Ina paper resulting from this work (Madigan 1927) he drew attention to the apornalous attitude of the sections in which the Proterozoic Adelaide Series overlies the Atchaeovcyanthinae Limestone, and ina ciseussion of the problem tentauvely canvassed the possibilities of discanformities, overthrusting, or overturned folds to account for the dip reversals. Although Madigan’s [925 paper is enlilled "The Geology of ihe Fleurieu Peninsula, Part 1. - The Coast from Sellick's Hillto Victor Harbour" (with the English rather than the officially approved American spelling of “Harbour”, the Willunga Scarp paper and.a brief note on annelid trails and borings |i beds below the Aretaeocyanthinae limestone al Myponva Jetty (Madigan 1926) remain his onty further conrriburions te the area. Ina Jater paper discussing the age of formations on the sorth coast of Kingaroo Gland (Madigan 1928) however, he returned to the structure of Fleuneu Peninsula, referring to his “temerity” in suggesting the possibility of an everturned succession ac the Willunga Scarp .and, by implication ~ and incorrectly ~ reversing the ages of the annelid-bearing beds and coralline limestone he had mapped. Part 1 of the Fleuriew Peninsula Paper seems lo have been overtaken by the diversion of Madigan’s interest to the Northern Terrirory, Which was in turn stimulated by the aenal revonndissanves he undertook in 1929, TAKING TO THE AIR The use of aeroplanes for reconnaissance and photography is as old as the flying machine itsell (see ag. Walker 1951). Aeroplanes were used by both sides during the First World War for general reconnaissance and artillery spotting, as well as for the strafing and bombing of enemy positions, And during the early twenlies O.G.S. Crawford and his colleagues in England began Lo realise the immense possibiliues at air photographs for the detection of archaeological sites, for they revealed patterns (hat are not discernible on the ground- Even before the War, however, in 1909 of thereabouls, Huberr Wilkins {from Mount Bryan, in the Burra district of South Australia) had, rather precariously, taken photographs of parts of southern England perched astride the body of an aeroplane between the cockpit and the propeller, just — bul only just - behind the propeller (see Thomas 1962), and in 1913 Sir Henry Welcome, using a box kite as the vehicle for hig camera, had obtained air photographs of an archaeological site he was excavating in the Sudan (Crawford 1993). As previously noled Madigan served on the Western Front during World War [and he must have been aware of the use belive made of aireraft for yanious purposes. Me laler warked in the Sudan, and may have heard of Welcome’s ingenious efforts there Whatever the background, Madigan pioneered the use of atrcrafe for scientific reconnaissance and aerral photography in Australia. Using a Westland Wapiti biplane crewed by service personnel, Madigan mace nine Nights over central Australia in August af 1929, Basically he criss- crossed what he later called the Simpson Desert, and determined ral the area contained nothing bur desert, and largely dune desert. (hough he also. flew over Lake Eyre und made traverses cast and west of Alive Springs in order toa view the MacDonnell Ranges (sce Madigan 1931), He took overlapping vertical photographs of many parts of the upland, and used the resullant mosaics as base maps on Which he Jater plotted geological informauon (Madigan (94324), This is ibe first recorded C. T. MADIGAN’S CONTRIBUTIONS TO fiBGLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA i6l application of aerial photography to geological mapping in Australia, Flying over the desert Madigan noted the extraordinary regulariry and repetition of the sand ridges, likening the view of the dunefields to “a far pink dise, ribbed from horizon to horizon by the red sandhills .. . "(Madigan 1930, p. 95). From the air Goyders Lagoon was “...4a maze of watercourses, running in all directions in a black setting of polyzonum” (Madigan 1930 p, 93), He noted that the Simpson was much more yegelated than, say, the African deserts (Madigan 1930, p. 96). He was able readily to identify spinifex by its “hollow rings, outward-growing masses from which the centre has decayed and disappeared” {Madigan 1930, p. 95), The aerial view was revealing and Madigan’s splendid low oblique photographis grace many of his papers and books. This series of flights confirmed Madigan in his dedication to the unravelling of the geology of central Australia, for all his later work was devoted to problems noted on these aerial Lraverses, In particular, his intellectual dedication to deserts in veneral and the sand ridge deserts in particular dates from this series of aerial traverses undertaken in August 1929. THE MACDONNELL RANGES Madigan’s flights from Alice Springs along both the castern and western MacDonnell Ranges encouraged him to plan field expeditions to the area, He and Mawson (Mawson & Madigan 1930) had carried oul Some preliminary geological work, using aboriginal names for the various stratigraphic units they recognised and mapped. Thus “Arunta” is the name of a local tribe, and “Larapintine” is derived from Larapinta, the aboriginal name for the Finke in (he James Range. Many of these names, suitably redefined in some instances, have been retained and appear on modern geological maps of the region (Wells e¢ a/, 1970). In 1930 Madigan spent a month in the field, accompanied by a youthful and then recently graduated E. A, Rudd- His experience with carels in the Sudan in the early nineteen twenlies suggested to him a means of waversing and mapping the western MacDonnell Ranges toward the Western Australian border, where the outcrops disappear under sand; and the same means of transport was used in the Simpsan Desert crossing (Fig. 4). This was the first systematic geological survey of the MacDonnell Ranges and Madigan carefully measured sections related to a key horizon, the Heavitree Quartzite. The geological map he compiled depleted the structure and stratigraphy of the MacDonnell Ranges (Madigan t932a, 1992b}. Fig. 4. Madigan aboard a ship of the desen in central Australia in The nineteen flinies (EB A. Rudd), The 1930 expedition extended south of the MacDonnell Ranges to the Waterhouse and James ranges, his cross-sections betng the first interpretation of the structure of the now important Amadeus Basin (Madigan 1932). The Horn Expedition (Tate & Wall 1897) had nated the anomalous course of the Finke River as it crossed the fold mountain ranges of central Australia and Madigan (1930, 1931) confirmed this observation, He pronounced the Finke and adjacent rivers as of Preat antiquity, which is correct, and of antecedent type, which, in the absence of evidence of uplift of the Tanges relative to the intervening plains and valleys, is unlikely. During the 1930 expedition Madigan climbed Mr Sonder and claimed to have been the first European to have done so, It was an interesting facet of the explorer that he insisted on climbing alone although his youthful assistant was anxious to accompany him! His work in the MacDonnell Ranges was a significant contribution to the geology of Australia at a very early stage of the mapping of the continent and a very enterprising project considering the remoteness of the area and the difficulties of travel in those days. In 1932 Madigan's knowledge of and interest in central Australia led him to being commissioned to assess the prospects at The Granites, where a gold tush had developed. This was during Lhe Depression 162 ©. R, TWIDALE, L. W. PARKIN & E. A, RUDD and the lure for gold had attracted a large number of people who were ill equipped either mentally or physically to cope with this remote and harsh area. Madigan reported adversely on the gold prospects and a potential human disaster was thus largely averted. THE SIMPSON DESERT Inaddition to introducing Madigan to the folded and fantted uplands of central Australia, the 1929 aerial traverses took him over the most arid areas of the Australian coniiient, and in particular over extensive fields of longitudinal sand dunes or sand ridges (Fig. 5). The age and origin of these dune deserts were to become both Madigan’s pre-eminent intellectual pursuit and his major claim to enduring and international recogniiion. Not only were his observations of dunes perceptive but his interpretation of their origin Was Original and allained considerable notice and acceptance overseas (see eg, Price 1950). Certain of his observations anticipated some that are now regarded as crucial 10 the understanding of longitudinal dunes and others broached problems which remain the subject of vigorous debate. Fig. §. Oblique air pliotopraph looking norttt along sand ridges and Salinas in the Tirari Desert, just east of Madigan Gulf and south of Cooper Creek. Lake Eyre is Ip View top left RAAF), Madigan (1936, 1937, 1938, 1946) wrote four papers specifically concerned with the sand ridges of central Australia. Though he had flown over the eastern part of the Great Victoria Desert he was mainly concerned With the Simpson Desert, taken here in its broader connotation and embracing the Tirarj and the northern part of the Strzelecki deserts as well as the Simpson proper, In addition, many observations are recorded in “Crossing the Dead Heart” (Madigan 1946b). Of the papers, the first is perhaps the best known probably because it was the first comprehensive scientific account of an Australian dune desert, bul also because it appeared in the prestigious Geographical Review published in New York by the American Geographical Society. But it is unquestionably the 1946 paper, published, like all the scientific papers generated by the 1939 expedition, in the Transactions of the Raval Society of South Australia which stands as Madigan’s sandridge testament. It contains a distillation of the observations, experience and consideration of all of Madigan’s desert work, Its publication was delayed six years after the expedition by the intervention of the Second World War; and though there is much to be said for rapid publication, the enforced delay allowed time for tetlection, and, more importantly, for the reading and digestion of Bagnold's epochal and still unrivalled “The Physics of Blown Sand” (Bagnold 1941), Madigan was a brilliant observer both in the air and on the ground. His flights over the deserts convinced him of the essential parallelism and continuity of the sandridges (e.g. Madigan 1937) and he confirmed these findings on the ground, He took bearings on the sandridges in various parts of the desert and found that their trend nowhere varied more than 2° from 332° true (Madigan , - ~ ani oy ~ ) tN Fane As? 2 Tai } = AUIUE ~ awMINGM ‘, . ys > \ \S as \ a . \ sy : ty , i) “St f / N . ds c Andasbo Wi avnary Ay dtotian a, Gwbon ( —— Chenery tiie el a “0 ATOh it SRSA, “é Cnwviotre ——— q # Walters = | = > a) \E a an Goyrtors Fig. 6. Route followed by Madigan's. party during (he crossing of the Simpson Desert, 1939. C. T. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS 'O GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AUSTRALIA = 183 19464, Madigan 1946b). In the course of the 1939 expeshition (Fig. 6) fe and tris party crossed 626 dunes between the Hale and the Mulligan tivers but they saw only one cermination of a ndge. Most of the Y- or tuning fork junctions that are typical of the cand ridge desert are open to the south, He noted, as had Gautier (1923, 1935) befose hil, that the dunefields occupy lopographiec depressions or Sdepocentres” (see og. Woptner & Twidale 1967, 1988) and surmised that “The desery is _. ..a great alluvial basin, which. is still receiving sediment, coarser round the marpins, finer toward the Lake (Eytc) due to lessening grade, Tins is surely the origin of the aeolian deposits” (Madigan 1946a, p. 56), The essential Muvial provenance of the dune sand was confirmed by Carroll's (1944) mineralogical studies; though later work has shown (hat many of the sand grains have complex histories, having been decived for instance from Permian glacial deposits and Cretaceous marine beds as well as silcrete, But most reath the Lake Eyre Basin and are made available to Wind action by way of the many rivers that focus on Lake Eyre (see eg. Wopfner & Twidale 1967). The red colour of the dunes is due to a ferruginous patina formed on the sand grains. Madigan realised this and pointed out that ir forms only In acid conditions, and not, for instance, on beach sands, He remarked (Madigan 1946b, p. 93) thar the red patina “lakes time to form, so thal young dunes are usually white or yellow”, Near the Diamantina River he noted thal sandy cidges which are built up by sand from the channel are white, bu that they gradually become redder toward the interior (i.e. 10 the north). His practical bent also came to the fore, and enabled him to note that the red veneer was removed when sand grains were dolled in acid! (Madigan 1946h}. Despite the remarkable consistency and repetition af basic dune fonn, Madigan did not overlook the complexity of the desert, for besides sandridges he encountered salinas and claypans, alluvial flats and gibber plain’ He ltoted the various forms of dune crests and he and his party were forcefully reminded that no desert is rainless when, not for the first time during the 1939 creasing, they experienced rain, and completed the trek into Birdsville along interdune corlidors and floodplains heavy with mac. Madigan observed that the sandridges vary in height between about nine and 30 m above the adjacent inierdiune corridors. (It is now known thal some of the Simpson Desert dunes are 50 m high, but the 1939 expedition did not encourer these higher features). He astutely noticed that there is a relationship between dime height and spacing normal to dune wend (sec also Twidale 1981), This, he recorded that near Andado, on the western side of the desert, there are five small ridges which giand on average [23 m apart, in contrast with some Larse ridges near the eastern margin separated by corridors averaging about 910 m width (Madigan 19464). The lower slopes or phinths of the dunes are quite well vegetated (mainly spinitex and canegrass). though dunes more than about 15 m high have crests essentially devoid of any plant cover, The ridges are asymmetrical in cross section, With the western slope more gentle than the easterit. And this is generally correct, although later more frequent observations and repeat photography of the sare sites have demonstrated that following strong southwesterly blows the asymmetry may be reduced or reversed [see e.g. Wopfner & Twidale 1967, at PL XVI), On the formation of the sandridges, Madigan (1930, 1936, 19462, 1946b) followed Aufnére (1929) in relating dune trend to dominant wind and, as in the Simpson “Yhe great majority of sand«moving winds are southerly” (Madigan 1946a, p. 59), the NNW trend of the dunes is due fo transport and deposition under the influence of these prevalent strong winds. Madigan vehemently reasserted his earlier-stated views that the longitudinal ridges Originated as small wavy ridges or Strips of sand which coalesced downwind into fewer, larger straight ridges (Madigan 1936, 1946a), After reading and reflecting on Bagnold'’s observations and experiments, Madigan (1946a) concluded that the initial sand stelps had evolved as a result of transverse instability in the airflow. He denied that longitudinal dunes evolve under the influence of eross winds from barchans, as had been suggested by Bagnold, pointing out rhat there are no barchans in the Simpson, or indeed in any of the Australian dunefields (eg Madigan 1937), In facc, ephemeral barchanvid forms are occasionally developed in the Simpson Desert (e.g. Wopfner & Twidale 1988) and Lancaster (L980) las described from Naniibia evidence strongly supportive of Bagnold’s mechanism, tut, by and targe, Madipan was tight imrespect of the Simpson Desert. sandridges and, indeed, of most fields of longitudinal dunes. Madigan considered that the dunes have extended not only downwind, but also upwind as sand was plastered against the upwind tails of dunes; the former would be widely accepled as demonstrated by repear observations (see eg. Woptner & Twidale 1988), but the Jatier is dubious. He sugpvested that lateral winds built up the ridges, which, when (hey reach a critieal height act as obstacles which prevent further sand transport, so that the interdune corridors tend 19 be swept clean of sand; “All sand becomes trapped on the didge and travels along ir” (Madigan 1946, p- 59). 164 c. R, TWIDALE, FC W, PARKIN & E. A. RUDD Most of Madizan’s basic cbservations stand, bul, jusc as che 1939 expedition compelled him to abandon some of his earlier conclusions, so some of his speculations have perforce had to be modified in light of tater knowledge; For example, the avyailahle data susgest that the wind regime In the Simpson is bidirectional or bimodal, the strong, saud-moving winds blowing from southeast and southwest (Arooklielul 1979), This is consistent with the internal structure of the sandridges which was well exposed by Seismic tracks cut latitudinally across the Desert during the early nineteen sixties: cross-bedding clearly indivates winds from both southeast and sourhwest, and this in curn finds support int the temporally varied asymmetry of the ridges (Wopfner & Twidale 1967; see also McKee & Tibbitts 1964), Again, Madigan asserted that the desert was “in equilibricin” and net extending downwind into the ‘Toko-Tarltow-Jervis region. He overlugked the partial "cireuwlation” of sand that returns the Wind- blown material to the desert and to the Lake Eyre resion by way of such rivers as the Hale, Hay, Todd, Georpina and Diamantina. Also, he was unaware of the importaace of source bordering dunes (mnaunds, luneties) and other obstacles in the initiation of sand ridges (sce ag. Twidale, 1972, 1981; Dulbunty 1983a}, On the other band some of Madigan’s observations have been overlooked and underrated. For example, that langitucing! dunes develop under the influence of bimodal winds has been suggested by various Workers (eg. Wopfner & Twidale 1957; Twitlale 1972, 1981) based on analysis of internal structure and ae direct ebservarions of changing asyminelry anid satid movement, but it is Tsoar (1978, 1982, 1983) who has, by field experisnerits, demonstrated |hal the mechanism invalves the ‘crestal deflection of wind from each of the seasonal modal directions, 10 flow parallel to the ere lige on the lee side of the dune” (Tsoar 1988, Pp, 597), Although Tsoar's work is properly referred to and praised in Thomas’ recent review concerned with linear dune development (Thomas 1938), teither author mentions Madigan's 1939 observation that: “At Andado, when the wind was about 30 mp.ly. fron Lie southwest and tite cresis were “smoking”, it was noted that on the side of (he crest, the wind at the surface was blowing along the fidge and even upward toward the sunimit and carrying sand northwards and upwards along the sleep slip-slope™. (Madigan [4é6a, p. 6!) Nevertheless Muadigan'’s work on sandridge development was well received by the internauonal scientific community. Madigan‘s views on the age of rhe dunefields stind in marked contrast with his emphatic certality fepardige the evolution of dunes. Hes Statements on the subject are equivocal and in places comtradictory, though on balance, and taking his indirect as well as his explicit statements into account, he seems to have favoured a recent and conlinuing age for the forms, On the other hand such ambivalence ts probably justified, for as will be recounted, the evidence concerning the age of the dunes is seemingly contradictory and the question is stil being argued. Madigan considered the silcrete which still occupies large areas of central Australia to lave been of late Cainozoic age, having been formed as the B-hosizon of a soil during whar he catled “genial” periods of the Pleistocene (Madigan 1938, p. 27, p, 56), He then suggested thar the dunes are selic, stating Lhat they formed during a changeover from pluvial Pleistocene vegelalion to the present desertic cover of spinifex and canegrass (Madigan 1946). He attributed the “live” sand af the Conper and Diamantina to the depredation of the rabbit, and to (over) stocking (Madigan 1938, p. 27). Yet he staled (Madigan 1946a) that the smaller dunes and the flanks of the larger ones are fixed but that the crests of the latter are active, and What sandridge building has been greatly slowed down though it is still not quite dead, He speculated (Madigan 1938) that rhe desert must surely have been more arid When the sandridges farmed, Yet "No valid reason presents itself to justify the widely ticld view thar aridity was greatcc in the past when the sandridges had their birth”, pointing to the lack of evidence for water table lowering or retreat of vegetation (c.g. Madigan .1938, p. 26). Some of these and other stalements can be, and have been, raken to suggest that Madigan considered the dunefield 10 be stable and a relic of the recent past (2. Sprige 1979, 1980), Some, however, can be construed as indicating a belief ins the essentially modern age and activity of the dunes, If aridity is taken 1o favour dune activily, then, according io Madigan (1946a, p. 42) “aridity may have reached its maximum”, and elsewhere he dismissed the possibility of pluvial/and alterations during the Pleistaceng, and considered that there had heen a swing to aridity beginning at the close of the Pleistocene glaciation (Madigan, 1944a). Aguin: “The origin and history of the Simpson Desert sandridge ,. , originating when aridity ser in during the late Pleistocene by wind action an the alluvial deposits, mamly unconsolidated, on the great plains of the Lake Byre Basin” (Madigan [9d6a, p. 59). Madigan was evidently unaware of Ratcliffe’s (1936, 1937) studies of the southern and easterts parts of the desert which clearly demonstrate the contemporary movement of dunes, Mudern, though probably spasmodic, movement of dane ridges has C. 7. MADIGAN'S CONTRIBUTIONS T0 GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL ALISTRALIA 165 been measured (Wopfner & Twidale, [988) and ts supported by many types of indirect evidence. Over wide areas the sandridges overlie fossiliferous alluvial or lacustrine sediments of late Pleistocene or eyen early Holacene age (Waptner & Twidale 1967, 1988; Mabbult & Sullivan 1968; Fwidale 1972, 1981). Elements of an older dunefield have been noted (Wopfaer & Twidale 1967, 1988), and the possibility of pluvial and arid alternations during the Pleistocene cannot readily be ruled out, For instance, the ahcestor of Lake Eyre, Lake Dien, was an immense body of waler during the late Pleistocene (ex. King 1956; Loffler & Sullivan, 1976; Dulhooty (983b), so, if the climale has changed during the Holocene or Late Holocene it is surcly strange that dune trend is not in process Of adjustment? li is clear from Madigan'’s commenis and conclusions that he did —at times perhaps? — believe that the dunes are srill active. Implicit in his observation thac the dunes bordering the Diamantina near Birdsville are white and therefore young ls the conclusion that they are intrinsically contemporary, Similarly the deflection of sand over the smoking dunes at Andado, and the occurrence of small wavy strips ar ndges, surely also imply essential contemporaneity? The reason for Madigan's confused and confusing statements abour the age of the dunes is that the problem is itself confused and confusing, By and large, however, he added immensely to our knowledge of sand ridges both in the Simpsan and in other parts of the world, In [950 the late Armstrong Price published a lengthy review of then recent work on dunes in the Sahara and in ceniral Australia. He concluded chat “The chief contribution of Madigan’s study of sand dunes is its seemingly satisfactory explanation of the origin and development of longitudinal dunes, based on Bagnold's wind-tunnel experiments and on his own field work and study of the literature” (Price 1950, p. 465). LAKE EYRE Madigan’s interes! in and explorahon of Lake Eyre began with his (light across the salina in 1929 as part of his aerial reconnaissance of central Australia. The plane flew low over the salt erust, touching down to leave wheel tracks, rhough not landing on the soft surface. Mound springs were noted and photographed on the westerti aide ot the lake but no other water was sighted (Madigan 1930), After the 1939 crossing of the sand ridge desert, Madigan and bis party returned 10 Marree from Birdsville alone the eastern shore of Lake Eyre, Turing hese land traverses Madigan was his usual busy self, Little escaped his notice, The thickness of the salt crust and the slight but definite slope of the lake bed (see e.g. Dulhuuty 1987) were determined at several places. It Was observed thar where the shore trended latitudinally the sand ridges approaching from the south terminated “abruptly and steeply” on the shore, whereas thase to the north of the lake bed rose gently over gypseous slopes 10 merge with the duties beyond (Madigan 1946a, p. 139). Shallow, but quite extensive, bodies of water were seen on the lake bed in 1939, but Madigan formed ihe opinion that the “lake is never covered all over wiih water at any time” (Madivan 1946a, p, 134), This conclusion has been shown to be incorrect several times over the past 40 years (see eg. Bonython & Mason 1953; Kotwicki 1986) and is likely to be repudiated again this year (1990), Nevertheless Madigan contributed to the ofgoing investigation af Lake Eyre, and Madigan Gull, 2 major embayment forming the southeastern part of Lake Eyre North, is named after hin. Conclusion In physique, character and personality, C. T. Madigan was a man of great stature, His was a questing mind, wide-ranging yel tenacious, imaginative yet rigorous. His Winter sledge journey on the ice plateau of Adelie Land was an extraordinary test of strength, stamina and character, and his travels in central Australia, whether by air or on the ground, and undertaken under conditions uhar would today be considered arduous, still stand as truly remarkable feats. Even in Australis, Madigan’s. field work Was constrained both by the absence of base maps other than pastoral maps, by the absence of good roads and by the travel limiiations of horse, camel or foor. Eventually he pioneered agrial reconnaissance and aerlal photography, and he lived to see the almost universal availability of four-wheel-drive vehicles for outback work, but most of his field work was of the heraic type, and he became a vonsiderable bushman, utterly at ease in the field situauian (Fig. 7). Madigan’s values and standards Were those of a bygone age but are none the worse for that, He was strongly and acrively patriotic He believed in physical fitness. He lived by the ideal of service, He possessed a great sense of humour. Asa teacher he was stimulating, as well as innovative, and always considerate of his students, He was of a practical bent, and he made sure that his siudents became aware of ihe mining, engineering and economic aspects of their discipline, Mudigan was a natural leader, and ag the years passed he found irksome his pasition as second in commarid fo Mawson, 166 Cc. R. TWLIDALE, L. W. PARKIN & E. A, RUDD yy) ’ = m3, iy f Fig. 7. Madigan in camp, MacDonnell Ranges, 1930 (E, A, Rudd), himself also a striking personality. Perhaps inevitably, an element of tension developed between them. As a departmental staff of only two for much of their joint careers, their respective roles were in some measure resolved, particularly in respect of their research areas, when Madigan elected to concentrate his energies on central Australia and on the problems posed by sand ridges. It has been said that the geomorphological study of deserts has been bedevilled by the enthusiastic amateur responsible for an “unpalatable farrago of descriptive data” derived from rapid reconnaissance surveys (Cooke & Warren 1973, p. 5). Desert landforms and particularly mobile sand dunes are attractive, even spectacular, features. Their nature and origin inevitably raise questions in the questing mind and it is not surprising therefore that “enthusiastic amateurs” or laymen have been drawn into over-imaginative and even imprudent speculations. Charles Sturt, for instance, was puzzled by both the stony desert and the sand dunes he encountered during his journeys in the interior of Australia in 1845, He suggested that the dunes were gigantic ripples formed on an ancient sea floor and later exposed (Sturt 1849); an interpretation that is untenable but at least based in natural processes rather than divine intervention. But scientists |ike Madigan, though not trained geomorphologists were nevertheless well equipped to make perceptive observations and draw astute inferences from them. In this regard it is interesting to note that Madigan, like Bagnold, was trained in engineering, a discipline not inimical to close observation and the linking of natural processes and their results. Furthermore it can be argued that lacking the prejudices and constraints that inevitably result from any formal training in a discipline, such “outsiders” have some advantages in that they are more likely to develop unorthodox explanations (see eg. Carey 1976). Madigan was a man of eclectic interests. Possessed of a keen eye and abiding curiosity, he had the ability to get to and work in uncomfortable places. He was one of the last of the great scientific travellers, He notably advanced our knowledge of central Australia, so much so that his name will be forever linked with the sand ridges of the Simpson Desert to which he directed so much time and energy and to the nature of which he brought illumination and understanding. C, T, MADIGANS CONTRIBUTIONS TO GEOLOGY IN SOUTH AND CENTRAL AWSTKALIA T6T References AuURiene, L, (1928) Liorientation des dunes (1937) The Simpson Desert ane! its barilers. Jt continentalés. Rept, Prov, 12th Intern. Gengrl, Caner. Cambridge, pp. 220-231. Thecisoio, R.A, (1941) “The Physics of Blown Sand (Methuen, London), BoniTHon, C. W. & Mason, B (1952) The Filling and Grying of Lake Eyre. Geogrl. J. 119, 321-331), Bacokreto, M. (1970) Dune trends and wind Fegime in ser apie Ze(tsch: Geomorph. Suppl-Band WW, Carey, S. W, (1978) “The Bxnanding Earth” (Elsevier, Amsterdam), CaRROLL, D. (1944) The Simpson Desert Expedition 1939_ Scientific Reports 2. Geology-Deser| Saitds, Trans: & Soe SN Aust. 68, 49-59, Cooye, R. U. & Warren, A. (1973) “Geemorphalagy in Deserts” (Baisford, Loran), Crawporp, © G, S, (1953) “Archaeolovy in the Field" (Phoenix House, London). Butsuntiy, J. A. (1983a) Lumettes of bake Kyre North, South Australia, Trays. R. Soe. §, Aust 197, 29-222, (1983b) Lake Deri arid its Pleistocene enyiranment of sedimentation, South Australia. four, Proc. R, Soc, New Souk Wales 116, 1-15, ____ (J 987) Salina bed instability and geodetic studies ut Lake Byre, South Australia. Trans. R. Soc. S, Aust. 111, 183-188. Gauriok, E KF (1935) “Sahava, the Great Desert” (translated D. F, Mayhew) (Octagon Books, New York), HowcHin, W, (1918) “The Geology ef Soul Australia” (South Austealian Education Department, Adelaide). King, D. (1956) The Quaternary stratigraphic record ar Lake Eyre North and the evolution of the existing topouraphic forms. Trans. R. Soc. 5. Aust. 79, 93-103. Roarwicki, ¥. (1966) “Floods of Lake Eyre® (Engineering and Water Supply Department, Adelaicle). LANCASTER, N. (1980) The formation of seif dunes from barchans — supporting 2 oo, 48 km N Wuhin, 114,/980, GG. Burns, GBVA; 2 ot, 2 9.9, 38,7 km N Wubin, 17.in,1987, G. G, Burns, GBVA, Colour, Head: apically blue; basally dark blue with elongate yellow frontal spot. Antennae blue, Pronotum:; medially dark blue; laterally orange. Scutellum blue. Elytra orange with the following dark blue markings; narrow basal margin; pre- medial fascia not reaching margin, ends projecting anteriorly ta humeral callus; post-medial fascia reaching margin; apical mark with two yellow spots in same specimens, reduced to short pre-apical fascia in one specimen, Fascia and apical mark connected along suture. Ventral surface deep orange, surures [estaceaus or heaytly marked dark blue. §.,, 5,.5,, with lateral dark blue marks on each side. Legs blue, Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, very small median suleus, very short muzzle. Antennae conipressed, antenmameres: |-3 obeoniv, 4 '4 toothed; 5-]1 toothed, Pronotum elosely punctured, small basal fovea; apieal margin projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel- sided at base, rounded to widest posteromedially, narrowed (6 wpex, Seutellum seuliform, without punctures, glabrous, lat. Elytra punoctare-striate, intervals convex, punctured; laterally anvled out from base, rounsed ac humeral callus, concave, rounded postcramedially, tapered then rounded to NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA WI trispinose apex; small marginal spine, larger medial sping, small sutural spine, margin rounded between spines, apices diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs medium length. S.: male truncate; female iruncate, slighty indented medially, Size, Males, 10.4 = 034mm =~ 3.7 + 0.08 mm (18). Females, 10,6 + 0.2).mm « 3.7 + 0,07 mm (10). Male genitalia. (Fig. \D), Parameres diverging from basal piece, rounded anteromedially, parallel-sided then rounded to apex. Median Tobe pointed, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium width, narrowed, rounded to apex, Remarks. C. aurantia sp.nov. ts clasest to C. efderi. The adults of this species have been found associated with Erenophile, Thryptomene and Schaltzia species. Their colour in life separates them from ©. elderi, but after death it fades rapidly 10 pale yellow. The name is derived From aurangiin L.‘urange’. Castiarina rediviva sp.nov. FIGS 1G, 2C Holotype. ot, 4 km W Zanchus, W.A., 2bn,1989, M. Powell, WAMA, Allotype. &, same dala as holotype WAMA, Paratypes. WAc | o, 3 99, same data as holotype, MPWA & SAMA; J} &, 2 99, Kalgoorlie from type setics of €. efdert Blackburn, SAMA, S.Austs 4 oo, $ 99, 45 km E S.Aust./W.A, border, Eyre Hway, 22,1.1987, A. Sundholm & J. Bugeja, ASSA & SAMA, Colour, Head dark blue with purple reflections, Antennae blue. Pronotum dark blue with purple reflections. Scutellum blue, Elytra yellow with orange margin and following dark blue markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia not reaching margin, ends projecting over humeral callus; post- medial fascia teaching margin; apical mark (in six aut of nine specimens enclosing a yellow spot an cach side, in two solid, in one reduced to shor fascia). Fascia and apical mark connected along suture. Ventral surface yellow with blue sutures and edges of abdominal segments S,, S,, 5, with lateral blue spots on each side. Legs blue. Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, no median sulcus, very short muzzle Antennae compressed, ahtennomeres; 1-4 obconicg; $-11 toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, smal! basal fovea extending forwards to middle as impressed fine; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to apex. Scutellum scutiform, withotr punctures, glabrous, flat, Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured; lalerally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially and narrowed 10 trispinose apex; small marginal spine, larger medial spine, smaller sutural spine, margin rounded between spities, apices hardly diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, hairs short. S,- male truncate; female truncate, slightly indented medially. Size, Males, 10,7 + 0.24 + 3.9 + O10 mm {7). Females, 11.5 + 0.36 » 4.1 + O40 mm (10). - Male genitalie, (Fig. 1G). Parameres stightly diverging from basal piece, rounded posteromedially, parallel-sided, rounded to apex. Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium width, narrowed, rounded to apex. Remarks. C rediviva sp.nov. is closest 10 C. elder’, It is a darker colour than C. elderi, but lacks the distinctive dark mark on the pronotum, Male genitalia are distinct, those of C redivive are narrower than those of C, elder! (Fig. IF) and a different shape. Recently collected specimens were taken on Eremopiila species, Name derived from redivivem L, renewed’. Castiarina galactica sp.nov. PIGS 1A, 2E Holotype. cr, Mon Repos, Mosman Park, W.A., 27-xi.1954, §. Barker, SAMA 1 23233, Allowype. 9, Mon Repos, Mosman Park, W.A, 12,x7.1957, S. Barker, SAMA L 21234, Paratypes. WA; bo, 2 99, Wannerw (sic), A. KK Brown, RMBB: L 9, Swan River, Lea, SAMA, | o, Calaby, 27.51.1977, M4. Powell, MPWA. Colour. Head bronze with green and purple reflections, Jarge milky yellow frontal spot. Antennae gteen. Pronotum medially bronze with green and purple reflections, Saterally milky yellow. Scutellum blue. Elytra milky yellow with following dark blue markings: narrow basal Margin; pre- media] fascia not reaching margid, extending anteriorly ac ends to humeral callus, extending anteriorly on suture; posi-medial fascia reaching margin; pre-apical mark. Fascia and apical mark connected along suture. Ventral surface milky yellow with green-blue markings on sutures and edges of abdominal seaments and gréen-blue lateral spot on cach side of abdominal segments, S,, S,, 5,. Legs green. Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture, Head closely punctured, oo median sulcus, short muzzle Antennae, antennomeres: 1-3 ohconic; 4 '4-toothed; 5-11 toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending 10 apical margin as impressed line, basal 4 S. BARKER notches on each side more marginal than nvedial; apical margin projecting medially, basal marein hisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded to widest part postcromedially, rounded and hafrowed to apex. Scutellum scutiform, few punctures, glabrous, excavate. Elytra purctate- striate, intervals convex and punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, goncave, rounded posteromedially aid narrowed to trispinase apex; small marginal spine, wide blunt medial spine, very small sutural spine, margin rounded between spines, apices diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, few short hairs. S,:; males truncate; females trucate and indented medially, Size. Mules, 9.7 + O48 =» 3.5 + 0.23 mm (4). Females, 11.0 2 0.20 « 3.4 + 0.06 mm (3), Male gertitalia. (Fig, 1A). Parameres parallel-sided basally, rounded pusteromedially, parallel-sided, rounded apically, Médiari lobe sharp, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium width, rounded apically. Remarks. C. galactica sp.nov. is closest to C palleiveatris (C & G) but differs in the structure of the male genitalia (Figs 1A, 1B)) and in not having a red elytral margin, Adults are found on the Flowers of Meloleuca Ruevetii R.Br Nanie derived from gele Gr.'nitlk', Castiarina abdita sp.aoy, FIGS IM, 2G Hotatyipe, &, 30 km W Mullewa, WA., 12-10.1987, M. Powell & Janes, WAMA. Aflotype. 9, 114k. 5 Billabong Roadhouse, Great Northern Hway, 10.ix,1989, S, Barker, WAMA, Pargiypes. WA 1 9, same data as holotype, MPWA, 1 9, 34 km 5 Billabong Roadhouse, 151x985, M, Powell, MPWA: Lo ocr, 2 @ 9, Tenindewa, AD Wo Brown, NMVA; 1 c*, Carnarvon, HH. Ao Brown, NMVA- Catuur, Head grey-blue, muzzle bluc. Antennae, anjenmomeres: 1-2 grey-blue; 3-11 bronze Propotuni prey-blue medially; red laterally. Scufellum blue Elytra ted with the following blue markings; narrow basal margin; pre-mectial fuscia nol teaching margin, ends expanied anteriorly over humeral callus on each side or represented by an elongate mark over each humeral callus and one on suture; post-medial fascia reaching tmargin, convex anteriorly; pre-zpical mark; mark covering apex, all marks connected along suture. Ventral Surldve: prosternum mainly red, some sutures blue: mesn and metastcrna predaniinantly blue; abdominal! segments red. Legs blue, Hairs silver. Shape and sculpiure. Head closely puncrured, broad median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, antennomeres; 1-3 obconic; 4-lt ipothed- Pronotum closely punctured, basal lovea extending anteriorly to middle as glabrous ling; apical nargin Projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally angled inwards from base, rounded to widest part posteromedsally, rounded and narrowed to apex. Scutellum scutifarm, punctured, excavare, Ely(ra punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured: laterally angled outwards from base, rounded st humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially and tapered, rounded 10 bispinuse apex! blunt marginal spine, small blunt sutural spine, margin tounded and indenred between spines, upices diverging, apical margin subserrate, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments Blabrous, moderately hairy, hairs shore. S,: males truncate; females rounded. Male genitalia, (Fig. 1M). Parameres parallel-sided at base, diverging posteromedially, rounded to apex, Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece narrow, rounded apically, Size. Males, 11,2 + 0.32 * 4.2 4 O11 mm (4), Females, 12.8 + 0.22 « S$. + 0.12 mm (5S). Remarks. C. ahbdite ap.nov, has been confused with ©. distinguenda differens (Carter). 1 is a larger species than C, distinguenda, male genitalia are broader apically (Fig. WN), the dorsal surface ix convex (flat in C. distinguende) and the clytral markings are blue (black in C distinguenda). Red coloration in C distinguenda fades to yellow soon alter death whereas it dogs nol in C abdita. Name derived frovn abditus L"hidden” Castiarina indiguhumerosa sp.nov. FIGS 1H, 2H Holotype, of, Willare, W.A., 24.1989, A) Demure WAMA, Alfaiype. 9, same data as holotype WAMA, Puretypes. WA. 3 oro, ® 9 2, same data as holotype HDWA, SAMA; 4 cr cr, Willan 2Ly.1989, H. Demare HDWA; 1 7,9 99, 10km N Willare, A. Demars, 22.1989 ADWA; 1 9, Great Sandy Desert, Svi.l978, BM. Thomas, SAMA: I ot, Great Sandy. Desert, Ridge Rd, Anketell, 11.v.§477, 4. 5. Gearge, WADA. Colour Head blue, Antennae, antennomeres; 1-2 blue; 3-11 bronze. Pronotum and scutellum bright blue. Elytra vellow with the following dark blue markings: narrow basal margin; remnant pre-medial fascia tepresented by spur near each margin and larger spot on suture; broad post-medial lasers reaching margin; apical mark, the last two marks connected along suture. Ventral surface and legs blue. Hairs sityer. NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA ine) Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, median sulcus, very short muzzle, eyes bulbous. Antennae compressed, antennomeres; 1-3 ubconic; 4-1! toothed. Pronorum closely punctured, small basal fovea extending to middle as impressed line; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to widest part anteromedially, rounded to apex. Seutellum seutiform, glabrous, flat. Blytra punctate-striate, intervals convex, punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially and narrowed ta bispinose apex; sharp marginal spine, small sharp sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between spines, apices diverging, Ventral surface with shallow purietures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hair, S.: males truncate and slightly indented medially; females truncate and indented medially. Size; Males, 9.7 4 0,20 « 3.3 + 0.08 mm (11). Females, 10.7 + 0.16 « 3.6 + 0.06 mm (19). Male genitalia. (Fig. 1H). Parameres slightly diverging from basal piece, widened medially, rounded ta apex. Median Inbe pointed, sides acutely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece medium width, rounded apically. Remurks, ©. indigohumerosa sp.nov, 18 closest to C. atricollis (Saunders) (Fig, 11), but male genitalia are narrower apically in C. indigothoracica aud the median lobe is sharp (blunt in C. a@tricollis) The head, pronotum and ventral surface of C, atricollis are dark. The distributions of C jndigahumeroasa and CG atricollis da not overlap. Name derived from indiva L. ‘blue’ Awmerus L. ‘shoulder’, Castiacion palliata sp.nov. FIGS 11, 4c Holotype. o, Wilthorpe (mines), W.A,, 6.%.J980, M. Powell, WAMA- Afllotvpe. 2, same data as holotype, WAMA. Paratypes, WA; 3 9 &, Port Samson, 2.ix,1967, & H. Urher Baker, SAMA; 5 oo, 5 9 9, same data as hololype, MPWA, SAMA; 1 o, 4 9G, Fortescue Roadhouse, 23.viii 1987, ML Powell, MPWA; 2 cor, 2 9, 132 km E Nanutarra, 29.vi1.1988, MPWA. Colour, Head dark blye, Antennae black with bronze reflections. Pronotuim and scutellum black, Elytra orange with the following black markings: narrow basal margin; pre-medial fascia represented by a small spot on the suture and one on each elytron; post-medial lascia reaching margin, projecting anterlorly on suture and in middle of each elytron; mark covering apex in males, Wi most females reduced to spade-shaped mark and around apical margin and spines, Fascia and apical mark connected along suture, Ventral surface dark blue, Legs dark blue, tips of tibia and tarsomeres with bronze-green reflectians. Hairs silver. Shape and seulpture. Head closely punctured, median sulcus, very short muzzle, eyes bulbous. Antennae compressed, antennomeres; 1-3 obconic; 4-1] toothed. Pronotum shallowly punetured laterally, sparsely punctured medially and slightly glabrous, basal notches represented by a glabrous area. on each side more marginal than medial; apical murgin projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded and narrowed to apex, widest anteromedially. Scutellum seuliform, punctured, glabrous, flat. Blytra punctate-striate, intervals convex, more so laterally and apically; laterally angled outwards from base, Fig. 3, Habitus illustrarion of Castiarina indigoventricosa sp.nov. rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially and narrowed fo bispinose apex} Jarge blunt marginal spine, very small sharp sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between spines, apices hardly diverging, Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, sparse short hairs. 5,: truncate in both sexes, slightly medially indented, Size. Males, U9 ¢ O19 « 4.4 + 0.05 mm (9). Females, 12.9 + 0.24 « 4.5 + 0.10 mm (15). Male genitalia. (Fig. 15). Parameres gradually diverging !rom base, rounded at apex. Median lobe pointed, sides acutely angled away, Basal piece medium width, rounded at apex. 176 S, BARKER Remarks. C. palliata spmoy, is closest to C, atricollis. The pronotum, seutellum and elytral markings in C, palliae are black (dark blue in C atricollis). Male genitalia differ (Figs 11, 1J), those in €! airicollis being shorter and wider, The elytral colouring, fades to pale yellow soon afler death, The name is derived from po/liarus L.cloaked’. Fig. 4. Habinis (stranions of rhe Lollowynip Castiarine species: A, Castigrina daedalee sp.nov. male, B,C. C. daedalea sp.nov. female, C, C. palliaia sp.nov, Castiacing nota sp.nov. FIGS IK, 21 Holotype. or, 46 km SW Whyalla, S Aust, 14.x,1989, §. Barker, SAMA F 21245, Paratypes. S&S. Aust. 3 oo, 36 kin E Kimba, 16.x1,1979, G. Harold, MHSA & ASSA;1 o, $0 km NE Cowell, |.x,1982, S. Barker, SAMA; | o, 22 km E.Kimba, 26.4.1982, & Barker, SAMA; | &, 40 km NE Cowell, [4.x.1989, S farker; 1 o, Scrubby Peak, Gawler Ra., 4.xi.1989, S. Barker, SAMA; | or, Pinkawillinie C.F, 2.57,1989, 7 Bujega & A. Sundholm, ASSA. Colour, Head bronze, muzzle blue. Antennae, anterinomeres; 1-2 blue: 3-11 bronze. Pronotum bronze, Scutellum blue. Elytra orange with the following dark blue markings; narrow basal margin; elongate mark over each humeral callus; post- medial fascia usually reaching margin; pre-apical spade-shaped mark; mark along suture from scutellum to apices. All marks connected along suture. Veriral surface brome Legs; lemora and tibia blue; tarsomeres bronze-gteen.. Hairs silver, Shape and sculpture, Head closely punctured, median sulous, short muzzle. Antennae, antennomeres; I~3 obconic; 4-11 toothed. Pronotum closely punctured, minute basal fovea extending forwards to middle as glabrous line; apical margin straight, basal margin bisinuate; laterally rounded from base to apex, widest posteromedially, Scutellum sculiform, glabrous, tlat, Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex more so laterally and apically than elsewhere, lightly punctured; laterally angled out from base, rounded al humeral callus, concave, rotinded posteromedially and narrowed to bispinose apex; small sharp marginal spine, minute sutural spine, margin rounded and indented between spines, apices hardly diverging, apical margin subserrate, Ventral surface wth shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, hairy, hairs medium length. S.: male truncate and slightly indented medially; female unknown, Size. Males, 11.6 + 0.25 » 4.4 + 0.13 mm (9), Male genitalia, (Fig, \K), Parameres diverging from basal piece, rounded to apex. Median lobe pointed, sides obtusely angled away, Apaphysis of basal piece medium width, rounded apically. Remarks. C. nota sp.nov. is closest to C. erux (Saunders). Male genitalia are narrower than in C. ¢rux (Fig. 11) in which the parameres are widened medially and broader apically. C. crux has blue markings on the elytra and is found in (he Little Desert, Vie, whereas C note has dark blue markings and occurs on the Upper and Lower Eyre Peninsula, 5,Aust, Naméd derived from nora L. ‘mark or sign,’ Castiarina indigoyentricosa sp.nov. FIGS 1, 3 Holotype a, Currarong, N.SW., 31.1990, 7 MW S& Hanlon, SAMA 1 21236, Allowpe. 9, same data as holotype, SAMA | 21237, Paratypes. NSW. li oo, 5 9 9, same data as holotype; 3 co, 4 9 2, Currarong, 15.1,1990, R. Mayo, RMNA; 60°39, 7 2 @, Currarong, 61.1990, A. Sundholm, ASSA, Colour. Head blue. Antennae bronze, Pronotum, scutellum, ventral surface and legs blue. Elytra pale brown medially, yellow laterally with the following black markings: narrow basal margins very rarrow sutural margin; spines. Hairs silver. Shape and sculpture. Head shallowly punctured, broad median sulcus, short muzzle. Antennae, antenhomeres: 1-3 obconic; 4-11 toothed. Pronotum shallowly punctured, basal fovea exfending to middle as glabrous line, basal norehes NEW SPECIES OF CASTIARINA wt more marginal than medial; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin bisinuate; laterally parallel-sided at base, angled outwards, rounded to widest. before middle, tapered to apex, dorso- ventrally flattened from base to middle. Scutellum scutiform, glabrous flat. Elytra punctate-striate, intervals convex and smooth: laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially and narrowed to bispinose apex; long sharp marginal spine, smaller sucural spine, margin rounded and indented between, aprces diverging. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal segments glabrous, moderately hairy, haus medium length. S,: males truncate; females truncate, medially indented. Size. Males, 19.6 + 0.25 x 7.5 + 0.11 mm (21). Females, 20,7 + 0.35 © 8.1 + O14 mm (17). Male genitalia. (Fig 10), Heavily chitinized. Parameres parallel-sided from basal piece, pinched In, rounded premedtally ihen parallel-sided, rounded to apex. Median lobe pointed, sides obtusely angled away, Apophysis of basal piece broad, apically rounded. Remarks, C. indigoventricosa sp.nov. is closest ta C jeanae (Barker), but the colour of the head, pronotum and ventral surface is blue whereas jt is usually green in C. jeanae, C. indigoventricesa occurs in coastal mallee heath in N.SW, whereas C. jeange is found in high alutude further inland, Male genitalia also difler (Figs 10, IP) the parameres being broader medially in C jeanae, The pame is derived from indigo L. blue’, verter [.. belly’, Castiarina dacdalea sp.nov. FIGS 1Q, 4A, 4B Holotype. cr, Currarong, N.SW,, 67.1990, 4. Sundkolm, SAMA 21238. Allotype, 2, Currarong, N.SW., 29.01.1989, 8. Lamond, SAMA 21239. Peratype. NSW. >, Currarong, 31.1990, TAL &. Hunton, MHSA. Colour Head, antennade, pronotum, grey-blue. Scutellim dark blue. Elytra red with the following dark blue markings! Female with basal margin narrow laterally, broad medially; broad pre-medial fascia reaching margin; broad poust-medial fascia reaching margin; mark covering whole apex, all marks tonnected ulong suture. Male; the fascia are coalesced leaving two red spots on the lateral margin and one medial but not touching suture and a narrow red pre-apical fascia. Ventral surface and legs dark blue, Hairs silver, Shape and sculpture. Head closely punctured, median sulcus, muzzle medium length. Antennac, antennomeres: 1-3 obconic; 4-l1 toothed Pronotum closely punctured, basal fovea extending forwards to middle as glabrous line; apical margin projecting medially, basal margin barely bisinuats laterally parallel-sided at base, rounded, widest posteromedially, tapered to apex, dorso-venirally Hattened [tom base to middle. Scurelhum scutiform, glabrous, excavate, Elytra purictate-siriate, intervals flat medially, convex basally, smooth; laterally angled out from base, rounded at humeral callus, concave, rounded posteromedially to bispinose apex; small marginal spine, small sutural spins, margin rounded and indented between, apices diverging, apical margin subsertate. Ventral surface with shallow punctures, edges of abdominal seginerts glabrous, moderately hairy, hairs long. 5,: truncate both sexes. Size. Male, 17-7 « 7.0mm (1), Females, 17.4 + 058 » 71 4 O21 mm (2). Male genitatia, (Fig. 1Q), Parameres parallel-sided at base, gradually widened posteromedially, rounded at apex. Median lobe pointed, sides obtusely angled away. Apophysis of basal piece medium width, rounded at apex, Remarks. C. dacdvles sp.nov. does not closely resemble any other descritted species. The tame ts derived from deedalus L. ‘skillfully made in the manner of Daedalus, the Athenian artificer.’ Acknowledgments { wish to thank the following for assistance: Dr E, G, Matthews and Dr G, Gross SAMA; Miss Cc, M. H, van Hayek, BMNH; Dr T. R, Houston, WAMA; Mr K, T. Richards, WADA: Dr K. Walker NMA: DrP. Dessart and M. J, Cools, RMBB, Mr G G. Burns, Mornington; Mr H. Demarz, Wanneroo; Mr T. M, S. Hanlon, Sydney; Mr R. Mayo, Narara; Mr M. Powell, Melville; Mr A- Sundtiolm, Elizabeth Bay; Mr S. Watkins, Canarra; Mr D. J. Williams, Mr P. G. Kempster and Ms H, Vanderwoude, Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide 178 S. BARKER References Barker, S. (1979) New species and a catalogue of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust. 103, 1-23. (1983) New synonyms and new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Ibid. 107, 139-169. —___ (1986) Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae): Taxonomy, new species and a checklist. Ibid 110, 1-36. (1987) Eighteen new species of Stigmodera (Castiarina) (Coleoptera: Buprestidae). Ibid 111, 133-146, BLACKBURN, T. (1892) Further notes on Australian Coleoptera with descriptions of new genera and species. Ibid. 15, 207-261. Carter, H. J. (1916) Revision of the genus Stigmodera, and descriptions of some new species of Buprestidae (Order Coleoptera). Ibid. 40, 78-144, —__—. (1929) A checklist of the Australian Buprestidae. Aust. Zool. 5, 265-304. (1931) Notes on the genus Stigmodera (Family Buprestidae). Together with descriptions of new species of and a retabulation of the subgenus Castiarina. Ibid 6, 337-367. Garoner, J. A. (1989) Revision of the genera of the Tribe Stigmoderini (Coleoptera: Buprestidae) with a discussion of phylogenetic relationships. Invertebr. Taxon 3, 291-361. KERREMANS, C, (1900) Buprestides nouveaux et temarques synonymiques. Anns, Ent. Soc. Belg. 44, 282-351. (1903) Genera Insectorum, Coleoptera; Serricornia, Fam. Buprestidae. Fasc. 12b; 12c; 12d. Pp. Verteneuil & Desmet, Bruxelles. OBENBERGER, J. (1934) Buprestidae I. in Coleoptorum Catalogus, Vol. xii (Junk, Den Haag.). Wart, J. C. (1979) Abbreviations for entomological collections, N.Z. Zool, 6, 519-520. MAGNOBATES (ACARIDA: CRYPTOSTIGMATA: HAPLOZETIDAE) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOILS BY DAVID C. LEE & KEREN J. SHEPHERD* Summary Magnobates Hammer, 1967 is redefined to include two species previously grouped in Lauritzenia Hammer 1958. Two new species, from soil and litter in savannah woodland and sclerophyll forest, are described: M. elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov. They do not occur in drier South Australian sites. Relationships between some genera of Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 are discussed. A key to adults is given for the five species of Magnobates: this is its first record from Australia. KEY WORDS: Magnobates elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov., Lauritzenia Hammer, Haplozetidae, Acarida, soils, South Australia. Transactions uf (he Raval Suciety af S Aust, (1990), 114(4), 179-188, MAGNOBATES (ACARIDA: CRYPTOSTIGMATA: HAPLOZETIDAE) FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIAN SOILS by DAVID C. LEE & KEREN J. SHEPHERD* Summary Lre, D, C. & SHerHerp, RK. J, (L990) Magnobates (Acarida: Cryptostigmata: Haplozetidae) from South Australian soils. Trans, R. Soc, S. Aust. 114(4), 179-186, 30 November, 1990. Magnobates Hammer, 1967 is tedefined to include two species previously grouped in Lauritsenia Hammer, 1958, Two new species, from soil and litter in savannah woodland and sclerophyll forest, are described: M, elongatus sp. nov., M. globulus sp. nov. They do not occur in drier South Australian sites, Relationships hetween some genera of Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 are discussed. A key to adults is given for the five spectes af Maganhates; this is its first record from Australia, Key Worns: Magnohaies elongaius sp. nov., M. globulus spe naw, Lourizzenia Hammer, Haplaretidac, Acarida, soils, South Australia. Introduction The genus Magnebares Hammer, 1967 is exumined as parr of an ongoing study of sarcoptiform mites in South Australian soils, sumpled fron’ nine florally diverse sites. An introduction to the relevant work on the advanced oribate mites (Planofissurae) is provided by Lee (1987), Magnobates appears (o he closely alhed to Heplozetes Willmann, 1935 and Lauritzenia Hammer, 1958 in the Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936. Examination of the holotypes of the type- species of Magnobates and Laurttzenia, and consideration of the thorough redescription of the type-species of Haplozetes (H. vindobonensis Willmann, 1935) by Grandjean, 1936, substantiates this relationship. The delineation of Magnobates from Luuritzenia is considered, resulting in two species being newly combined with Magnobates. New species are recognised and described from the South Australian material. Materials und Methods New imiuterial examined here, collected by D.C,L. is mainly deposited in the South Austealian Museum (SAMA), but also in the Natural History Museum, London (BMNH), the Field Museum, Chicago (FMNB) and the New Zealand Arthropod Collection, D.S.LR., Auckland (NZAC), Established types examined are deposited in the Zoological Museum, Copenhagen. No new notational systems are introduced, All measurements are in micrometres (xm) and were * Div. of Natural Science, South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S. Ausi. SOD made using an eyepiece micrometer at x25( magnification. Systematics Family: Haplozetidac Grandjean, 1936 Discussion: The Haplozetidae comprised oripodoid genera with hinged pteromorphs. Balogh & Balogh (1984) further restricted the family to 18 genera with sacculate hysteronotal foramina, and recogmsed four subfamilies on the basis of the number of genital setae, This definition of subfamilies, however, is not consistent with all species within the genera Haplozetes Willmann, and Lauriizenia Hamnier. Further, the keys provided by Balogh & Balogh (1984) are inconsistent in their treatment of pretarsal claws. Huplozetes and Lauritzenia are considered to be tmonodactyl, although some species of these genera have three pretarsal claws, These authors excluded Magnobates from (he Oripodoidea withour justification. The new material examined here has three pretarsal claws and keys to Jncahates by Balogh & Balogh's (1984) criteria. However, they differ from Incahates by the discidium being quadrangulate rather than triangulate, the proteronotal seta /1 being lateral to seta zl rather than in front of u, and the tulorium being laminar with a projecting anterior cusp rather than costate and without a cusp. These character states af the new species are shared with Haplozetes, Lauritzenia and Magnobates, which are here regarded as an unnamed monophyletic group. They also share this group’s synapomorphy of a hysteronotal foramen with @ narrow refractile section of the duct near to its pore in the integument, ysually accompanied hy 180 D.C. LEE & K, J. SHEPHERD MAGNOBATES. HAPLOZETID MITES 181 a hemispherteal refractile place. This is illustrated for Haplezeres by Beck (1964) and Grandjean (1936). and uewly established as present on the holotype of the lype spectes of Lawnezenia and Murgnobates (L, longiplumea Hammer, 1958 d& MM. Slagetiifer Hammer, 1967). It is further established (hat these Iwo type species are similar to the pew Megnobares species in having a long curved alveolus with the somal sctal pores, three setae on genni Tl (v present) and a subrectangular discidium. The reliable delineation of the three genera requires a thorough revision of the casmopolitan Hapiozeies, which may have four or live penital setae and one or three pretarsal claws, Initially, ! here distinguish the two genera confined to southern temperate regions from Haplozeses by the presence of three setac on genu LI, and from each other by dhe number of pretarsal claws /Lateritzenia with one claw, Mapnobares with three ¢laws). This requires the transfer of two species from Layritzenia, as indicated in the remarks an Magnobares, leaving Lauritzenia (from South America) as monotypie. Magrobates Hammer Afugnobares Hammer, 1967, p. 30 (type species by monolypy: Magnobates flagellifer Hammer, (967) et hiae 1962, 0. 72; Balogh 1972, p. 149; Laxton 1983, Pasiratonnite Hammer, 1958 dparch: Hammer 1968, p 70, Definition: Hysteronotum with 10 pairs (24, 62, 25) of setae and four pairs of normal (not fissuriform) sacculate foramina. Hysteronotal foramina with long, tubular saccule and short, narrow refractile duct near iategument, convex refractile hemispherical structure between these, Dorsosejugal furrow entire. Translamella and prelamella absent, conspicuous laminar tutorium (between setae /l-32). Rosiral seta (/1) transposed laterally, beside rather than in front of seta zl, Pleromorph movable, with clear weakly sclerotized basal line, Discidium subrectangular, without custodium. Tibia | with large sofenidium (so2) on nearly flat dorsal surface, pot cubercle, solenidiutn sol may or may not be on spurlike distoclorsal tubercle, Tibia [1 with distodorsal spur. Genu If with three setae (¥ present), Trochanter ([V with distodorsal angle rounded and ridged, distoventral crown with anty amerior angulate lobe, broad flange extending along entire venier of caput, Pretarsus with three claws, shimmer lateral claws with either ventral subterminal tooth or truncated tip. Tiz. |. Magnohatey eloayutus sp.nov, femal, norm st sama, General Morphology: Somal length range for adults: 330-1030, Somal chactotaxy: 2y, 23, Is; 20, 6Z, 28-34 WE, 3477, usually 3 (rarely 2) JV; usually 4irarely 5 or 6) /Zy, |Se; 2/2, 3Sa. Les chactotaxy {sclenidia in parentheses): 1 — |, 5, 3 (1), 4 ¢2), 20 (2); 1 — 1, 5,3 (1), 4 (1), usually 16 (rarely 15) (2); Hl — 2, 3, L(y, 3.0), 15; IV — 1, 2, 2, 3 QD, 12. Alveolar canal of somal setae usually dilated and long, narrowing af internal extremity to refractile ring, sometimes twisted up to near cuticle, appearing like pore and sacculus near setal base, as described on Magnobates acuirostrum (Hammer, 1968) and M. rotundirostrm (Hammer, (968). Pteromarph may li¢ clase to the pleural surface (Fig. 6) or be lifted away Irom il (Fig. 5}. Sub-bothridial flange present. Apodemes 1, II, vertrosejugal and MM present, with wide midsternal gap (greater than width of genital orifice) in ventrosejugal apodeme. Subpedal and circuumpedal ridges merging inte single continuous line Proximoventral spur on tibiae f and tf anc distodorsal spur on tibia L. Femur [ without caput collar, Conspicuous ventral Manges on fernurs 1 and [V, on femur J! margin angulate enclosing right angle, Distributiom Australia (Aa) and New Zealand (An). The three species from New Zealand were ¢ither from Lawn moss, a rotten branch or tree bark In the north of North Island, whilst in South Australia Magnobates was only recorded from the two moister sites that are in Lhe savannah woodland and dry sclerophyl] forest of the Mt Lofty Ranges, Within Australia, Magaohares may prove to be confined to the moister southern (emperate regions. Remarks: Magnobates was included in the Ceratozetoidea when it was established, but the Pacing by Balogh (1972) and Luxton (1985) in the Haplozetidae Grandjean, 1936 is followed with confidence, since Magnoboses is very similar to Haplozetes, as already indivated here. Although Mognoberes may prove to he a synonym of Leuritzenia, i 48 retained, using the only distingwishing character available, the number of pretarsal claws. This requires two species to be moved from Laterirzentia io be cambined as in the list of Magnobates species. Magnohates includes five species as follows; M. acisfirostrum (Hammer, 1968) comb. now, At. elongatus sp, nov., M. flagelliter Hammer, 1967, M. slobulus sp. noy., M. rotundirostrum (Hammer, 1968) comb. nov. Key to Magnobates species (adults) 1 — Five or six pairs of genital setae (5 or 042g), Lamella wide. dorsally obscures tutorium 182 D, C, LEE & K. J. SHEPHERD MAGNOBATES, HAPLOZETID MITES behind seta Zhees crises es — Four pairs of genitul setac ‘(4JZe) Lamela mediitm width, dorsally obscures tutnnium omy behind seta j2....,. ohare 2 = Soma longer than 600 ym. Somali setae long (Z4 reaches SS, Se tonger than 0.5* genital r1+ 11-1) einen nT ea a : M. totundirosirwen (Hammer) - Soma shorter than 500 pm. Somal setac medium leneth (24 reaches halfway to $5, Se shorter than O.5« genital shield}, .-.-.;- me b damte titel ie “ejte M. acutirostrum (Hammer) 3 —Soma longer than 9X) pm. Sensory proteronotal seta 22 lapering without caput......\.6.4- oP a Si ape M. flagellifer (Hammer) - Soma shorter than 500 ym. Sensory protero- notal seta 22 with weakly swollen fusiform CADUE ives ye pata ate plmin ated iene hee 4 4 — Sensory proteronotal seta 22 with slim caput ({urealest width lese than 3x stalk width). Hysteronotal foramen #5 with spherical saccule. On tibia I, solenidium set distal to se2 and on tubercle. .....M. elongatus sp. nov. — Sensory proteronotal seta 22 with medium width caput (greatest width more than 4» slalk widih}, Hysteronotal foramen #5 with Tshaped saceule. On tibia I, solenidium sol fevel with so2 and not on tubercle... 2. -- rev oper dese stye-e ere M. globulus Sp. : nov Peete ee Magnobates clongatus sp. nov. PIGS 1-3 Type material Holotype female (SAMA N1990242), plant litter, sparse moss and sandy soil, under sclerophyllous shrubs amongst tmessmate stringybark (Eucalyptus obliqua), dry sclerophyl! forest, near summit of Mr Lofty (34°59'S, 138°45'B), Cleland Conservation Park, 9,v,1974, Paratypes, eleven females (SAMA N1990243 — 1990250, I-BMNH, I~FMNH, I-NZAC) and thirteen paratype males (SAMA WN1990251 — Ni990280, I=BMNH, I-FMNH, I-NZAC), as holotype: Female: |diosomal length, 423, (12, 401-437), Leg lengths (femur-tarsus for 434): 1-204, 101-175, H-161, T¥-205. Tibial maximum heights (for 434): 1-22, Wt-17, ETI-17, 1V-17; Proteronotum with lamellar margin straight, sub- linear, Bothridium (base of seta z2) with normal, Fig, 2, Magnohates elungarus sp.noy., female stertus of soma 163 short (less than 0,5» diameter of aperture) anterior process and smal! sub-bothridial flap. Seta jl, /2 and meme RKe 4 oe f 23) i { 8 aaah 04 Fa, : ; Mount Dalrymple Syoee seers a Wesee 3 ed \“~EUNGELLA A te fel Fig. 1. Distribution of Rheobatrachus vitellinus in Eungella National Park to January 1985_ Closed circles indicate sites at which frogs were located; open circles indicate sites searched, bul in which frogs were not found, Triangle indicates Mt Dalrymple. S.F. = Strate Forest. RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUPACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA; LEPTODACTYLIDAE) weighed to + 0.5 2 using a Persola spring balance and snout to vent lengths (SVL) were measured using dial calipers, recognising the inherent inaccuracy of + 3 mm in measuring live animals (Ingram 1983). All animals were sexed, where possible, and recorded as mate, female or subadult. Samples were measured from the same Jocality in late winter 1984 through to autumn 1985 on the following dates; 24 August, 17~18 September, 16-19, 22 and 26 October, 19-20 November, 6, 8, 19 December, 4-6, 22 January and 8-9 March. Other htological information (habitat selection, dict etc.) is the subject of a further paper (McDonald in prep). Rainfall data (1939-1989) for Dalrymple Heights (= Eungella township} were collated. Regression analyses were pevformed using the SASTAT package of Wilkinson (1986). Results Distribution data for Rheaharrachus vitellinus and Jaudaciylus eingelfensis are provided in Figs 1 and 2. R. vitellinus was recorded in rainforesl streams above 403 m. These were order l-3 streams (Chorley 1969), and animals were located in shallow, rocky, broken-water areas, in cascades, riffles and trickles, but were absent from the pools of water found between riffles. [t was not unusual to locate up co six frogs in am area 2 © S m in the siffle During rain, the frogs were Srequently on rocks and easily distingutshed in the headlight. The recorded distribution of R. witellinecs is ui undisturbed rainforest, No logging, clearing or thining has taken place! (he only huiman disturbance is a poorly defined walking trail through part of the area. Streams above 400 min which &- vitellinus was not located had shallow gradients. Micxophyes Jasciolatus, Litoria chloris and Adelotus brevis were found in the streamvs, but their preferred habitat was. backwaters or pools in the rocks, ZL, fesveuri was not found in the same area as A. vitelfinus but was present in some habirats of 7. eugellensis, Tevdactyius eungellensis was found above 1$0.m in the same areca as R. vitelfinus as well as in the rainforest areas to the north and south (Fig. 2) Y was present also in logged rainforest. Frogs were active in waterfall and riMe splash zones during the day and it was not unusual to see five or mote in an area | =~ 2m on rocks in riffle arcas and ina similar density in splash zones near waterfalls. T. fiemi was found in seepage areas adjacent to the streams in which ¢he other Lwo species were found or in areas where streams were not flowing above the ground. T. Hiei and T. ewtgellensis laid eggs in the same water. Both R. vifellinus and T. eungellensis were considered Common across the range (as defined by Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979) until January 1985 when the first signs of the decline (*eported by Winter & McDonald 1986) was observed at lower altitudes (ic, about 400 m). At higher altitude ike frogs were common until March 1985 bul were absent in June of that year. R_ yitellinus has not been secorded from monitored or any other sites within Bungella National Park since March 1985. A small population of 7) eungellensis was recorded in the southern area of its distribution (see location A on Fig. 2) in June 1986, but disappeared after that date Tadpoles of 7 enngetlensis disappeared from areas being monitored for 2. vitellinus but were present in the southern areas of the distribution of T. eurgellensis until May 1987, Tadpoles suspected io be those of 7) fermi were found in small pools in September 1987 in the streams flowing from the southern end of Ma David (Fig. 2 site B). Tadpoles of Toudactylus disappeated from the monitored stream sites by January |988. Potential or actual predators, although nol quantitatively assessed, did not appear lo change in numbers before and after the disappearance of the frogs. These included eels (Anguilla reinharelti), water tats (H¥dromyps cherysogaster), snakes (Psendechis porphyriacus, Cacophis squantidosus, Cryplaphis nigrescens) and crayfish (Euastacus eungella). A crayfish was observed an 91,1985 with the right leg of an individual of R, vitellinus in its chela. Rainfall data for the period 1939-1989 are provided in Fig, 3 and monthly rainfall records from 1981)-1989 in Fig. 4, At all times during the period of monitoring, order 2.& 3 streams continued to flow. The relationship between SVL and weight for males, females and subadults of . vitetfinus between Angust 1984 and March 1985 is shown in Fie. 5. Regression lines and confidence limits for males. and females only are shown jn Fig. & Further statistical analysis ‘was not employed because of small sample aizes Discussion A number of factors might have contributed to the decline of Rheobatrachus vitellinus and Touductylus eungellensis, Ingram (1983) experienced difficulty in locating R, silvs in the winter months and suggested that the specles may shelter or hibernate, although he had no direct evidence of such an occurrence. #. 190 K. R. McDONALD —400— 400 metra contour line nee ATIONAL PARK ® Mount Dalrympld a as re sti \b “" BUNGELLA 4 ‘ys rod Prana “ Fig. 2. Distribution of Taudactylus eungellensis in Eungella National Park to January 1985, Closed Circles indicate sites at which frogs were located; open circles indicate sites searched but in which frogs were not found, Site A is the site at which the species was iast recorded in June 1986 and Site B is where the last Taudactylus tadpoles were recorded. RHEOBATRACHUS LLIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) | Ald LU RAINFALK frm wal To eee eee ee et Ht Fig. 3. Rainfall data for Dalrymple Heights (= Eungella Township) fur the period 1939 (when records commenced) — December 1989. Mean annual rainfall indicated by dashed lines. vitellinus, on the other hand, was abundant during the winter of 1984, hence a decline in the winter of 1985 cannot be attributed to seasonal behaviour. Rainfall at the time of the decline was average (Fig. 3, amplified in Fig. 4). During the monitoring period, none of the order 2 and 3 streams dried up. Low average rainfall occurred in 1971, 1978, 1982 (drought) and 1984. During this time T eungellensis was recorded commonly in the area (unpubl. data). R. vitellinus was first collected in January 1984, These data suggest that climatic change as represented by rainfall and stream flow was not a factor contributing to species decline. No obvious man-made disturbance can be associated with the disappearance, Twenty-two specimens are known to have been collected for scientific purposes (unpubl. data) over a period of 15 months (January 1984—March 1985) and from a range of localities, At the time of collection, the species was abundant at each site and it is extremely unlikely that collection had an impact on numbers. Eleven 7. evngellensis were collected during the same time period. if the animals had been disturbed by the data collection or had been affected by disease, heavy parasite loads or some such adverse factor, a deterioration in body condition would have been expected, This could have shown in the relationship between weight and snout vent Jength over time, By inspection, Fig. 5, which combines data from male, female and subadult individuals, does not indicate such a trend. Regression analysis of the dara by sex (subadult individuals. were not considered as the sex was indeterminate) indicates, if anything, an improvement over time, but very little importance can be attached to this because of the small sample size. F fiemt inhabits seepages and appears not to have been affected by factors contributing to the decline of stream dwelling 7, exngelfensis and R. vitellinus. Nevertheless a decline in Adelotis brevis which inhabits backwaters and pools may be occurring. The species has been heard calling only once (January 1986) in the former distribution of R. vitellinus since the latter disappeared but was still present in the southern part of the range of T- 192 K, R. McDONALD 13004 1200 | 1100 1000 RAINFALL (nm) oy o a —+__— | yoo} =k. | vy 3 Fe JFMANIASONOJFMAMAIASONDJEMAMJJASONDUFMAMLJASONDJF MAMJJASONDJFMAMJJASONDUFMANKJASONOUFMAM J ASONOJFH AM) JASONDUFMAMJJASOND 1980 1981 1962 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 Tig. 4. Monthly rainfall data for Dalrymple Heights from 1970 to January 1990. Mean monthly records are indicated by dashed lines. An arrow indicates when Rheobatrachus vitellinus (January 1984) was discovered and dots indicate when Juudactylus eungellensis and R. vitellinus were last observed. at monitored sites. eungellensis. A. brevis was not located in March 1990 at Broken River, but dry seasonal conditions existed for the previous two months. The disappearance of R. vitellinus and T. eungellensis throughout their ranges parallels that of R. silus and T. diurnus in southeastern Queensland as documented by Ingram (1983) and Czechura (1984) and discussed by Tyler & Davies (1985). The recent absences in the southern distribution of Yaudactylus acutirostris in north Queensland from known habitats (unpubl. data) suggests a phenomenon similar to that which occurred for Rheobatrachus species and the two Taudactylus species. The changes have occurred over ten years, moving from south to north and affecting species in upland areas, For this reason, as indicated by Tyler & Davies (1985), legislative protection of frogs displaying large fluctuations in populations over time is of little value — protection of habitat becomes of prime importance. McEvoy et a/. (1979) listed R, silus as common (as defined by Kirkpatrick & Lavery 1979) whilst Tyler & Davies (1985) considered the species to be abundant in 1976. Both R. vitellinus and T. eungellensis were common prior to the beginning of contraction of their ranges in January 1985. For frog species to be common in localised areas 18 HOt unusual, especially rainforest species (Zweifel 1985; Burbidge & Jenkins 1985; McDonald in press), but their localised distribution does not necessarily render them endangered or vulnerable (Thomas & McDonald 1989). The status of R. silus, R, vitellinus, T. diurnus and T, eungellensis is considered at this stage to be rare. If their habitat is. under stress, they must be considered to be vulnerable. RHEOBATRACHUS LIEM AND TAUDACTYLUS STRAUGHAN & LEE (ANURA: LEPTODACTYLIDAE) 0.70 0.65 0.60 0.55 0.50 0.45 0.40 0.35 Ratio WT SVL 0.30 0.25 Aug Sep Oct n 20 29 25 22 Nov Dec Jan Mar 84 84 85 85 Month and Year Fig. 5. Mean, range and standard deviation of ratio WT/SVL for monthly samples of &. vitellinus from August 1984 to March 1985. The cause of the decline of R. vitellinus and T. eungellensis cannot be identified. The possibility remains that what has been observed is a natural population fluctuation and that residual individuals have contracted to refuges of unknown locality and nature. The amplitude of such population fluctuations is unknown, but circumstantial evidence is accumulating of similar large swings in population numbers amongst. other species of Australian frogs (Tyler & Davies 1985; Winter & McDonald 1986; Tyler in press). Of great concern is the realisation of a world-wide decline in amphibian populations of unknown origin and extent (Barinaga 1990). Acknowledgments Dr Margaret Davies encouraged this study and provided invaluable guidance and criticism of the manuscript. Dr A. J. Butler and in particular, Drs K. F. Walker and S. C. McKillup, University of Adelaide, gave assistance with statistical advice and analysis. Staff at Eungella National Park, Kent Casey, R. Delaney, V. R. J. Hansen, M. L. Kerr, M, Pyke, D. Schulz, J. Turner, Dr J. Wade, and Dr J. W. Winter assisted in the field and in various ways. Russell Cumming drew figures 1-4 and Kelly Maurice-Jones drew figure 5. Jean McMahon typed the manuscript. All this assistance is gratefully acknowledged. 194 Sample Size gz 4 13 3 10 8 3 0.5 ——> eee (he | ou . 3 , L “a 0.4 1 — 4 ena Pa H =! es ae 7 i) i Pe a er ee = —— ae ! . 2") a a ° oa bk mgt 4 : i" . . a ° a2 lb a eee | Hn 1 | o Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Jan Mar 84 B84 B4 B4 64 BS 86 Time K, R. McDONALD Samole Size 3 7 15 8 ic 13 7 0.8 r se = T Tt a7 ob . . 2 0.6 : : s : : 4 | . a > +4 e . a 05 Ps _— Me. 2, = ? 2 er . bg * _——_— * | = i a 2 ra _—__—_4—___ 4+ a4 ~~ . st a . ia oe ty A : angt™ | 6 +3 7 . : ° Od d ‘ : . O02 1 a ae | ‘ 1 5 Aug Sept Gct Nov Dec Jan Mar B4 84 «64 Baa 85 as Time Fig. 6. Female and male weight to SVL relationships and confidence limits for samples of R. vitél/inus from August !984 to March 1985. Some points represent multiple samples. References Barinaca, M. (1990) Where haye all the froggies gune. Science 247, 1033~1034, Buraipar, A, & Jenkins, R. (Eds) (1984) Endangered vertebrates of Australia and its island territories. Report of the working group on endangered faung of the standing committee of the Council of Conservation Ministers. (Australian National Parks & Wildlife Service, Canberra.) Corsen, C. I, INcram, G. J. & Tver, M. J. (1974) Gastric brooding: unique form of parental care in an Australian frog. Science 184, 946-7. CuHortey, R. J, (1969) The drainage basis as the fundamental geomorphic unit. Ja R. J, Chorley (Ed.) ‘Introduction to physical hydrology’ (Metheun, London). CZecHura, G. V. (1984) The Blackall-Conondale Ranges: Frogs, reptiles and fauna conservation, J G. L. Werren & A, P. Kershaw (Eds) Proceedings of Workshop ‘The present, past and future of Australian Rainforests’ (Monash University, Clayton). INGRAM, G. J. (1983) Natural History pp. 16-35 /n M, J. Tyler (Ed,) ‘The Gastric Brooding Frog.’ (Croom-Helm, London). KIRKPATRICK, T. H. & Lavery, H. J..(1979) Fauna Surveys in Queensland. Old J Agric. Sc. 37, 181-188. Leona, A. S-Y., TYLER, M, J. & SHEARMAN, D. J.C. (1986) Gastric brooding: a new form in a recently discovered Australian frog of the genus RAeobatrachus. Aust. J. Zool. 34, 205-209, Manony, M, J., Tyunk, M. J. & Davies, M. (1984) A new species of the genus Rheahatrachus (Anura: Leptodactylidae) from Queensland. Trans R. Soc. 5. Aust, 108, 155-162. McDonarp, K. R. (in press) Distribution patterns and conservation status of north Queensland rainforest frogs. Queensland National Parks Wildlife Service, Technical Report. & Tycer, M. J. (1984) Evidence of gastric brooding in the Australian leptodactylid frog Riscnocrapties Witellinus, Trans. R, Soc. S. Aust. 108, 226. McEvoy, J, S., McDowato, K. R. & SearLe, A. K. (1979) Mammals, birds, reptiles and am phibians of the Kilcoy’Shire, Queensland. Qld J. Agric. Animul Sci. 36, 167-80. THOMAS, M, B.& McDonatp, W. J. F (1989) ‘Rare and threatened plants of Queensland.’ 2nd Edition. (Qld Dept Prim. tnd., Brisbane). Tyrer, M. J. (Ed,) (1983). 'The Gastric Brogding Frog.’ (Croom-Helm, London). (in press) Declining amphibian populations: a global phenomenon? An Australian perspective. Alytes. & Davies, M. (1985) The gastric brooding frog Rheobatrachus silus. pp, 469-70 In G. Grigg, R. Shine & H. Ehmann (Eds) “Biology of Australasian Frogs and Reptiles,’ (Surrey Beatty & R. Zaal, Soc, NSW, Chipping Norton), WILKINSON, L. (1986) SYSTAT: The system for statistics (SYSTAT Ine., Evanston [L.). Winter, J, & McDomacp, K. (1986) Eungella, the land of cloud, Aust, Nat, Hist. 22), 39-43 7WEIFEL, R. G. (1985) Australian: frogs: of the family Microhylidae. Hull, Am. Mus. Net, Hist. 182, 265-388. FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES BY G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT Summary Material of two species of Pisione recently collected in Spencer Gulf, South Australia, constitutes the first Australian records of the Pisionidae, a family of small interstitial polychaetes. One of the species is P. gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941), known previously only from India, and here redescribed with additional observations concerning its reproductive system. The second species, apparently related to P. papillata Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan, is described as P. tortuosa sp. nov. KEY WORDS: Polychaeta, Pisionidae, Pisione gopalai, Pisione tortuosa sp. nov., Australia. Vransoetons of Me Royal Safer uf & Aust, (1990), P4(4), 195-201, FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES by G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT Summary HABTMANN-SCHROUER, G. & Parker, S.A, (1990) First Australian tecords of the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description of a new species, Trans, R. Soe. S. Aust. 114(4), 195-201, 30 November, 1990. Material of two species of Prsione recenily collected in Spencer Gulf, South Austraha, constitutes the first Australian records of the Pisionidae, a family of small interstitial polychaetes. One of the species is ® gopalai (Ahkunhi, 1941), known previously only from India, and here redescribed with additional observations concerning its reproductive system. The second -species, apparently related to P papillata Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan, is described as P farivosa sp. nov. Key Worps: Polychaeta, Pisionidae, Pisione gopalai, Pisione tortuasa sp. nov,, Australia. Introduction The family Pisionidae is widely distributed in wasiml temperate to tropical zones, with two species ff langipalpa Uschakoy, 1956 and P remota {Southern, 1914)) occurring in cool temperate seas. Members of the family live interstitially, preferring sandy substrates in shallow waters from the intertidal tc 78 metres. Until recently, no pisionids had been known from Australia. During a benthic survey of upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia, conducted by the S. Aust. Fisheries Dept in 1986 and 1987, a total of 342 specimens of the genus Pisione was collected from nine stations by Smith-McIntyre grab. Of these, 338 proved referable to A gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941), known previously only from India, and four represented an undescribed species related to R pepillata Yamanishi, 1976 of Japan. Below, P zopalai is redescribed, and the second species is described. Material and Methods Measurements are in millimetres, made with an eyepiece micrometer. Drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida on a Zeiss microscope. Material is deposited in the South Australian Museum, Adelaide (SAM), Zoological Museum, Hamburg {72MH), Australian Museum, Sydney (AM) and National Museum of Natural History, Washington DC (USNM). The terminology for the * Zoologisches Institui und Zoologisches Muscum, Universitat Hamburg, 20(4) Hamburg 13, Wesr Germany. { South Australian Museum_ North Terrace, Adelaide, 5. Aust, 5000. general morphology maimly follows Southern (1914) and Yamanishi (1976); that for the reproductive structures follows Alikunhi (1941). Details of the collecting-stations are presented in Table J, Systematics Fantly PISIONIDAE Levinsen, 1887 Genus Pisione Grube, 1857 Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941) FIGS l-12 Praegeria gopalat Alikunhi, 1941; 224, pls 10, 11, text-figs 1-27, Pisione gepalui: Alikwnhi, 1951: 24-25; Rao & Ganapati. 1968; 110. Material examined: Station 5, SAM E2328({1); Station 6, SAM E2329(60), ZMH P19699-19700(31), AM W20109(f). USNM 127193¢6) (al! from a single sample of 103), SAM £2330-2341(146); Station 7, SAM E2342(1); Station &, SAM E2343-2344(7); Stanon 10. SAM E2345(1); Station t5, SAM E2346, E2365-2368(94), ZMH PL9697-19698(6); Station 16, SAM E2369(1); Station 25, SAM £2370-2372(7); Station 30, SAM E2373(1). Description of new material: Largest female 57 setigers, length 8.8. Largest male 55 setigers, length 6.1. Prostomium small, surrounded by buccal segment, palps long, dorsal cirri of buccal segment elongate, very weakly annulaled, ventral cirti small, globular, cach with terminal papilla, two pairs of eyes on posterior lobes of brain at level of second setiger (Fic. 1). Buccal aciculae strong, lips expanded, obliquely truncate with inconspicuous dentations (Figs 2a, b). Dorsal cirri similar in form and size, short, Blobular, each with terminal papilla (Figs 1, 3). Ventral cirri of setiger 1 slightly elongated; ventral cirri of succeeding setigers short, globular (Figs 1, 3). 196 G, HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA) 197 TABLE 1. Derails of Stations in Spencer Gulf at which pisionidds were collected. Statian Lat. (S} Long, (E) Depih (nm) Sanderain size 5 32°42,'20" 137°47'26" 18 medium to coarse fi 32°45:'00" 13795000" 14 COAaTse 7 S247 18" 137949" 12" 15 coarse a 32°47' 18" 137°50'00" NW coarse 10 32750'00" 137949 ' 43” li medium 15 33°00'00)" 137°00' 00° 24 coarse 16 33°00'00" 137°49' $2” 18 very coarse 28 43°02'24" 137°84'55* 12 QOATSC 30 33°05 '00" 137°45'00" 16 medium Parapodia elongate, truncate, each with large rounded presetal lobe and two aciculae, the upper short, the lower long and expanded distally (Fig, 3). Usually five setae per parapodium, one superior simple seta and four inferior compound Iafcigeraus setae; simple seta stout, expanded distaliy with obliquely truncated, coarsely serrated tip (Fig. 4); uppermost compound seta with broad shaft and long serrated blade, interior compound. setae distally bifid with short serrated blades (Fig. 5). Pygidium with two lateral groups of caudal glands and two long anal cirri (Fig. 6). Reproductive System: Females, 24-57 setigers. Reproductive organs consist of 1-3 ovarian groups (Alikunhi (1941) mentioned only 1-2 groups), each extending into 5-16 consecutive segments (3-15 fide Alikunhi 1941), and I-3 pars of receptacula seminis corresponding to the ovarian groups and located in segment following each group. Parapodia of receptacula seminis-bearing segments greatly reduced, each with truncated lobes, one acicula, a dorsal cirrus and a genital papilla, last bearing common apperture of a receptaculum seminis and a nephridial duct (Figs 7, 8; see also Alikunhi 1941). Of 117 females examined, 46 had one pair of receptacula seminis, which were located in setigers 17-45, mostly in setigers 25(5), 26(3), 27(4), 28(6) and 29(4); of these 46 specimens, 23 had 33-37 setigers. Fifty-one females had two pairs, in setigers 15-55; of these 5], 35 had 38-52 setigers. Seventeen females had three pairs, in setigers 20-33; of these 17, eight had 53-56 setigers. Mates. 21-55 setigers, Reproditclive system usually consists of one pair of sperm sacs, a pair of genital funnels and a pair of copulatory organs; only one male (trom SAM E2371) out of 166 males examined had two pairs of each of these structures, Psarapodia of copulatory organ-bearing segment strongly modified (Figs 9-12): each parapodium ends in a papilla with stiff cuticular projections and a hook-like retractile process where efferent duct of sperm sac opens; posterior side of each parapodium also with a spinous papilla of unknown function and, more ventrally, a second process with cuticular projections (?modified ventral cirrus); dorsal cirrus, aciculae and presetal lobe of normal shape. Copulatory organs located in setigers 15-26. Of 166 males examined, 33 had these organs in setiger 20, 30 had them in setiger 21, and 26 had them in sctiger 22. In the first group, IS specimens had 33-39 setigers, in the second group 15 bad 37-40 setigers, and in the third group 13 had 36-41 setigers. Juveniles and unsexed adults. Sixty unsexed specimens (with 9~37 seligers) were Found, Most were juveniles, with fewer than 20 setigers. The other individuals might have been. at a post- reproductive stage in which the reproductive organs had disintegrated and new parapodia had developed at the genital segments, Disiribution and habitat. India: Madras, Pathinettarayalom, Waltair Coast, in coarse sand of the lower intertidal; South Australia: Upper Spencer Gulf, in medium to very coarse sand of the benthos, 1i-24m,. Pisionids, being tiny and interstitial, can be easily overlooked, as demonstrated by the late discovery of this species and the next in Spencer Gulf, a relatively well-collected area. It is not unlikely, therefore, that other populations of P gopalai Temain to be discovered between India and Australia. Figs |-5, Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941). 1, anterior end (dorsal view); 2 a, b, buccal acieulae; 3, parapodium with wlobular dorsal and ventral cirri (posterior view); 4, superior’ simple seta; 5, compound setae G. HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER 198 FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE [POLYCHAETA) 199 Pisione tortuosa 8). nov. FIGS. 13-17 Hoaiotype: SAM E2325, Station 15, 24m, in coarse sand, upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia, collected by E. Oks, S, Aust, Fisheries Dept, Feb. 1986; 94 setigers, length 16,0, width (excluding parenodia) 0,35. Paratypes: SAM E2326(]), E2327(1}, ZMH P19369(1}, same data as holotype; 72-86 setigers, leneth 12.0-{3.2. Definition: A Pisione with dorsal cirtl on setiger 2 elongated and evenly tapering (lacking terminal papilla); eyes at level of setiger 1; lower acicula of cach parapodium amber-coloured and straight; blade of uppermost compound seta twisted and tong, Description: Prostomium diamond-shaped, very small, surrounded by buccal segment; palps large, elongate; dorsal tentacular cirri thread-like, ventral one short, globular with terminal papilla; one pair af small eyes on brain at position of first setiger (Fig. (3). Buccal aciculae strong, distally expanded, obliquely truncate with indistinct serration (Fig. 14). Parapodia (some partly separated from body due to Fixation) oblong, bearing two presetal lobes, the upper one nearly rectangular, the lower a little longer, conical; and two aciculae, superior one smaller and pale, inferior one larger and amber- coloured (Fig. 15). Dorsal virri (except those of setiger 2) short, globular; dorsal cirri of setiger 2 elongated, tapering, with no terminal papilla, but shorter than parapodial lobe (Fig. 13). Ventral cirri of first setiger also elongated, zgreatly exceeding parapodial lobe; other ventral cirri globular (Figs 13, 15), Setae comprise one superior simple seta and four compound falcigerous. setae (Figs 16, 17). Simple sela stout, distally obliquely truncate, with strong dentation. Uppermosi compound seta much thinner, its shaft with asymmetrical. oval end, the blade Jong, subdistally twisted, with coarse deniation. Shafts of the three inferior compound setae distally bifid; blades short, serrated. Erymology. The name fortuusa, a Latin adjective, refers to the twisted blade of Ute uppermost seta. Comparison with other species Species of Pisione with elongate dorsal cirri on setiger 2 are R africana Day, 1963, P crassa Yamanishi, 1976, P oerstedii Grubs, 1857 (including Po puila Westheide, 1974) and P papillata Yatnanishi, 1976. In & africana the second dorsal cirrus is More slender than and twice as long as the others, though of the same shape (ie. not tapering evenly but ending in a distinct papilla); in P crassa and FP. verstedii all the compound setae have short blades. The four specimens fram Spencer Gulf appear most sitnilar to P papitata of Japan, but differ sufficiently to merit descriplion as a separate species. The new species is larger, 12.0-16.0 in length as opposed to ‘up to 7.6 mm” in P papitata (Yamanishi 1976). In addition, the distal margins of the buccal aciculae are more sharply truncated, the eyes are at the level of setiger i rather than setiger 2, the lower acicula of each parapodium Is amber-coloured and straight rather than pale and sharply recurved at the lip, and the blade of the uppermost seta is longer and twisted. Distribution and habitat P torivosa is so far known only from the type- locality in upper Spencer Gulf, S.A., where it was coltected at 24 m in coarse sand. The related P papillara of Japan has been reported from beaches of coarse sand at Hon-jima on the island of Shikoku and Hishio on Honshu (Yamanishi 1976). localities on opposite shores of the Seta Naikai, In Spencer Gulf, A tortuesa appears less common and more localized than FP gopalai, having been tound at only one station (four specimens), as against nine stations (338 specitnens) for the latter. Acknowledgments We should tike to thank Ms Ene-mai Oks, leader of the Spencer Gulf benthic survey, for lodging the survey's collections with the South Australian Museum, and Mr J. R. Hanley and Dr P. Hutchings for their crilicism of the manuscript, Figs 6-11. Pisione gopatai (Avikunhi, 1941). 6, pygidium (ventral view); 7, 8, reduced parapodium ol segment bearing recepracula seminis (dorsal view); 9, 10, segments bearing copulatory organs (dorsal and ventral. views respectively); IL, modified parapodium of segment bearing copulatory ongans (anterior view), 200 G. HARTMAN-SCHRODER & S. A. PARKER FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORDS OF THE FAMILY PISIONIDAE (POLYCHAETA) 201 References ALIKUNHI, K. H. (1941) On a new species of Praegeria occurring in the sandy beach, Madras. Proc, Ind. Acad. Sci. Sect. B 13(3), 193-228. ______ (1951) On the reproductive organs of Pisione remota (Southern) together with a review of the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta). Ibid. 33(1), 14-31. Day, J. H. (1963) The polychaete fauna of South Africa, pt 8. New species and records from grab samples and dredgings. Bull. Brit. Mus. (nat. Hist.) Zool. 10(7), 381-445, Gruse, A. E. (1857) Annulata Oerstediana, pt 2. Keio Meddel. naturh. For, Kjdbenhayn, Aar. 158-186. LevinseN, G. M. R. (1887) Kara-Havets Ledorme (Annulata), Jn Lutken, C. F. (Ed.), Dijmphna-Togtets Zoogtogisk-botanisk Udbytte, 288-303. Copenhagen. Rao, G. C. & GANAPATI, P. N. (1968) The interstitial fauna inhabiting the beach sands of Waltair coast. Proc. nat, Inst. Sci. India 34B(2), 82-125. SOUTHERN, R. (1914) Archiannelida and Polychaeta. Clare Island Survey, pt 47. Proc, R. Irish Acad. Sect. B, 31, 1-160. UscHakov, P. V. (1956) Polychaets of the family Pisionidae Levinsen inhabiting the seas of the USSR. Acad. Nauk USSR zool. J. 35(12), 1809-1813, WESTHEIDE, W. (1974) Interstitielle Fauna von Galapagos, pt 11. Pisionidae, Hesionidae, Pilargidae, Syllidae (Polychaeta). Mikrofauna Meeresbodens 44, 1-146. YAmANIsHI, R, (1976) Interstitial polychaetes of Japan. 1. Three new pisionid worms from western Japan. Publ. Seto mar. biol. Lab, 23 (3-5), 371-385. Fig. 12, Pisione gopalai (Alikunhi, 1941). Modified parapodium of segment bearing copulatory organs (posterior view). (Figs 1-6, 9-12 from SAM E2365, figs 7, 8 from SAM E2329). Figs 13-17. Pisione tortuosa sp. nov. SAM E2325: 13, anterior end (dorsal view) 14, buccal acicula; 15, parapodium (anterior view); 16, simple seta; 17, compound setae. FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA: PHYLLODOCIDAE), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF' A NEW SPECIES BY G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER* & S. A. PARKERT Summary A new species of phyllodocid polychaete, Hesionura australiensis sp. nov., is described from Spencer Gulf, South Australia. The single specimen, collected in coarse sand at a depth of 11 metres, represents the first record of the genus Hesionura Hartmann-Schréder, 1958, from Australia. KEY WORDS: Polychaeta, Phyllodocidae, Hesionura australiensis, new species, Australia. Yransactions of the Noval Sociery of 8, Awsr, (1990), B1d4), 207-205, FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA: PHYLLODOCIDAE), WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES by G, HARTMANN-SCHRGODER® & S, A. PARKERT Summary TiARTMAN-SCHRODER, G. & PARKER, S. A. (1990) First Australian record of Hesionura (Polychaeta: Phyllodocidae), with the déscriptiow of a new species. Trams, R. Sog. S. Ausi. 1144), 203-205, 30 November, 1990. A new species of phyllodocid polychaete, Hesionura australiensis sp. nov., is described from Spencer Gulf, South Australia, The single specimen, collected in coarse sand at a depth of IL metres, represents the first record of the genus Aleésionura Hattmann-Schroder, 1958, trom Australia. KEY Worbs: Polychaeta, Phyflodocidae, Hesionura australiensis, new species, Australia. Introduction flesionura Hartmann-Schroder, 1958 (Phyllodocidae; Fteoninae) currently contains nine described species, all of which live interstitially, most no deeper that 40 m, but one to 100 m and one to 200 m. Until recently the genus had not been known from Australia, In February 1986, during a benthic survey of upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia, the S. Aust. Fisheries Dept collected a single specimen of Hesionura, which examination revealed to represent an undescribed species. Materials and Methods Measurements are in millimetres, made with an eyepiece micrometer. Drawings were made with the aid of a camera lucida on a Zeiss microscope, The holotype is deposited in the South Australian Muscum, Adelaide (SAM). Family PHYLLODOCIDAE Williams, 1852 Subfamily Eteoninae Bergstrém, 1914 Genus Hesionura Hartmann-Schroder, 1958 Hesionura australiensis sp, nov, FIGS |-5 Holatype- SAM E2324, Station 8, 32°47'18" S., 137950’ E., upper Spencer Gulf, South Australia, Lm, in coarse sand, collected by B. Oks, S, Aust. Fisheries Dept, February, 1986- * Zoologisches Institut und Zoologisches Museum, Universitat Hamburg, 2000 Hamburg 13, West Germany. t South Australian Museum, North Terrace, Adelaide, S, Aust, 5000. Definition; A Hesionura lacking simple setac; shaft of uppermost (compound) seta trifid distally, the remainder bifid; blade of second uppermost seta 2-3 times as long as the others, sertatulate, the teeth very Jong and fine. Description af Holotype: Seventy-three seétigers (incomplete), lengih 5,1, width (excluding parapodia) 0,12, Colour in alcohol brownish-green, bases of posterior parapodia containing reddish- brown pigment. Prostomium (Fig. 1) trapezoid, length equal to greatest width, with two small red eyes near posterior margin and four elongate amtennac (slightly longer than prostomium) near anteriar margin. First segment not completely separated from prostomium, bearing one pair of tentacular cirri of similar shape to antennae bat longer. Segment 2 with two pairs of tentacular cirri, the dorsal pair slightly longer than those of segment 1, ventral pair shorter, lanceolate, Segment 3 bearing Parapodia, setae and lanceolate ventral cirri; dorsal cirri absent. Dorsal cirri of succeeding segments lanceolate to subulate, slightly exceeding parapodial lobes; ventral cirri Janceolate but much longer; parapodia conical, each with one large conical presetal Jobe and one stout acicula (Fig. 2}. In addition, each parapodium bears four compound setae (Fig. 3), uppermos! with distally trifid shaft and short, coarsely dentate blade, next one thinner with shaft distally bifid, blade long, serratulate (Fig. 4), the two inferior setae with distally bifid shafts and short, coarsely dentate blades (Fig: 5}. Comparison with other species Other Hesionura spp. lacking simple setse and with the shaft of at least. the uppermost seta trifid distally are A. coineaui (Laubier, 1962) and #, faybieri (Hartmann-Schréder, 1963). H. 204 G. HARTMANN-SCHRODER & 5. A. PARKER FIRST AUSTRALIAN RECORD OF HESIONURA (POLYCHAETA; PHYLLODOCIDAE) 205 australiensis resembles H. coineaui in having the shaft of the second uppermost seta bifid distally but differs in having the blade of the same not coarsely denticulate but serratulate, the teeth very long and fine. There are also differences. in the lengths of the setal blades: in H. c. coineaui all four are short, in H. c, difficilis (Banse, 1963) the uppermost and lowermost are short, the other two about twice as long, and in A. australiensis the uppermost and two lowermost are short, with the second uppermost 2-3 times as long. H. australiensis further differs from H. coineaui in having the ventral tentacular cirri and the dorsal and ventral parapodial cirri longer. The new species resembles H. /atébieri in having the blade of the second uppermost seta serratulate and longer than the rest, but differs in having this blade even more clongated and its shaft distally bifid, not trifid. Distribution and Ecology Known only from the type-locality in northern Spencer Gulf, 5.A., where the single specimen was collected in coarse sand at a depth of ll m. Apparently much less common in the-area than the equally small, interstitial polychaetes of the genus Pisione (Pisionidae), of which 342 specimens were obtained during the same survey (Hartmann- Schréder & Parker 1990). References BANSE, K, (1963) Polychaetous annelids from Puget Sound and the San Juan Archipelago, Washington. Prac. biol. Soc. Wash. 16, 197-208. Bercstrom, E. (1914) Zur Systematik der Polychaeten Familie der Phyllodociden. Zool. Bidr, Upps. 3, 37-324. HARTMANN-SCHRODER, G, (1958) Einige polychaeten aus dem Kustengrundwasser der Bimini-Inseln (Bahamas). Kieler Meeresforsch. 14, 233-240. (1963) Revision der Gatiung Mystides Theéel (Phyllodocidae; Polychaeta Errantia), Mit Bemerkungen zur Systematik der Gattungen Ereonides Hartmann- Schréder und Protomystides Czerniavsky und mit Beschreibungen zweier neuer Arten zus dem Mittelmeer und einer neuen Art aus Chile. Zool. Anz. 171, 204-243. _____ & Parker, S.A. (1990) First Australian records of the family Pisionidae (Polychaeta), with the description of a new species, Trans. R. Soc, S, Aust. 114, 195-201. Laupler, L. (1962) Mystides (Pseudomystides) coineaui n. sp., un Phyllodocien des eaux souterraines littorales de Méditerranée occidentale. Rapp. Comm. int. Mer. Medit. 16(2), 461-464. WILLIAMS, T. (1852) Report on the British Annelida. Rep. 2/st Meeting Brit. Assoc. Advancemt Sci. [July 1851] 21, 159-272. Figs |-5. Hesionura australiensis sp. nov. Holotype: 1, anterior end (dorsal view); 2, parapodium (dorsal view); 3, parapodium with compound setae (anterior view, cirri omitted); 4, the two supérior compound setae; 5, the two inferior compound setae. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG NYCTIMYSTES DAYI (GUNTHER) BY MARGARET DAVIES* & STEPHEN J. RICHARDS Summary The Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Ginther) lays large unpigmented eggs that hatch no later than stage 22. Early larvae are nourished by a well-developed yolk sac and feeding commences after stage 24. Tadpoles exhibit adaptations to fast flowing streams. The mouth disc is large and sucker-like with two upper and three lower rows of labial teeth. The oral disc is hemispherical and the floor of the labrum is covered with well-developed ridges. Tadpoles can overwinter and metamorphose in the following spring/summer. KEY WORDS: Nyctimystes dayi, tadpoles, life history, lotic adaptations. Transactions of the Royal Society of S. Aust., (1990), 114(4), 207-211. DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG NYCTIMYSTES DAYT (GUNTHER) by MARGARET DAVIES* & STEPHEN J. RICHARDS{ Summary Davies, M. & RICHARDS, S. J, (1990) Developmental biology of the Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Gunther). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust, 114(4), 207-211, 30 November, 1990. The Australian hylid frog Nyctimystes dayi (Gunther) lays large unpigmented eggs that hatch no later than stage 22, Early larvae are nourished by a well-developed yolk sac and feeding commences after stage 24. Tadpoles exhibit adaptations to fast flowing streams. The mouth disc is large and sucker-like with two upper and three lower rows of labial teeth. The oral disc is hemispherical and the floor of the labrum is covered with well-developed ridges. Tadpoles can overwinter and metamorphose in the following spring/summer, Key Worps;: Nyctimystes dayi, tadpoles, life history, lotic adaptations. Introduction The Australopapuan hylid frog genus Nyctimystes Stejneger comprises species that are associated with streams in mountainous or upland regions. The sole Australian representative, Nyctimystes dayi (Giinther), is confined to rainforest in upland northeast Queensland (Czechura et al. 1987). Parker (1936) described the tadpoles of N. cheesmanae (as N. montana) and N. semipalmata whilst Czechura eft a/. (1987) described a tadpole of N. dayi. Other than these descriptions of tadpoles little is known about the life history of Nyctimystes species other than that tadpoles are stream-dwelling and have sucker-like mouths (Griffiths 1963; Menzies 1974; Zweifel 1983). In the course of a study of the community ecology of tadpoles in a rainforest stream on Mt Spec, Queensland, one of us (S.J.R.), collected and reared newly-hatched tadpoles of N. dayi. This series was supplemented with field-collected tadpoles at various stages. Here we describe this material and comment on the behaviour of tadpoles of N. dayi in the stream. Materials and Methods Tadpoles were collected from Birthday Creek, 7 km NW Paluma, on 16.ii.1990 and reared in aerated water in 350 ml plastic containers. Larvae fed on algae provided by algae-covered rocks. * Dept of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.P.O. Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust. 5001 { Dept of Zoology, James Cook University of North Queensland, Townsville, Qld 4811. Temperature of the room was maintained at 24-27°C. Specimens were preserved in 5% formalin. Larvae were staged (where possible) according to Gosner (1960), Total length and body length (in mm) were taken using dial calipers measuring to 0.05 mm or an eyepiece micrometer. Line drawings were made with the aid of a Wild MB stereo dissecting microscope and attached camera lucida. Field observations were made every fortnight; the creek was sampled intensively for tadpoles during the day and a 100 m stretch of creek was searched at night to record frog activity. Results N. dayi is a spring/summer breeder; calling was first heard on 29,ix.1989. Males called at night from rocks and low foliage along rapidly-flowing stretches of the creek. Calling had ceased by 1.iii.1990, Amplexus is axillary (Fig. 1) and eggs are laid in a cohesive clump but with discrete egg capsules, under rocks in rapidly-flowing water (Czechura et al. 1987; pers. obs.). A clutch collected during February 1989 contained 107 eggs. Eggs are unpigmented and a sample of five eggs laid on 18.xii.1989 has a mean diameter of 2.5 mm (range 2.3—2.6 mm). Mean capsule diameter was 3.42 mm (range 3.3-3.5 mm). Only one capsule was evident. The limbs develop within a membranous sac until they protrude from the sheath. Hence early limb bud stages of Gosner (1960) (i.e. stages 26-31) could not be judged without damage to larvae. The earliest stage examined was stage 22, collected and preserved on 16.ii.1990 (Fig. 2). The 208 M. DAVIES & S. J. RICHARDS Fig. 1. An amplectant pair of Nyctimystes dayi from Birthday Creek. cornea is transparent and the auditory vesicle is apparent behind the eye. Ventrally the eye is unpigmented whilst the remainder of the eye is suffused faintly with pigment. Heavier coloration is concentrated postero- and anterolaterally along Fig. 2. Dorsal, lateral and ventral views of a newly-hatched tadpole of Nyctimysites dayi at stage 22 (preserved 16.11.1990). Scale bar = | mm. the dorsal surface. Two pairs of gill filaments protrude from the gill plate. The anterior gills comprise six and the posterior pair four filaments. The external nares are open and unelevated. Unpigmented adhesive organs have a flocculent appearance (Fig. 2). The transversely-oval mouth disc has formed and the mouth is open. Some ridges are apparent, precursors to the labial tooth rows and the horny beak. Labial papillae are absent. The tail is slightly curved dextrally (Fig. 2). Nutrition is supplied by a large yolk-filled body cavity. The anal tube is dextral but not open. The tail fin is transparent. By 17.ii.1990 larvae were at stage 24. The external gills are covered by the operculum on the right hand side, but a small fringing of filaments remains exposed on the left hand side. The auditory vesicle is no longer detectable and the external nares are slightly elevated on stalks. Pigmentation of the eye is complete except for a ventral nick. The adhesive organs are undetectable. The precursor ridges of the horny beak and the labial tooth rows are clearly delineated and faint keratinization of the anterior upper tooth rows is apparent. Labial papillae are not formed. The dorsal fin extends from behind the head whilst the ventral fin extends posteriorly from the anus (Fig. 3). The tail musculature is faintly dusted with pigment granules anteriorly. By 18.ii.1990, larvae were at stage 25. The gills are enclosed totally by the operculum and the spiracle has formed on the left hand _ side DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG 2n9 Fig. 3. Dorsal, Jateral and ventral views of a tadpole of Nyetumystes day at stage 24 (preserved on 17.1,1990). Scale bar = | mm. vemtrolaterally. At this stage it appears flattened and the orifice is directed posteriorly. The eye is fully pigmented. The nares are clearly elevated. Keratinization is apparent on the two upper labial tooth rows and on the horny beak, The anterior labial papillae are prominent and the ridges on the floor of the posterior lip are forming, The anal tube is open, oriented dextrally. Pigmentation is present along the dorsal musculature of the tail. The dorsal fin arises antcriorly from the junction of the body und the tail, The yolk sac is partially grooved foreshadowing the coiled gut of the feeding tadpole. Larvae collected on 19.11.1990 have dense body pigmentation and a light dusting of pigment in the anterior third of the rail musculature, Further tail pigmentation is confined Lo ihe dorsal extremities of the tail musculature, Two of the lower tooth rows are lightly keratinized and all labial papillae are formed. The floor ridges of the posterior lip are clearly detectable but incomplete. The spiracie remains adpressed to the ventrolateral surface al ithe body. The stalked nares are directed anteriorly. These larvae could not be staged because of the difficulty in locating limb buds. Tooth rows, labial papillae and lahial ridges are complete in Jarvae collected un 20.11.1990, Coiling of the gut is more pronounced. The vent has moved slightly more medially and the surrounding tissue has expanded providing a sheath which protects and hides developing limb buds, The anterior attachment of the dorsal fin has moved slightly postetiorly and arises from a position shghtly anteriorly from the junction of the body with the tail musele. A faint dusting of pigment appears on the posterior extremity of the dorsal fio The gui is clearly coiled but remains yolk-filled in larvae sampled on 22,)1.1990. The spiracle curves posterodorsally. Although the anal tube is more medial, it still opens dextrally to the midline, The posterior lower tooth row is now complete. Pigmentation extends ventrolaterally covering portions of the yolky gut, Pigmentation is apparent on the tai! fin on the medial dorsal extremities. Dimensions of tadpoles are shown in Table 1. A tadpole at stage 36 is illustrated in Fig. 4. The body is widest just posterior to the eye and is broadly ovoid, The snout is evenly rounded in dorsal view and tapers to a truncated ventrally- directed upper lip. The nares are dorsolateral and elevated on tubes opening anterolaterally. The eyes are dorsolateral, moderately large and fitting snugly into the optic cup. The spiracle is sinistral, ventrolateral and not visible from above. Ir opens posteriorly by a narrow orifice and the diameter of the tube decreases slightly from its origin to its orifice. The gut is coiled and the tadpole is feeding; 1he cloacal tube is now median, The lower limbs and developing feet protrude from a membranous sa¢ on each side, The tail fins are arched and rounded terminally. The dorsal fin extends for about % of the tail muscle and is deepest about 4 way along its length. The ventral fin extends from the cloacal tail piece and is deepest at, its posterlor 4. The tail musculature is deep and tapers to a fine point posteriorly. The mouth is large, transversely oval, ventral in position (Fig. 5) and occuples the area anterior to the spiracle. Papillae surround the mouth disc. The anterior papillae are more pronounced than those laterally and posteriorly, these bemg little more than Fig. 4, Lateral and dorsal views of a tadpole uf Nyctimysies dayi slage 36, Scale bar = 1) mm. 4d TABLE |. Body lengths of tudpoles of Nyctimystes dayi, = M. DAVIES & S. J. RICHARDS Stage Date n Mean bady length (mm) range Total leneth Sa 22-3 10.xi. 1989 7 4,51 4.25.0) 25 10.x1.1989 HW 7.95 7.0-8,4 3L 81,1990 2 14.75 14,5-15.0 38 8.i,1990 4 15,05 14.5-15.8 39 tii, 1990 2 16.05 15.6-16.5 42 1,1/,1990 t 15.6 22 16.11, 1990 2 4,08 9.28 24 17.41. L990) I 4.2 10.9 25 18.71.1990) I 4.6 115 indet 19,11, 1990 I ad hia indet 20.11.1990 1 4.8 12,2 indet 21.17.1990 | 5.1 12.8 indet 19,1,1990 1 6.2 15,0 indet 191.1990 ] 7.5 16.7 indet 19,4, 1990 1 19 19.2 indet 19,1, 1990 i o4 19.9 indet 19.13.1990 i 8.7 20.9 indet 19,1,1990 I 8.6 21.0 indet 19.14.1990 1 R.7 21.4 indet, 19.}.1990 i 10,7 25.9 36 19.1.1990 1 12.5 32.3 37 19.4, 1991) | 13.6 35.0 41 19.1, 1990 1 14.3 35.6 serrations in some areas. The lateral edges of the mouth are directed dorsally (Fig. 4) (a laterodorsally curved lip). The posterior surface of the mouth disc (behind the tooth rows) is inclined posteroventrally itnd is ridged medially across its width. Some ridges are complete, others comprise two or three elevations. There are two upper and three lower complete labial tooth rows comprising short, very closely-applied, keratinized teeth. The horny beak is of moderate proportions, Fig, §. Mouth disc of tadpole of Nycriniystes dayi at Stage 36, Scale bar = 5S mm, The flesh of the mouth disc is translucent and unpigmented, The body is pigmented and pigmentation extends lightly along the dorsal and medial portions of the tail musculature. The temainder of the tail musculature is dusted with pigment granules. Small areas of the fins are lightly pigmented and sparse chromatophores are located elsewhere on the fins. Tadpoles. from eggs laid in early summer complete development in 3-4 months, Those eggs faid in late summer may overwinter and metamorphose the following summer (Trenerry 1988"; pers. obs.). At metamorphosis one froglet measured 5.5 mm S-V and was light grey with dark flecks. Stage 22-23 tadpoles remain attached to the egg mass under rocks in riffles and do not disperse until at least stage 24. At this stage the oral disc is well developed. Stage 25 larvae (but with yolk still visible in the gut) were occasionally found aggregated in large numbers under single rocks. Aggregation behaviour also was observed in the laboratory: tadpoles from a single clutch aggregated in a clump which immediately reformed after disturbance, This behaviour persisted until the gut was fully formed. _ In life, early stage tadpoles (stages 22-23) are bright yellow; later stages become pigmented with ' Trenerry, M.P. (1988) The ecolagy of tadpoles in a tropical rainforest stream. Honours thesis, Dept of Zoology, James-Cook University of Nort Queenstand, Unpubl, DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY OF THE AUSTRALIAN HYLID FROG 21) pale brown. These tadpoles have distinct light patches on the tail. During the day, tadpoles graze on algal-covered Tocks in the fastest torrents of the stream. When disturbed they release their grip on the rocks. and are swept a short distance downstream where they shelter under rocks or in rock crevices. Tadpoles are very strong swimmers, but their ability to remain in riffles even during the strongest floods (as evidenced by sampling following cyclones) probably is aided by sheltering under rocks. Discussion Tadpoles of N. dayi ate adapted to fast-flowing mountain streams. The ventral, suctorial mouth- discs. the narrow tail fins and the ventrolateral spiracular Opening ate characteristic of species occurring in torrent environments (Ducliman & Trueb 1986). The development of the larval gul parallels that described in the sympatric Litoria eucnenmiis. by Davies (1989), but N. dayr exhibits more extreme adaptations to the lotic life style. The tooth row pattern is similar to other hylids (Martin & Watson 1971), although the undivided nature of all the tooth rows is unusual amongsl Australian hylids, being shared by L. lesweuri which also shows lotic adaptations (Martin & Watson 1971). The median vent found in Iater-stage tadpoles is shared by congeners but is unusual amongst hylids (Martin & Watson 1971). The covering by 2 membranous sac of the developing hind limb buds is presumably an adaptation to protect these structures. This feature has been observed in the limnodynastine Mixapiyes spp. (Watson & Martin 1973: Davies in press) and L. nannoris (pers. abs.). Larvae of these species are lotic and found in fast- flowing streams. Acknowledgments The study was undertaken under permits issued by the Queensland Dept of Forestry and was funded by grants from the Australian Research Council (nos A18715284 and A18931875) to R.A. Alford and Dept of Zoology, University of Adelaide research funds to M.D. Lorna Lucas typed the final manuscenpt which was cnitically read by Ross A. Alford and Michael J, Tyler. References CzecHura, G. V,, INGRAM, G, J. & Liem, D. S. (1987) The genus Nyc/ineystes (Anura: Hylidae) in Australia, Ree. Aust, Mus, 39, 333-338. Davies, M. (1989) Developmental biology of the Australopapuan hylid frog Litoria eucnemtis (Anura: Hylidae). Trans. R. Soc. S. Aust. 113(4), 215-220. , (in press) Descriptions of the tadpoles of some Australian limnodynastine Jeptodactylid frogs. /bid. Dubttiman, W. E. & Tries, L. (1986) “Biology of Amphibians”. (McGraw-Hill, New York.) Gosver, K. (1960) A simplified table for staging anuran embryos and larvae with notes on identification, Herpetologica 16, 183-190. GRIEFITHS, I. (1963) The phylogeny of ihe Salientia. Biol. Rev, 38, 241-292. Martin, A. A. & Watson, G. F. (1971) Life history as an aid to generic delimitation in the family Hylidac. Copeta (1971), 78-89. Menzies, J. [, (1974) Handbook of common New Guinea frogs. WAU Ecology Institute, Handbook no, L. Parker, H. W. (1936) A collection of reptiles and amphibians from the mountains of British New Guinea. Ann. mag. nat. Hist. Ser. 10, 17, 66-93. Watson, G. F. & Martin, A. A, (1973) Life history, larval morphology and relationships of Australian leptodactylid frogs. Trans. R. Soc, §. Aust. 97, 33-45. ZWEIFEL, R. G. (1983) Two new hylid frogs from Papua New Guinea and.a discussion of the Nyctinmiystes papya species group. Am. Mus. Novitat. 2759, 1-21. Transactlons of the Royal Society of 5, Ausi,, (1990), 1144), 215-217. THE NATURE AND INCIDENCE OF POST-AXIAL, SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN THE FROG NEOBATRACHUS CENTRALIS PARKER AT OLYMPIC DAM, SOUTH AUSTRALIA by JOHN L, READt & MICHAEL J. TYLERT Summary Reap, 1. L.& TYLer, M. 3 (1990) The nature and inetdertce of post-axial, skeleial abnormalities in the frog Neobatrachus centralis Parker at Olympic Dam, South Australia, Trans. R. Soc. S Ausr, 114(4), 213-217. 30 Noveinber, 1990, Samples of 315 specimens of the frog Neobatrachus centralis from tour sites at Olympic Dam, South Australia, included 12 specimens exhibiting skeletal abnormalities of the limbs, Examination revealed a predominance amongst the abnormal specimens of partial or complete ectrodactyly, most commonly involving terminal components of the fourth toe, The overall incidence of abnormalities is comparable to those occurring at undisturbed sites in other countries. Radionuclide levels in tadpoles from the sampled sites were very low or not detectable, and were not associated with the incidence or nature of the abnormalities there. Key Woros: Skeleton, abnormalities, Neoarraches cenrealts, radionuclides. Introduction Olympic Dam Operations (O.D,0.) manages a large copper-gold-uranium-silver mine at Olympic Dam, approximately 500 km north of Adelaide. Mining commenced in 1984 and the metallurgical plant there started production in August 1988. Airborne, aquatic and biotic environments are monitored stringently for both conventional (e.g. SO,, 50, and total particulates), and radioactive emissions by Olympic Dam Operations, in accordance with the South Australian Government approved Environmental Management Program (Roxby Management Services 1986), and the Waste Management. Program, Olympic Dam Project (O,D,P. 1987), The plant and animal communities in all habitats in the Olympic Dam region are monitored regularly to determine the possible effects, if any, of the mining and processing operations on species diversity, abundance and condition, There have been no measurable effects on the environment, outside the intmediate vicinity of the metallurgical plant, that can be attributed to the mining or processing operations {O.D-P, upubl.). In addition to the general monitoring program, more detailed studies are conducted on certain indicator organisms, such as frogs, to enhance the sensitivity of the monitoring program, Frogs are very sensitive to radiation (Emery & McShane 1980) and have proved to be useful indicators of radioactive emissions (Nishimura 1967; Tyler 1989) * Clympic Dam Operations, PO. Box 140, Raxty Downs, S, Aust. 5725. } Department of Zoology, University of Adelaide, G.PO, Box 498, Adelaide, S. Aust, S001, and trace elements (Browne & Dumont 1979). Frogs are also the moat common vertebrate animals associated with claypans; regions of natural heavy metal and radionuclide accumulation. A photograph of one of the claypans at Roxby is presented by Tyler (1989, plate 3). Following rains Jn the semi-arid Olympic Dam région, the lrog Neobatrachus centralis is exception- ally common adjacent to claypans and flooded swales (O.D,0. unpubl,). The ease of capture and identification of physical abnormalities in tive specimens makes it an ideal subject as a potential indicator of environmental emissions at Olympic Dam. Here we document an initial survey of frog deformity levels at control sites where there are negligible emission levels, and at sites in close proximity to the metallurgical plant where emission levels, while remaining very low, are detectable (0,D,0, 1989'), Materials and Methods On 12.iv.1989, approximately 80 tadpoles were collected from two water bodies within | km of the Olympic Dam mine and metallurgical plant (Claypan, ENW5), and from a pond 16 km south of the mine (EV 308) (Fig. 1). The EV 308 site is fear a continuous radionuclide and airborne emission monitoring site, [t has not detected any emissions from rhe mine, and hence is a valid contro! site ' Olympic Dam Operations (1989) Eaviroamental Radiation Monitoring Aninwal Report. (Repori te the §.A. Govt} Unpubl, 214 J. L. READ & M, J. TYLER [a | | | : OLYMPIC DAM OPERATIONS | Claypan | Drury Lane e e ENWS5 | | metallurgical ': | plant | | | | ie | OLYMPIC ry Deri ¢ ike Be —t | foto 7 SOUTH AUSTRALIA | ! OLYMPIC DAM a | PC) | 1 | | | QO 1 Fig. 1. Location of Olympic Dam and the study sites sampled for Neobatrachus RPTEO4__ centralis, SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN THE FROG 215 A sample of the tadpoles from each site (approximately three weeks old at the time of capture) were weighed and measured, and their stage of development recorded (Table 1), The tadpoles were hwused in clean glass aquaria in the Environmental Laboratory at the Olympic Dam Village. Mud and water from each study site was used in the respective aquaria and, because individuals were in the non-feeding stage near metamorphic climax, food was not provided, Care was taken to ensure that the tadpoles were not subjected to any contaminants in the laboratory. In addition, 70 recently metamorphosed frogs were collected from a roadside near. the mine (Drury Lane Site). Following metamorphosis (i.e. complete resorption of the tail; Gosner (1960), stage 46) external features were examined under a Wild M5 dissecting microscope, Individuals with physical abnormalities were killed by exposure to 3% chloral hydrate solution and cleared and stained with Alizarin Red following the method of Davis & Gore (1947). Five to ien metamorphosing frogs were sampled subsequently from the three water bodies and placed in a clean beaker with distilled water for several days to permit total evacuation of rhe gut, Earlier trials showed that freshly caught trogs and tadpoles contained considerable quantities of soit and waste matter which coniributed significantly 10 levels of heavy metals and other contatminants. The evacuated frogs were sacrificed in ether and dissolved in Nitric and Perchleric acids. Levels of radionuctides (Po210, Pb210, Ra226, U238, Th230) were determined in the low level radiation counting laboratory of the O.D.0. Environmental Department. Results The average sizes, wet weights and developmental stages of the tadpoles captured ar the three sites are presented in Table |. Considerable variation existed between the sites: specimens from EV 308 (control) and Claypan being considerably heavier than those from ENWS5, while individuals from EV 308 and BNWS5 were more advanced than specimens fram Claypan, Of the 315 frogs examined, 12 individuals exhibited externally detectable abnormalities of the hindlegs. Further skeletal abnormalities of other elements were revealed in one when the series had been cleared and stained. The nature of the abnormalities observed in the series is documented in Table 2. Radionuchide levels in the frogs from all three sires are presented in Table 3. These results indicate that radiomictide levels at the control site, EV 308, were slightly higher than at the sites close to the metallurgical plant. Discussion In all populations of vertebrate animals there are skeletal abnormalities, whose nature and incidence may be influenced by exposure to a variety of environmental insults, It is therefore important to establish baseline data when any environmental perturbation may have an impact upon thal incidence, Tyler (1989) reported that skeletal abnormalities in the limbs of vertebrates were up to 3%: this being the naturally occurring abnormalities in any population. In the case of frogs, from supposedly undisturbed localities in six countries, limb abnormalities ranged from 0 ta 3,09%, but with only one sample exceeding 2%. The impact of trauma, being physical injury within the life of individuals, needs to be distinguished. It was recorded in 2742 specimens (representing seven species) from Jabiru, N.T., and was esiimated at.0.19 to 0.99%, The incidence of abnormalities at Roxby Downs (Table 2) is equivalent to 3,8%, Which is close to that reported by Tyler (1989) from undisturbed areas elsewhere. There ig no eviderice of Crauina in out Taste 1 Mean wet weights and measurements af tadpoles from three study sites at Olympic Dae % with hind % that lied Sample Weighi Body length Tail length legs stage 24 reached stage Sine size (zg) (mm) (may) (Gosner 1960) 42 (Gosner 1960) EV 308 ib 2.6 25 29 100 60 ENWS 28 13 20 21 68 32 CLAYPAN 22 2.2 2 z 7 o 216 J. L. READ & M. J. TYLER TABLE 2. Details of abnormalities detected. Site Sample Incidence Frog Abnormality Size Ref. —— "ee ENW5 85 3.5% lL, Brachymely of R leg. Urostyle inclined dextrally, Sacrum misshapen. Ectrodactyly of F3 of R hand. 2. Bilateral ectrodactyly T4 mainly involving antepenultimate phalanx which is discoid, 3. Ectrodactyly T4 R leg; one phalanx lost. CLAY PAN 73 1.4% L. L foot with abnormal metatarsals 3-5: 3 abbreviated; 4 with distal excrescences; 5 with proximal and distal excrescences. EV 308 89 9.0% L. R foot with ectrodactyly of T4; proximal phalanx dilated distally, 2. L foot lacking digits 1-2. 3. Brachymely of R leg involving tibia, tarsi and all digital elements. 4. L foot with ectrodactyly of T4: lacking 3 terminal phalanges. 5. L foot with ectrodactyly of T4: 2 terminal phalanges missing, antepenultimate phalanx broadened. 6. R foot as for 5. 7. L foot as for 5. 8. Brachydactyly of all digits of R foot; T4 only one lacking terminal phalanges. DRURY LANE 71 0% Tas. 3. Levels of radionuclides detected in metamorphosing frogs from three study sites at Olympic Dam. Weight . sampled Uranium — 238 Thoriunt — 230 Radium — 226 Lead — 210 Polonium — 210 Site (g) Ba/e Bq/g Spec Act/Ra/e Spec Act/Baq/g Ba/g EV 308 (control) 6,46 0.0003 +/- 0.0002 0.004 +/- 0.002 004 +/- .002 0.011 +/- 0.006 0,053 +/- 0.006 ENWS 11.65 N.D. ND, 0007 +/- ,0008 0.001 +/- 0,002 0.005 +/- 0,001 CLAYPAN = ENWS (n) 11.23 N.D. 0.00L +/- 0.0004 0019 +/-,0009 0.006 +/+ 0.004 0,132 +/- 0,011 STANDARD - N.D, = Not detected Deviation quoted is counting statistic SKELETAL ABNORMALITIES IN THE FROG 217 samples. Low abnormality rates at sites near the mine (0 to 3.5%) contrasted with higher rates from the control site (EV 308), Conspicuous amongst the abnormalities at Roxby Downs is the predominance of partial ectrodactyly, principally of the fourth toe. It is expressed more commonly by a unilateral reduction of the normal phalangeal formula. Although ectrodactyly is one of the most common forms of skelctal abnormality in Australian frogs, the similarity of the digital target in this sample is noteworthy, Breeding experiments will be required to determine if this is a common mutant. Variations in weight and size of the tadpoles from the different sites is probably related to food availability, water temperature and turbidity and genetic factors rather than pollutant levels in their ponds. Richards (1962) and ‘Sokol (1984) have also demonstrated that growth suppressing substances released by tadpoles results in slower growth rates in densely crowded tadpoles compared with tadpoles reared at lower densities. Slightly higher levels of radionuclides at the control site compared with the mine sites is not an effect of the project but a natural phenomenon. Due to the natural variation in soil radionuclide concentrations (United Nations Scientific Committee on the Effects of Ionising Radiation 1977) geographical variation in radionuclide levels can be expected. Acknowledgments This research programme was supported by the Olympic Dam Operation. Analytical data were provided by Pai Garland and John Davey of the Q.D.0. Environment Department Analytical and Low Level Radiation Counting Laboratory, Comparative abnormality data cited from Jabiru were assembled by M. J. Tyler in collaboration with Graeme Crook, Margaret Davies and Graeme Watson, and funded by the Office of the Supervising Scientist, Alligator Rivers Region. Technical assistance was provided by Leanne Seller and the manuscript typed by Lorna Lucas. References Browne, C. L.. & Dumont, J. N. (1979) Toxicity of selenium to developing Xenopus laeyis embryos. J. Taxical. Environ. Health 5, 699-709. Davis, D, BD. & Gore, V. R..(1947) Clearing and staining skeletons of small vertebrates. Freldigna: Techniques (4), 1-16. Emery, R. M. & McSHANE, M. C. (1980) Nuclear waste ponds and streams on the Hanford site: an ecological search for radiation effects, Health Phys. 38, 787-809. Gosner, K. L, (1960) A simplified table for staging anuran embryos and larvae with notes on identification. Herpetologica 16, 183-190. NisHimurA, K. (1967) Abnormal formation of visual organs of amphibian larvae induced by radioactive rainwater. Mie Med, J. 16, 263-267. Oxymeic: DAM Prolect (1987) Waste Management Plan. (Olympi¢ Dain Project, Adelaide). Ricnarps, C. M. (1962) The control of tadpole growth by alga-like cells, Physiol. Zeol. 35(4), 285-296, Roxsy MANAGEMENT Services (1986) Olympic Dam Project Environtnental Management Programme. (Roxby Management Services Pty Ltd, Adelaide). SokoL, A. (1984) Plasticiry in the fine timing of metamorphosis in tadpoles of the hylid frog, Litoria ewingi. Capeia (1984), 868-873, Tyzer, M. J. (1989) ‘Australian Frogs’. (Viking O'Neill, Melbourne). UNITED NATIONS SCIENTIFIC COMMITTEE ON THE EFFECTS or Atomic RADIATION (1977) ‘Sources and Effects of lonising Radiation’. (United Nations, New York), PSEUDOCHRISTIANELLA (CESTODA: TRYPANORHYNCHA), A NEW GENUS FOR TENTACULARIA MINUTA (VAN BENEDEN, 1849) SENSU SOUTHWELL, 1929 AND ITS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE FAMILY EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE BY R. A. CAMPBELL* & I. BEVERIDGEf Summary Pseudochristianella southwelli gen. et sp. nov. is created for Tentacularia minuta Van Beneden, 1849 of Southwell, 1929 from an unknown species of Carcharhinus and Rhynchobatus halavi taken at Negapatam, India. Pseudochristianella is a eutetrarhynchid with two bothridia, elongated bulbs and a heteroacanthous, heteromorphous armature that combines features of Parachristianella, Trimacracanthus and Prochristianella. The new genus is distinctive in combining the metabasal armature of Parachristianella and Trimacracanthus (hooks 1(1’) of each row largest, the remaining hooks decreasing in size), and a prominent basal swelling on each tentacle as in Prochristianella and Trimacracanthus. Parachristianella differs in lacking a tentacular basal swelling and Trimacrancanthus is distinguished by the three large hooks of the basal armature. Prochristianella has a basal swelling but the metabasal hooks increase in size at the middle of each row. KEY WORDS: Cestoda, Trypanorhyncha, Pseudochristianella, new species, new genus. Frensuctions ey the Royal Society ef S Aven, (1990), W4(4), 219-222. PSEUDOCHRISTIA NELLA (CESTODA: TRYPANORHY NCHA), A NEW GENUS FOR TENTACULARIA MINUTA (VAN BENEDEN, 1849) SENSU SOUTHWELL, 1929 AND ITS RELATIONSHIPS WITH THE FAMILY EUTETRARHYNCHIDAE by R. A. CAMPBELL* & I, BEVERIDGET Summary CAMPBELL, R, A. & BEyERIDGE, 1, (1990) Psewdochrisrianeta (Cestoda: ‘Trypanorhyncha), a sew genus for Tentacularia minuta (Van Beneden, 1849) sensw Southwell, 1929 and its relationships with the family Exactrarhynchidas, Trans, Rk, Soc. S, Ase 114(4), 219-222, 30 November, 1990. Pseudochristianella southwelli gen. et sp. nov. is created for Jéentacularia minuta Van Beneden, 1849 of Southwell, 1929 from an unknown species of Carcharhinus and Rhynchobatus kalavi taken at Negapatam, India, Pseudochristidnella is a eutetvarhynchid with two bothridia, elongated bulbs and a heteroacanthous, heteromorphous armartiré that combines features of Purachristianelta, Trimacracanthus.and Prochristianella, The new genus is distinctive in combining the metabasal armature of Parachristionella and Trimacracanthus (hooks I(1") of each row largest, the remaining hooks decreasing in size), and a prominent basal swelling em each tentacle as in Prochristianella and Trimacracanthus. Parachristianella difters in lacking a tentacular basal swelling and Trimacrancanthus is distinguished by the three large hooks of the basal armature. Prockrisiiarelia has 3 basal swelling but the metabasi#l hooks increase in size at the middle of eact row, Key Words: Cestoda, Trypanorliyncha, Psrevdochristianella, new species, new zenus. Introduction One of the species of trypanorhynchs from elasmobranchs from the Indian Ocean which Southwell (19297 allocated to the genus Téntacularia was 7) minute (Yan Beneden, 1849), Southwell’s hosts were an unidentified species of Carcharhinus and Rhynchubatus halavi (Forsskal, 1775} both taken at Negapatam, India. Beneden’s (1849) original description of this species was from an angelshark, Sguating squatina (LJ, in Belgian waters but the description is so meagie that Southwell’s specimens cannot be cansidered conspecific with any degree of confidence. Guiart (1931) placed 7. milmufa in his new genus Christianelia, for which a more detailed description was Biven by Joyeux & Baer (1936). Dollfus (1942) initially accepted this deseriprion, but later (1946) found that the description of CAristianella was vague and created the related penera Prochristianella and Parachristianella realizing (hat cither might be a synonymn of Christianella when the latter geius was properly described, Beveridge & Campbell (1987) have discussed the problems associated with Christianetla aud also consider that genus unrecognizable. Dollfus (1942) pointed out several errors in Southwell’s (1929) account of Téntactilaria rminuta including his report of this species [rom an Australian ray. In this paper all of Southwell's specimens labelled T minuta have been * Deparmmene of Biology, Southeastern Massachusetts University, North Darunouth, Massachusetts 02747 + Department of Veterinary Science, The Universiry of Melbourne, Parkville, Victoria, 3052 re-examined and constitute am ulidescribed species having characters fitting neither Prochristianellan nor Parechristianeifa according to Lhe most.recent definitions of these genera (Schmidt 1986). Materials and Methods Four specimens Identified by Southwell as 7 tninula (Van Beneden, 1849) from Carcharhinus sp., Negapatam, India (British Museum, Natural History, London) (1977.11.4.30-31) and two specimens from Rkvachobatus Agiavi from the same locality (BMNH_ 1977,L1.4.27-28) were examined, All figures are drawn from the specimens from Carcharhinus, Measurements are in fam untess otherwise indicated, Psendochristianella zen, nov. Disgnosis; Eutetrarhynchidae, Small worms with two bothridia and elongate bulbs. Prebulbar organs Present. Pars postbulbosa and velum absent, Metabasal atmature heteroacanthous, heteromor- phous, typical. Metabasal hooks arranged in alternating halfspiral rows, Hooks 1{1") large, separated by prominent space, remaining hooks of each row decreasing in size. Basal swelling on lentatle. Distingtive basal armature present, Testricted to external face of tentacle. Seements acraspedote; testes tandein, iit two rows: internal and external seminal vesicles absent. Adults Parasitic in sclachians. Type and only species: P. southwelli sp. nov, 220 R.A CAMPBELL & 1, BEVERIDGE Psetdochristianella suuthwelli gen. ef sp, nay, FIGS 1-9 ‘; Yenuiewlirio miei Southwell L929 pp. 228-230, fia Types: Holotype from Carcherhinus sp, Negapatam, India, 7.1x.1926, collector ? J, Pearson an BMNH no 1977.1L,4.30-31; three paratypes on single slide, same data and collection mumber. Material examined: From Carcdarrinus sp.: types. From Raéynchobetus helavi, two specimens, Negapatam, India, (BMNH 1977.11.4.27-28} (slide also contains Phyllabothrisem